Anthropology of the Caribbean
Annotations 1963-2005

contains 1885 records

ID	Author	Year	Title	Decription	Annotation	Country Code
1	Abénon, Lucien	1977	Les Protestants de la Guadeloupe et la communauté réformée de Capesterre sous L'Ancien Régime.	1977. Les Protestants de la Guadeloupe et la communauté réformée de Capesterre sous L'Ancien Régime. Bulletin de la Société d'Histoire de la Guadeloupe 32 (2):25-62.	Author deals with origin of Protestants in Guadeloupe, their social situation, problem of property, and maintenance of the religion into 18th century. Rather than a history of Protestantism in Guadeloupe, this is an essay on its importance in the religious affairs of the island during the Ancient Regime. Utilizing available source material, author discusses origin (geographic and socioeconomic) of Protestants, how they responded to revocation of Edict of Nantes, and how Protestantism, despite the authorities, remained a vital force in Guadeloupe into 18th century,	GUADELOUPE.
2	Abraham, Eva	1993	Caught in the Shift: The Impact of Industrialization on Female-Headed Households in Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles	1993. Caught in the Shift: The Impact of Industrialization on Female-Headed Households in Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles. In Where Did All the Men Go? Female-Headed/Female-Supported Households in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Joan P. Mencher and Anne Okongwu, eds. Pp. 89-106. Boulder: Westview Press.	Changes in the social position of women (specifically as reflected in marriage rates and percentages of children born to unmarried mothers) are linked to major changes in the economy of Curaçao.	CURAÇAO.
3	Abrahams, Roger	1976	The West Indian Tea Meeting: An Essay in Civilization.	1976. The West Indian Tea Meeting: An Essay in Civilization. In Old Roots in New Lands. Ann M. Pescatello, ed. Pp. 173-208. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press	With specific reference to "tea meetings" on Nevis and St. Vincent, author provides a thorough review of the history and the development of this institution in the British Caribbean. Introduced by Methodist missionaries into the region in order to facilitate the teaching of Euro-Christian modes of worship, it soon became one of the more important community events but one in which the very excesses of the African style which it set out to counteract were incorporated into its performance. As in other syncretisms, African structural patterns were centrál to the West Indian "tea meeting" even though some, if not many, of the elements used were European in origin.	NEVIS. ST. VINCENT. BRITISH WEST INDIES
4	Abrahams, Roger D.	1968	British West Indian Proverbs and Proverb Collections	1968. British West Indian Proverbs and Proverb Collections. Proverbium 10:239-243.	Short statement on the continuous interest shown by sojourners in the West Indies in West Indian proverbs as well as an itemization of the principal collections of this form of expression.	BRITISH WEST INDIES.
5	Abrahams, Roger D.	1967	The Shaping of Folklore Traditions in the British West Indies	1967. The Shaping of Folklore Traditions in the British West Indies. Journal of Inter-American Studies 9(3): 456-480.	Examination of the factors that brought African and European elements together to form a British West Indian folklore tradition. Historical, geographical, ecological, social and economic organizational factors are considered before introducing an interesting section on the aesthetic principles and tropisms which give the folklore of the region its characteristic form.	BRITISH WEST INDIES.
6	Abrahams, Roger D.	1974	Deep the Water, Shallow the Shore: Three Essays on Shantying in the West Indies	1974. Deep the Water, Shallow the Shore: Three Essays on Shantying in the West Indies. Austin: Univ. of Texas Press.	Sea shanties, their sociocultural context and music, from three British West Indian communities: Newcastle, Nevis; Plymouth, Tobago; and Barouallie, St. Vincent. Of particular interest is the chapter on Barouallie where whaling is still a significant occupation and where the tradition of sea shanties appears to be flourishing.	BRITISH WEST INDIES. NEVIS. TOBAGO. ST. VINCENT.
7	Abrahams, Roger D.	1983	The Man-of-Words in the West Indies: Performance and the Emergence of Creole Culture.	1983. The Man-of-Words in the West Indies: Performance and the Emergence of Creole Culture. Baltimore, MD. The Johns Hopkins University Press.	A collection of 11 excellent articles by Abrahams on the role of the verbal performer in Nevis, St. Kitts, Tobago, and St. Vincent. Objective of volume is to establish the presence and importance of a performance complex in the English-speaking Caribbean, a set of traits which articulates expressive relationships.	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. NEVIS. ST. KITTS. TOBAGO. ST. VINCENT.
8	Abrahams, Roger D.	1972	British West Indian Folk Drama and the 'Life Cycle' Problem	1972. British West Indian Folk Drama and the 'Life Cycle' Problem. Austin: University of Texas, Institute of Latin American Studies.	Utilizing Christmas plays and tea meetings from the British Leewards as evidence, author argues against the interpretation of these forms in British folk drama as vestiges of some archetypal 'life-cycle play'. through which it is argued, the tradition-oriented peasantry once expressed its agrarian vision of the totality of man's experience in the seasonal cycle and in the interdependence of life and death. "This explanation is seen by the author as an urban-rooted, sophisticated, and ethnocentric judgment and not consistent with the facts. This emphasis on the life-cycle interpretation has simply overshadowed other equally valid community strategies in the playing of festival drama." The text of a "Bull Play" from Nevis is appended.	LEEWARD ISLANDS. NEVIS.
9	Abrahams, Roger D.	1968	'Pull Out Your Purse and Pay': A St. George Mumming From the British West Indies	1968. 'Pull Out Your Purse and Pay': A St. George Mumming From the British West Indies. Folklore 79:176-201. London: Folk-Lore Society.	Texts of the St. George play from St. Kitts and Nevis with analytic discussion as to how these dramas accrued their specific dialogue and characters.	NEVIS.
10	Abrahams, Roger D.	1968	Public Drama and Common Values in Two Caribbean Islands	1968. Public Drama and Common Values in Two Caribbean Islands. Trans-action 5(8): 62-71. St. Louis: Washington University.	Examination of differences between Tobago and Nevis in traditional patterns of public performance, focusing on the man-of-words tradition. Differences are seen as being closely related to differences in the type of social structure which has evolved in each of the islands.	NEVIS. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
11	Abrahams, Roger D.	1968	Charles Walters: West Indian Autolycus	1968. Charles Walters: West Indian Autolycus. Western Folklore 27(2): 77-95. Berkeley: Published for the California Folklore Society by the University of California Press.	Collection of lyrics written by Charles Walters, the most influential ballad monger of Nevis and St. Kitts, with a factual account of the incidents that led to the ballads.	ST. KITTS NEVIS.
12	Abrahams, Roger D.	1970	A Performance-Centered Approach to Gossip.	1970. A Performance-Centered Approach to Gossip. Man 5 (2):290-301.	Analysis of Vincentian typology of speech acts and events and a demonstration that continuities between gossip and other more public modes of performance are explicitly recognized in that society. Principal argument is "that the function of gossip in specific groups cannot be fully understood until it is related not only to the system of ideals and the techniques of achieving power, but also to the system of performance. This involves an understanding of the rules governing interpersonal decorum and the procedures by which license is accorded to an individual to perform."	ST. VINCENT.
13	Abrahams, Roger D.	1981	Symbolic Landscapes on St. Vincent.	1981. Symbolic Landscapes on St. Vincent. Canadian Journal of Anthropology/Revue Canadienne d'Anthropologie 2 (1):45-53.	Survey of Vincentian community's repertoire of expressive devices in ceremonies and festivities. Sharp distinction drawn between worlds of yard (related to household, respect-celebrating events, rules governing practices of privacy and family, etc.) and road (related to public world, male activities, friendship networks, license, rudeness, etc.).	ST. VINCENT.
14	Abrahams, Roger D.	1968	Speech Mas' on Tobago	1968. Speech Mas' on Tobago. In Tire Shrinker to Dragster. Wilson Mathis Hudson, ed. Pp. 125-144. Austin: Encino Press.	Detailed description of a Tobagonian version of a type of Carnival activity. Carnival bands compete through speechmaking, combining set-speeches with improvised ones, in which the speeches are alternately boasts about the prowess of the speaker and invective hurled at the opposition.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
15	Abrahams, Roger D. and John F. Szwed	1983	After Africa: Extracts From British Travel Accounts and Journals of the Seventeenth, Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries Concerning the Slaves, their Manners, and Customs in the British West Indies.	1983. After Africa: Extracts From British Travel Accounts and Journals of the Seventeenth, Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries Concerning the Slaves, their Manners, and Customs in the British West Indies. New Haven, CN: Yale University Press.	Objective of editors was "to seek out in the oldest documents available the encounter of Africans and Europeans in the New World, toward the discovery of what was and is distinctly Afro-American in the cultures of the Americas." Documents are sectioned into - slave accounts in Context; ways of speaking; Anancy tales; religion and magic; festivals, carnivals, holidays, and JonKanoo; music, dance, and games; and, a set of miscellaneous items. Editors contribute a substantial, insightful introduction.	CARIBBEAN.
16	Abrahams, Roger D. and Richard Bauman	1971	Sense and Nonsense in St. Vincent: Speech Behavior and Decorum in a Caribbean Community.	1971. Sense and Nonsense in St. Vincent: Speech Behavior and Decorum in a Caribbean Community. American Ethnologist 73 (3):762-772.	Analysis of speech behavior among Afro-American peasants in St. Vincent with a focus on that aspect of the speech taxonomy which deals with proper and improper behavior. Sets the framework for the description and examination of the Vincentian "tea meeting," a well-established oratorical contest which is seen as a key to understanding the dynamics of social change in that society.	ST. VINCENT.
17	Abraham-van der Mark, Eva	1993	Marriage and Concubinage Among the Sephardic Elite of Curaçao	1993. Marriage and Concubinage Among the Sephardic Elite of Curaçao. In Women and Change in the Caribbean: A Pan-Caribbean Perspective. Janet H. Momsen, ed. Pp. 38-49. Kingston: Ian Randle.	Focusing on the role of women in the survival of the Sephardic Jewish community of Curaçao, author deals with issues of marriage, kinship, religion and caste with reference to how the group maintained its economic and political power despite risks and fluctuations of a trade-based economy. Interesting description and analysis is provided of kerida, an institutionalized form of concubinage.	CURAÇAO.
18	Abraham-van der Mark, Eva	2000	The Ashkenazi Jews of Curaçao, a Trading Minority	2000. The Ashkenazi Jews of Curaçao, a Trading Minority. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 74 (3-4):257-280.	Sephardi Jews have been resident and important in Curaçao since the 17th Century, Ashkenazi Jews from Bessarabia began arriving in the 1920s and 30s. These two quite distinct communities/congregations are compared in context of a description of the development and ultimate economic success of the Ashkenazi.	CURAÇAO.
19	Abraham-van der Mark, Eva E.	1975	Confusion in the Caribbean: Some Notes on Differences Between Verbal Expression and Actual Behavior	1975. Confusion in the Caribbean: Some Notes on Differences Between Verbal Expression and Actual Behavior. In Rule and Reality: Essays in Honor of André J.F. Köbben. Peter Kloos and Klaas W. van der Veen, eds. Pp. 1-16. Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam, Antropologisch-Sociologisch Centrum.	Utilizing data from Curaçao, author deals with aspects of "the disjunction between verbal expression and actual behavior, confessed values and real acts, what according to informants should be and what is, what people say and what they do." This set of issues and problems is explored within the context of interpretations of hypotheses on black family structure in the Caribbean.	CARIBBEAN. CURAÇAO.
20	Abraham-van der Mark, Eva E.	1970	Differences in the Upbringing of Boys and Girls in Curaçao, Correlated with Differences in the Degree of Neurotic Instability	1970. Differences in the Upbringing of Boys and Girls in Curaçao, Correlated with Differences in the Degree of Neurotic Instability. Caribbean Studies 10(1):83-88.	Brief research note on survey of school children in Willemstad, Curaçao. Evidence suggests that difference in the degree of neurotic instability of girls and boys is related to differential patterns of upbringing for the sexes and to different social and economic conditions.	Curaçao.
21	Academia de Ciencias de Cuba	1967	Etnología y Folklore.	1967. Etnología y Folklore. Academia de Ciencias de Cuba. 4(julio-dic).	Latest issue seen (as of 1968) of Etnología y Folklore includes the following relevant articles: Armando Andrés Bermúdez "Notas para la Historia del Espiritismo en Cuba"; Lise Rochon "La sociedad Agropecuaria ‘Jesús Feliú:’' un Caso de Cambio en el Medio Rural bajo un Régimen Socialista de Transición"; Pedro Deschamps Chappeaux “El Lenguaje Abakuá"; Alberto Pedro “La Semana Santa Haitiano-Cubana" Alejandrino Borroto Mora "Descentralización del Mercado Único de La Habana".	CUBA.
22	Acosta Saignes, Miguel	1969	Introducción al estudio de los repositorios documentales sobre los africanos y sus descendientes en América.	1969. Introducción al estudio de los repositorios documentales sobre los africanos y sus descendientes en América. América Indígena 29 (3):727-786.	An introductory guide to archival sources for the study of Afro-Americans in Latin America. Short sections on Cuba, Puerto Rico and Santo Domingo provide sources compiled by specialists in the archival resources of these three Caribbean territories.	CUBA. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. PUERTO RICO.
23	Acquaviva, Marcus Claudio	1976	Vodu: religião e magia negra no Haiti. Prefácio de Aurélio M.G. de Abreu.	1976. Vodu: religião e magia negra no Haiti. Prefácio de Aurélio M.G. de Abreu. São Paulo: Nosso Brasil.	In this brief Brazilian work on religion and black magic in Haiti, author sketches the syncretic vodou tradition, describes some of the more sensational elements of Haitian native religion, and refers to the historically volatile position of vodou in Caribbean politics.	HAITI. CARIBBEAN.
24	Adams, John E.	1978	From Landsmen to Seamen: The Making of a West Indian Fishing Community.	1978. From Landsmen to Seamen: The Making of a West Indian Fishing Community. Revista Geográfica 88 (dic):151-166.	Author traces beginning, growth, and final dominance of fishing in a Bequia community formerly populated by slaves and sharecroppers. A number of factors are cited to explain this development - environmental conditions, restrictive immigration policies, economic pressures, etc. Although majority of fishermen do not find occupation of fishing attractive, community's economic base remains fishing (i.e., the occupation a man turns to when no other jobs are available).	BEQUIA.
25	Adams, John Edward	1971	Historical Geography of Whaling in Bequia Island, West Indies	1971. Historical Geography of Whaling in Bequia Island, West Indies. Caribbean Studies 11(3):55-74.	Within the context of a physical description and the historical background of Bequia, author describes origins of the whaling industry, its spread to the Grenadines, boat type, pattern of the hunt, processing the whale, marketing, income, factors in the industry’s decline, and the present struggle to revive whaling. Author closes with a short statement describing the contributions of Bequia whaling.	BEQUIA.
26	Adams, K.J.	1979	Work Opportunity and Household Organization Among the Barama River Caribs of Guyana.	1979. Work Opportunity and Household Organization Among the Barama River Caribs of Guyana. Anthropos 74 (1/2):219-222.	Analysis of economic factors affecting household organization of Barama River Caribs while employed in mining, prior to such employment and following cessation of mining activities in area. Concludes that pattern of cooperation among adult individuals from different households in same settlement was eroded by introduction of wage work, markets, and money economy. Nevertheless, individuals continued to seek subsistence as a member of a household although composition of household was extended beyond the earlier nuclear family form.	GUYANA.
27	Adams, Kathleen	1981	The Narrative of a Barama River Carib.	1981. The Narrative of a Barama River Carib. Archaeology and Anthropology 4 (1-2):39-50.	Article consists of 13 short, somewhat autobiographical stories written in 1971 by a 14-year old Carib boy from North West District, Guyana with accompanying commentary by Adams. Offers insights into English language acquisition and use by a native speaker of an Amerindian language and as "interpretations and rehearsals of a youth on the threshold of a life transition to adulthood as he selects from Carib culture and the influences of the modern world."	GUYANA.
28	Adams, Kathleen J.	1981	The Role of Children in the Changing Socioeconomic Strategies of the Guyanese Caribs.	1981. The Role of Children in the Changing Socioeconomic Strategies of the Guyanese Caribs. Canadian Journal of Anthropology/Revue Canadienne d'Anthropologie 2 (1):61-66.	Over 50-year period the Barama River Caribs have experienced considerable socioeconomic change from subsistence horticulture to wage work and incorporation into money economy. Despite this, they continue to manage reproduction, that is, to plan the group's sex ratio. "This Carib example suggests that population adaptation is part of a strategy with which to confront forces in the social context and as such is subject to change in relation to those forces."	GUYANA.
29	Adams, Kathleen J.	1983	The Premise of Equality in Carib Societies	1983-1984. The Premise of Equality in Carib Societies. Antropológica 59-62: 299-307.	Discussion of Barama River Carib social organization based on a case dealing with leadership. "Principles of equality among men and women are reviewed as mechanisms for population and generational continuity."	GUYANA.
30	Agosto de Muñoz, Nélida	1975	El fenómeno de la posesión en la religión Vudú: un estudio sobre la posesión por los espíritus y su relación con el ritual en el Vudú.	1975. El fenómeno de la posesión en la religión Vudú: un estudio sobre la posesión por los espíritus y su relación con el ritual en el Vudú. Río Piedras: Instituto de Estudios del Caribe, Universidad de Puerto Rico.	Spanish language version of author's bachelor's thesis offers a general description of the organization and belief system of Voodoo and context of Voodoo ritual.	CARIBBEAN.
31	Agosto de Muñoz, Nélida	1975	El fenómeno de la posesión en la religión vudú	1975. El fenómeno de la posesión en la religión vudú. Río Piedras: Univ. de Puerto Rico.	Author analyzes possession in Haitian voodoo as a manifestation of cultural/historical forces, compares and contrasts aspects of Dahomeyan and Haitian possession and demonstrates that those features confined to Haiti have resulted from the oppression of slavery and the poverty which followed. In Dahomey, possession is formalized, an individual may only become possessed by his personal god, the manifestation follows certain patterns established by cultural conventions and traditions, and possession demonstrates a fixed relationship between an individual and his god. In Haiti, however, possession is less structured, a person may be possessed by various gods, may create new gods, and manifestations of possession are far less predictable than in Dahomeyan society. This, in addition to the spontaneous character of Haitian possession, leads author to conclude that Haitian voodoo is more responsive to individual psychological needs than its Dahomeyan counterpart. This "compensatory character" of Haitian voodoo originated, it is contended, in the denial of the individual inherent in the New World slave system. Two phenomena of Haitian voodoo absent in Dahomey are the violent and dangerous Petro gods (loa) and those gods known as loa bosal; the latter term used to denote unbaptized recently-arrived African slaves. Like the original loa bosal, these loa must be socialized and baptized in order to dominate them (i.e., to bring the possessed individual back from possession).	HAITI. AFRICA.
32	Aho, William R.	1981	Sex Conflict in Trinidad Calypsoes, 1969-1979.	1981. Sex Conflict in Trinidad Calypsoes, 1969-1979. Revista/Review Interamericana 11 (1):76-81.	Examination of 311 calypso lyrics for evidence of male-female conflict. One-fourth of these lyrics were found to deal with male-female relationships, nearly all of these were negative with regard to women.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
33	Aho, William R. and Kimlan Minott	1977	Creole and Doctor Medicine: Folk Beliefs, Practices, and Orientations to Modern Medicine in a Rural and an Industrial Suburban Setting in Trinidad and Tobago, The West Indies.	1977. Creole and Doctor Medicine: Folk Beliefs, Practices, and Orientations to Modern Medicine in a Rural and an Industrial Suburban Setting in Trinidad and Tobago, The West Indies. Social Science and Medicine 11 (5):349-355.	Survey of 77 mothers, 38 from rural Blanchisseuse and 39 from suburban Laventille in Trinidad, 2 traditional healers and 2 district nurses on beliefs about childhood illnesses and attitudes toward modern, scientific medicine. Hot-cold view of the nature, causes, and treatment of illness is presented as well as one supernatural illness and its treatment by traditional healers (maljo, or Evil Eye). Controlling for residence, four hypotheses are tested: more rural than suburban mothers would assign Creole (folk) causes to illness; self-treatment would be listed in more instances of reported illness by rural than by suburban mothers; creole cures are used in more instances of reported illness by rural than by suburban mothers; and, more rural than suburban mothers have an unfavorable attitude toward modern doctor medicine. First two hypotheses were not supported by data, the third and fourth were.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
34	Albuquerque, Klaus de and Jerome L. McElroy	1985	Race and Ethnicity in the United States Virgin Islands.	1985. Race and Ethnicity in the United States Virgin Islands. Ethnic Groups 6 (2-3):125-153.	Emphasizing the impact and effects of the American presence, migration, and recent affluence, the major Virgin Islands ethnic groups (native islanders, French, Puerto Rican, white and black US mainlanders, and Commonwealth West Indians) are considered. "Census data and other evidence suggest some assimilation and a gradual shift from a plural, more 'flexible' West Indian model of social segmentation to a simpler, more 'rigid' (but no less complex) black-white dichotomy."	UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS.
35	Albuquerque, Klaus de.	1980	Rastafarianism and Cultural Identity in the Caribbean.	1980. Rastafarianism and Cultural Identity in the Caribbean. Revista/Review Interamericana 10 (2):230-247.	Author contends that the Rastafarian movement is supranational and that a larger cultural identity is emerging which poses serious challenge to West Indian leaders. He discusses factors influencing the spread of Rastafarianism in the English-speaking Caribbean.	ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN.
36	Alers, M.H.	1974	Taalproblemen van Surinaamse kinderen in Nederland	1974. Taalproblemen van Surinaamse kinderen in Nederland. Amsterdam: Univ. van Amsterdam, Antropologisch-Sociologisch Centrum, Afdeling Culturele Antropologie.	Survey of language problems of Surinamese children (third grade or higher) in Dutch schools (two elementary schools in Amsterdam) based on written language use in essays and a language test. Dutch children are used as controls. Language use of Surinamese is different from Dutch because of bilingual background. Surinamese utilize a different form of ABN (General Civilized Dutch) which might be called Surinamese Dutch as well as Sranan Tongo. In school, the Surinamese are obliged to use ABN and not Surinamese Dutch. The differences between the latter and ABN are especially difficult for the lower-class Surinamese to grasp and partly as a result of this they have less of a chance at higher education. Author urges additional help in education for the Surinamese child in the Netherlands.	SURINAM. NETHERLANDS.
37	Alexander, Jack	1975	A Note Concerning Research on the Relation Between Stratification and the Family in the Caribbean	1975. A Note Concerning Research on the Relation Between Stratification and the Family in the Caribbean. Caribbean Studies 15 (1):123-129.	Author argues the utility of formulating theories concerning family and stratification in the Caribbean so that they focus on interrelation between various aspects of stratification and various aspects of family life and which can be tested quantitatively. Includes useful table itemizing stratification variables related to family variations in 53 Caribbean family studies.	CARIBBEAN.
38	Alexander, Jack	1977	The Culture of Race in Middle-Class Kingston, Jamaica.	1977. The Culture of Race in Middle-Class Kingston, Jamaica. American Ethnologist 4 (3):413-435.	Data generated from sets of interviews with 11 core and 14 subsidiary informants (all drawn from the several segments of the urban middle class) who were asked to talk about their family life. In essence, five categories of racial terms, usually "white," "fair," "brown," "dark," and "black," were used to describe relatives. Additional categories were used which refine understanding of the basic system, these include: different labels for a single category; labels for subcategories; labels for categories of persons defined as Jamaicans but not on the white-black continuum; labels for persons defined as of other nationality; and, historical terms. Significance of race analyzed by isolating seven major themes and showing their interrelationships. These themes include the relation of race to a hierarchy of social honor; justification of this hierarchy; relation of race to solidarity, to class, and to the mythological charter for the society. Author concludes by arguing that to suppose that the idea of race refers informants simply to physical characteristics or to an inherent physical hierarchy is wrong. Rather it refers them through their bodies to a historical hierarchy and solidarity of race that has been constantly fragmented by a historical process of mixture.	JAMAICA.
39	Alexander, Jack	1984	Love, Race, Slavery, and Sexuality in Jamaican Images of the Family.	1984. Love, Race, Slavery, and Sexuality in Jamaican Images of the Family. In Kinship, Ideology and Practice in Latin America. Raymond T. Smith, ed. Pp. 147-180. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.	Following the methodology and theoretical perspectives of David Schneider and R.T. Smith, author describes and analyzes conceptions of eleven middle-class Jamaicans about kinship and how these articulate with their beliefs about race, class, and status. "The analysis assumes that culture consists of a pure level of domains, such as kinship and age, which consist of a set of collective representations that cohere, and that pure domains combine on a conglomerate level to create domains — such as the family — that are guides for action."	JAMAICA.
40	Alexis, Gerson	1975	Avatars du Vodou en Martinique	1975. Avatars du Vodou en Martinique. Conjonction. 126:33-48.	Author analyzes African religious survivals in present-day Martinique. Due to imposition of Catholicism and metropolitan secular influences in colonial Martinique, traditions from African voodoo have been internalized and operate only at a subconscious "sub-cultural" level. These suppressed cultural/religious beliefs at times emerge, manifesting themselves in psychological conflict. More open survivals in Creole culture occur in language, folklore and proverbs. It is the religious influences, however, which create psychological disharmony.	MARTINIQUE.
41	Alladin, M.P.	1968	Folk Stories and Legends of Trinidad	1968. Folk Stories and Legends of Trinidad. Port-of-Spain, n.p.	Ten short, simply styled folk stories from Trinidad which deal with such legendary themes as Lagahoo, Douens, Soucouyant, Papa Bois, and La Diablesse.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
42	Allen, Rose Mary	1988	Muzik di ingles tambe a bira di nos: An Overview of the Calypso on Curaçao in the Period of its Popularity	1988. Muzik di ingles tambe a bira di nos: an Overview of the Calypso on Curaçao in the Period of its Popularity. Curaçao: The Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology of the Netherlands Antilles.	Preliminary study of calypso on Curaçao as utilized by English-speaking West Indians. With lyrics in English Creole and Papiamentu, these calypsos, which had great success in the 60s and 70s, deal primarily with male-female relationships and difficult social situations. Local calypsonians are identified and calypso lyrics appended.	CURAÇAO.
43	Allen, Rose Mary	1995	Resistance as a Creative Factor in Curaçaon Culture	1995. Resistance as a Creative Factor in Curaçaon Culture. In Born Out of Resistance: On Caribbean Cultural Creativity. Wim Hoogbergen, ed. Pp. 63-74. Utrecht: ISOR-Publications.	Author critically examines the idea that slaves were treated well in Curaçao by describing their expressions of dissatisfaction with enslavement and its conditions.	CURAÇAO.
44	Allen, Rose Mary	1992	Curaçaoan Women's Role in the Migration to Cuba	1992. Curaçaoan Women's Role in the Migration to Cuba. In Mundu Yama Sinta Mira: Womanhood in Curaçao. Richenel Ansano et al, ed. Pp. 59-75. Curaçao: Fundashon Publikashon.	Author examines the direct and indirect participation of Curaçaoan women in the labor migrations to Cuba during the first twenty years of the 20th century. Women who migrated and those that stayed behind both found themselves in male-dominated public spheres as workers and/or spokespersons for their absent men. In both situations, women's activities are seen as survival strategies and as evidence of increased flexibility of their roles	CURAÇAO. CUBA.
45	Allen, Rosemarie	1991	Análisis sobre el uso de los conceptos de cultura y folklore: el caso de Curazao.	1991. Análisis sobre el uso de los conceptos de cultura y folklore: el caso de Curazao. El Caribe Contemporáneo 22:91-97.	Author deals with the diverse usages and social implications of the concepts of "culture" and "folklore" in contemporary Curaçao.	CURAÇAO.
46	Alleyne, Mervyn	The	The Linguistic Continuity of Africa in the Caribbean	The Linguistic Continuity of Africa in the Caribbean	Arguing against stereotypes that hold that the varieties of Afro-New World speech are substandard, deficient and pathological and indicators of the backwardness and inferiority of their users, author develops the theme that a fundamental factor "in the communication system from the very inception of European/African contact was the need among Africans to mediate two cultural systems.... Creole languages were very effective tools in this mediation, since they allowed a minimum of communication with Europeans on the one hand and on the other hand remained ethnic languages from which Europeans were barred. Creole speakers developed a linguistic capacity which allowed them to shift from an ethnic language comprehensible only to the group to another speech level which allowed some degree of communication with the other group involved in the total system".	CARIBBEAN.
47	Alleyne, Mervyn C.	1988	Roots of Jamaican Culture	1988. Roots of Jamaican Culture. London: Pluto Press.	An examination of the ways by which African culture changed in Jamaica with specific reference to language, religion, and music, fields that "have always been central to Jamaican social and cultural concerns and . . . closely integrated both in Africa and in African Jamaica."	JAMAICA.
48	Alleyne, Mervyn C.	2002	The construction and representation of race and ethnicity in the Caribbean and the world.	2002. The construction and representation of race and ethnicity in the Caribbean and the world. Kingston: University of West Indies Press.	Noted sociolinguist explores the processes of racial and ethnic construction and representation with specific reference to Jamaica, Martinique and Puerto Rico. These societies formed by the three major colonial powers, each with differing plantation types and different contemporary political circumstances, offer insights into differences in these processes and their outcomes.	JAMAICA. MARTINIQUE. PUERTO RICO.
49	Allman, James	1985	Conjugal Unions in Rural and Urban Haiti.	1985. Conjugal Unions in Rural and Urban Haiti. Social and Economic Studies 34 (1):27-57.	Utilizing historical, anthropological, and recent survey data, author delineates the several types of culturally meaningful sexual union types and analyzes the formation and dissolution of such types in both urban and rural Haiti.	HAITI.
50	Alvarado Ramos, Juan Antonio	1988	Algunos criterios para la clasificación etnográfica de los asentamientos rurales en la actualidad	1988. Algunos criterios para la clasificación etnográfica de los asentamientos rurales en la actualidad. Anuario de Etnologia, 67-82.	Basing study on classificatory scheme developed by Soviet ethnographer Vitov and utilizing data from the 1981 Cuban census and field research, author delineates some aspects related to the definition of rural settlement types in present-day Cuba, an important theme in the organization of the Ethnographic Atlas of Cuba. Two major categories, the dispersed settlement and the concentrated settlement, are considered with particular attention given within each category to new types appearing since 1959.	CUBA.
51	Amersfoort, J.M.M. van	1970	Hindostaanse Surinamers in Amersterdam	1970. Hindostaanse Surinamers in Amersterdam. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 47(2):09-138.	Study of Surinamese of Hindu origin in Amsterdam. Author deals with the migration patterns and adaptive facilities of this population paying specific attention to family, employment, and social organization.	SURINAM. NETHERLANDS.
52	Amit, Vered	2001	A clash of vulnerabilities: citizenship, labor, and expatriacy in the Cayman Islands.	2001. A clash of vulnerabilities: citizenship, labor, and expatriacy in the Cayman Islands. American Ethnologist 28(3):574-594.	Analysis of the institutionalization of a post-colonial Cayman system that separates work from citizenship and the problems engendered by this division. Despite the fact that the various socio-economic interests appear to be in accord with the status quo there are increasing tensions between native Caymanians and expatriates due, in part, to the fact that the international community took form through channels carved out for it by local state interests and regulations, in a system that defines "citizenship as a terrain for competing entitlements."	CAYMAN ISLANDS.
53	Anderson, Alan B.	1980	Recent Acculturation of Bush Negroes in Surinam and French Guiana.	1980. Recent Acculturation of Bush Negroes in Surinam and French Guiana. Anthropologica 22(1):61-84.	Relatively short but useful review of published evidence dealing with acculturative impact on Bush Negroes by the urbanized coastal society. Author sketches relevant historical context and then discusses degree of African influence on Bush Negro culture. With specific reference to aspects of culture retention or change, deals with social organization and kinship, religious beliefs and practices, the arts, and language. With regard to motivation for culture change, treats trade with coast, temporary work on coast, changing values and appearances, economic development of interior, impact of tourism, education and emigration, urbanization, and politicization. Author concludes that many pressures on Bush Negro culture may lead to its eventual disappearance.	FRENCH GUIANA. SURINAM.
54	Anderson, W.W. and R.W. Grant	1977	Political Socialisation Among Adolescents in School: A Comparative Study of Barbados, Guyana and Trinidad.	1977. Political Socialisation Among Adolescents in School: A Comparative Study of Barbados, Guyana and Trinidad. Social and Economic Studies 26 (2):217-233.	Results of survey administered to 539 secondary school students in Barbados, Guyana and Trinidad in order to ascertain, empirically, their political perspectives. Aside from basic demographic data, information was elicited as to students' level of cognition of the political system in their respective countries, of the Caribbean Common Market, and of trade unions. Another section was devoted to attitudes and perceptions to politics and elections, economy, education, national service, their country's ability to feed, clothe, and house itself, trade unions, independence etc. "Though differing emphases and focuses have emerged in individual issues and questions, no conclusive case can be made for an identifiable or distinct pattern of differences among these territories. But this is not to say that at the cognitive and attitudinal levels there was complete similarity."	BARBADOS. GUYANA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
55	Anderson, William A. and Russell R. Dynes	1975	Social Movements, Violence and Change: The May Movement in Curaçao	1975. Social Movements, Violence and Change: The May Movement in Curaçao. Columbus: Ohio State Univ. Press.	Study of social protest and change in Curaçao focusing on the May Movement of 1969. Authors first present a context for their analysis in a description of the particular preconditions and change in that island society. They then examine the internal dynamics of the Movement which culminated in riot, loss of life and considerable material loss. An assessment of the social consequences of this event over a two year period is made as well as an evaluation and comparison with other social movements in other parts of the world. Study based on fieldwork in 1969, 1970, and 1971 with primary source of data generated from semi-structured interviews with key informants.	CURAÇAO.
56	André, Jacques	1985	Le coq et la jarre: le sexuel et le feminin dans les sociétés afro-caribéennes.	1985. Le coq et la jarre: le sexuel et le feminin dans les sociétés afro-caribéennes. Revue française d'anthropologie 25 (4[96]):49-75.	Author argues that differences in the upbringing of male and female children in Antillean (Afro-American) societies aim not to establish two different attitudes toward sexuality, reputation (male) and respectability (female), but rather serve to oppose two different sexualities, the sexual and the non-sexual. Sexuality is defined as an exclusively masculine quality apprehended on the level of collective discourse. Sexuality and femininity never unite, a thesis illustrated through case histories.	CARIBBEAN.
57	Andreatta, Susan	1998	Transformation of the Agro-food Sector: Lessons from the Caribbean	1998. Transformation of the Agro-food Sector: Lessons from the Caribbean. Human Organization 57(4):414-429.	Utilizing a political ecological approach and standard anthropological techniques in Antigua, Barbados, and St. Vincent, author examines the transformation of their agro-food sectors and its connection to European Union and U.S. markets as well as the shift from historically important cash crops such as sugar and bananas to non-traditional food commodities.	ANTIGUA. BARBADOS. ST. VINCENT.
58	Andreatta, Susan L.	1997	Bananas, are they the Quintessential Health Food? A Global/Local Perspective	1997. Bananas, are they the Quintessential Health Food? A Global/Local Perspective. Human Organization 56(4):437-449.	Empirical research in St. Vincent on the agro-food sector and among banana growers reveals that "pressure from transnational corporations contributes to social injustice and environmental degradation." Increases in banana acreage has led to loss of vegetative cover, soil and water pollution from biocides, soil erosion, and diminution of soil fertility with attendant problems for the human and animal population of the island.	ST. VINCENT.
59	Angrosino, Michael V.	1996	The Indo-Caribbeans: Evolution of a Group Identity	1996. The Indo-Caribbeans: Evolution of a Group Identity. Revista/Review Interamericana 26 (1-4): 67-99.	Author reviews the social science perspectives on Indo-Caribbeans and relates changes in these views to changes in folk conceptions of identity. Asserts that Indo-Caribbean intellectuals have taken the lead in defining their identity and the nature of their own society.	CARIBBEAN.
60	Angrosino, Michael V.	1975	V.S. Naipaul and the Colonial Image	1975. V.S. Naipaul and the Colonial Image. Caribbean Quarterly 21(3):1-11.	Reflections by an anthropologist on the messages V.S. Naipaul's work holds for the social scientist. Naipaul, "a national institution who has visibly touched a nerve deep in Trinidad society," in both fiction and non-fiction, writes of the psychological consequences of colonialism. He believes that the alienation of West Indians is not inevitable; rather, once they cease to feel they belong elsewhere, "they will come to an acceptance of their own unique worth and position in the world." It is this orientation, Angrosino feels, which links Naipaul to the anthropological perspective.	CARIBBEAN. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
61	Angrosino, Michael V.	1974	Outside is Death: Community Organization, Ideology and Alcoholism Among the East Indians of Trinidad	1974. Outside is Death: Community Organization, Ideology and Alcoholism Among the East Indians of Trinidad. Winston-Salem: Wake Forest University, Overseas Research Center.	In Trinidad, Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) is an active organization, 99% of whose members are East Indian. Different forms of heavy drinking, alcoholism, and AA ideology and practice in treating alcoholism are examined and discussed. Author demonstrates that AA has been effective among Trinidadians precisely because it does not challenge traditional norms of East Indian society and, indeed, provides the same types of supportive and comforting social group interactions as those which the Indian male encounters when he first begins drinking with friends. Among the attractions of AA as it has been adapted to the Trinidadian situation are: I) the legendary character of its founder, lending an "aura of heroic tragedy;" 2) the material benefits which accrue along with sobriety; and 3) a positive association with modernity and the new Indianness. The redefinition of the role of Trinidadian women is also discussed as a function of male AA membership. Publication based on author's doctoral dissertation (Univ. of North Carolina, 1972).	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
62	Angrosino, Michael V.	1976	Sexual Politics in the East Indian family in Trinidad.	1976. Sexual Politics in the East Indian family in Trinidad. Caribbean Studies 16 (1):44-66.	Based on data from a predominantly East Indian village, author analyzes the Trinidadian Indian family "in its two apparently contradictory aspects:" - as a market of separate Indian ethnic identity; and, as an institution developed in the West Indian setting and, therefore, a factor in the adaptation of the Indian group to the local setting. Sections devoted to the Indian family; its historical development in Trinidad; family life in estate days; family life in post-estate days; sexual politics, marriage, and maintenance of family system; and, concomitants of and implications in changes of family style. Concludes that the Trinidadian Indian family contains definite survivals or retentions of ancient forms but its structure has undergone substantial changes due to social, economic, and political developments in Trinidad as a whole.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
63	Annis, Sheldon	1983	Blindness and Vision in Jamaica.	1983. Blindness and Vision in Jamaica. Grassroots Development 7 (2):11-18.	Vignettes of the blind in Jamaica and description of some efforts, backed by the Inter-American Foundation, to improve the quality of their lives.	JAMAICA.
64	Annual Conference of Caribbean Historians, VI, Rio Piedrals, P.R., 1974.	1975	Social Groups and Institutions in the History of the Caribbean	1975. Social Groups and Institutions in the History of the Caribbean. Rio Piedras: Association of Caribbean Historians.	Relevant papers from this conference are annotated separately and entered under each author's name.	CARIBBEAN.
65	Apter, Andrew	2002	On African origins: creolization and connaissance in Haitian Vodou	2002. On African origins: creolization and connaissance in Haitian Vodou. American Ethnologist 29(2):233-260.	Well-argued, theoretically sophisticated contribution "to the problematic question of African origins and to the scholarly debate about creolization in the black Americas. Interesting analysis utilizes a Yoruba-Dahomean cultural hermeneutic as framework for probing the division between Petwo, the supposedly more Creole line of Vodou, and Rada with its supposedly direct ties to a mother Africa. Included are short sections on the dynamics of creolization and the role played by Duvalier in elevating Vodou on the national scene.	HAITI.
66	Aracena, Soraya	1999	Apuntes sobre la negritude en República Dominicana.	1999. Apuntes sobre la negritude en República Dominicana. Santo Domingo: Asociación Suiza para la Cooperacion Internacional.	Opening with the oral history of a Haitian-born Gagá hungan in the DR, author examines the issue of negritude in light of popular religiosity in that country. Descriptions follow of the Taino myth in the San Antonio fiestas of Yamasá, Afro-Hispanic syncretism in the fiestas honoring the Virgen de la Altagracia in the Villa Mella community of Mata los Indios, and the Corpus Christi fiestas in Santa Mariá de San Cristóbal.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
67	Aronoff, Joel	1967	Psychological Needs and Cultural Systems: A Case Study	1967. Psychological Needs and Cultural Systems: A Case Study. Princeton: D. Van Nostrand Co.	Substantial attempt to develop a theoretical model that can “... demonstrate that the organization of both social and psychological systems is the final product of three independent factors: environment, institutional determinance, and organismically based psychological needs.” Model based on a battery of ethnographic probes, formal interviews and projective techniques conducted on a population of Dieppe Bay (St. Kitts, British West Indies) fishermen and cane cutters. Questionnaires reproduced in appendix.	ST. KITTS. ST. LUCIA. ST. MARTIN. VIRGIN ISLANDS.
68	Arya, Usharbudh	1968	Ritual Songs and Folksongs of the Hindus of Surinam	1968. Ritual Songs and Folksongs of the Hindus of Surinam. Leiden: E.J. Brill.	Systematic and annotated collection of Hindu songs and translations from Surinam with a useful introduction which includes sections on the delivery of the songs, prosody and rhyme, language, the musical instruments, the types of songs and their function, the literary background, and the religious and social conditions.	SURINAM.
69	Arzu, W.M.	1985	A Logical Chronology of Months' Names in Garifuna "Carib."	1985. A Logical Chronology of Months' Names in Garifuna "Carib." Belizean Studies 13 (5-6):29-40.	A Garifuna's critique of the names of the months used in a calendar published by a group of Garinagu.	BELIZE.
70	Ashcraft, Norman	1973	The Early British Settlement in the Bay of Honduras	1973. The Early British Settlement in the Bay of Honduras. Journal of Belizean Affairs 2:51-65.	Economic characteristics of Belize began to be formed early in the country's history and were well established by the end of the 19th century. Land, labor, and all significant economic activity were in the control of a small number of merchant houses. The total control of the legislature by the forestry merchant group effectively prevented changes in the mono-economy.	BELIZE.
71	Ashcraft, Norman	1974	The Internal Marketing System of Belize	1974. The Internal Marketing System of Belize. Journal of Belizean Affairs 3:30-37.	The economy of Belize continues to be dominated by external trade with negligible production for domestic consumption. "There has been no 'dual economy' in Belize. In contrast, the traditional peasant' sector has been intimately involved in or at least influenced by the capitalistic sector."	BELIZE.
72	Ashcraft, Norman	1966	The Domestic Group in Mahogany, British Honduras	1966. The Domestic Group in Mahogany, British Honduras. Social and Economic Studies 15(3):266-274.	Structure of the domestic group found in a rural Creole population in British Honduras is determined by three different patterns of mating behavior and by patterns of behavior stemming from the larger kinship organization.	BRITISH HONDURAS.
73	Ashcraft, Norman	1973	Colonialism and Underdevelopment: Processes of Political Economic Change in British Honduras	1973. Colonialism and Underdevelopment: Processes of Political Economic Change in British Honduras. New York: Teachers College Press.	Economic history of British Honduras as seen in anthropological perspective and presented as a case study of underdevelopment and dependence. Author attacks "conventional approaches to the Third World" specifically the community-study method of anthropology and traditional developmental economics. As an alternative approach, proposes the use of social field theory which ''permits data to be collected and integrated through a combination of historical and ethnographic techniques". In addition to theoretical sections on the meaning and political economy of underdevelopment: substantive chapters are provided on colonization and rise of the British Honduran mono-economy; florescence and depression in the economy; changes in forestry, land tenure, and agriculture the origins of the rural pattern, the quality of rural life with data on community relationships, household, sources of income, transportation and trade and schools; small-scale farming in Belize Valley; the internal marketing system; and, the urban consumer.	BRITISH HONDURAS.
74	Ashcraft, Norman	1970	Educación y desarrollo económico en Honduras Británica.	1970. Educación y desarrollo económico en Honduras Británica. América Indígena 30 (2):395-408.	Economic growth depends on population. Even if development is conceived as a total sociocultural process, it relies on the formation of an institutional framework which can facilitate growth. From both perspectives, the process of development can be significantly enhanced by adequate education. Author reviews the inadequacies off British Honduran education for such economic growth.	BRITISH HONDURAS. BELIZE.
75	Ashcraft, Norman	1968	Some Aspects of Domestic Organization in British Honduras.	1968. Some Aspects of Domestic Organization in British Honduras. In Conference on the Family in the Caribbean, I, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, 62-73.	Description and comparison of domestic organization and mating patterns among rural and urban Creoles (Afro-European descendants) of British Honduras.	BRITISH HONDURAS. BELIZE.
76	Ashcraft, Norman	1972	Economic Opportunities and Patterns of Work: The Case of British Honduras	1972. Economic Opportunities and Patterns of Work: The Case of British Honduras. Human Organization 31(4):425-433.	Author argues the essential continuity of contemporary patterns of work and economic opportunities in British Honduras from the monoeconomy patterns of the early colonial period.	BRITISH HONDURAS. BELIZE.
77	Ashcraft, Norman and Cedric Grant	1968	The Development and Organization of Education in British Honduras	1968. The Development and Organization of Education in British Honduras. Comparative Education Review 12(2):171-179.	Review of the history and structure of British Honduran education. Differences and disparities between Catholic and Protestant schools and rural and urban schools are noted as well as the need for a more positive approach by the government to education.	BRITISH HONDURAS.
78	Ashcraft, Norman and Grant Jones	1966	Linguistic Problems in British Honduras	1966. Linguistic Problems in British Honduras. Caribbean Quarterly 12(4): 55-58.	Critique of the thesis posed by S.R.R. Allsopp in his British Honduras - the linguistic dilemma of British Honduras is that Creole is the language upon which the country really and wholly depends for complete communication. Authors argue that the language problem of the country is, in fact, quite complex and point out areas of needed research.	BRITISH HONDURAS.
79	Ashton, Gay T.	1980	The Return and Rereturn of Long-Term Puerto Rican Migrants: A Selective Rural-Urban Sample.	1980. The Return and Rereturn of Long-Term Puerto Rican Migrants: A Selective Rural-Urban Sample. Revista/Review Interamericana. 10 (1):27-45.	Based on responses to 399 bilingual interviews, author presents assessment of reasons why long-term Puerto Rican migrants to the US return to the island, how they readapt to their native society, and why a substantial number plan to return to the mainland.	PUERTO RICO.
80	Ashton, Guy T.	1982	Migration and the Puerto Rican Support System.	1982. Migration and the Puerto Rican Support System. Revista/Review Interamericana 12(2):228-242.	Puerto Rican migration, particularly the "brain-drain" of third- and fourth-year college students at Inter-American University in Puerto Rico, is related to historical and contemporary aspects of the Puerto Rican extended family.	PUERTO RICO.
81	Austin, Diane J.	1979	History and Symbols in Ideology: A Jamaican Example.	1979. History and Symbols in Ideology: A Jamaican Example. Man 14 (3):497-514.	Author uses Maurice Bloch's distinction between ritual and normal communication casting doubt on whether that distinction should have been tied to a distinction between ideology and knowledge. Based on a case involving a Jamaican working-class woman, she analyzes Jamaican class ideology and argues "that ritual communication as an aspect of social control, pervades even 'practical' activity, and therefore should be seen as a possible dimension in all thought, whatever the type of society."	JAMAICA.
82	Austin, Diane J.	1981	Born Again... and Again and Again: Communitas and Social Change Among Jamaican Pentecostalists.	1981. Born Again... and Again and Again: Communitas and Social Change Among Jamaican Pentecostalists. Journal of Anthropological Research 37 (3):226-246.	Examination of ritual in one Kingston Pentecostal church reveals that the nature of communitas in this congregation is indicative of the congregants’ subordinate social position and is not a force for social change. The author claims that "... the history of religious communitas in Jamaica suggests that the symbolic power of religion to represent the situation of the oppressed, even in the most persuasive and revealing modes, cannot in itself be a source of social change. Rather, the fascination with representation that constant religious innovation reveals, merely underlines the continuing political subordination of a working class."	JAMAICA.
83	Austin, Diane J.	1983	Culture and Ideology in the English-Speaking Caribbean: A View from Jamaica.	1983. Culture and Ideology in the English-Speaking Caribbean: A View from Jamaica. American Ethnologist 10 (2):223-240.	The historical ambiguity presented by Caribbean societies - of a stability comprising radical social inequalities - is reflected in two types of Caribbean anthropology, one that stresses opposition, the other domination. In this article both themes are incorporated into a single analytical perspective which stresses the role of the Jamaican middle class as brokers between the working man and metropolitan sources of power.	JAMAICA.
84	Austin, Diane J.	1984	Urban Life in Kingston, Jamaica: The Culture and Class Ideology of Two Neighborhoods.	1984. Urban Life in Kingston, Jamaica: The Culture and Class Ideology of Two Neighborhoods. New York: Gordon & Breach Science Publishers.	Study of two neighborhoods in Kingston, Jamaica, one composed primarily of manual workers and the other of individuals holding clerical and professional positions. Author details the cultures and ideologies that prevail in these two settings, and of one ideology which she claims is dominant — "an ideology about education grounded in middle class culture which acts to redefine the values and institutions of working class life." In addition to describing daily life in the neighborhoods, substantial material is offered on politics and power, religion, sport and leisure, conflict and dispute, and ideology and hegemony. Monograph concludes with two case studies, one on the middle class position and the other on the working class position.	JAMAICA.
85	Austin, Roy L.	1976	Understanding Calypso Content: A Critique and an Alternative Explanation	1976. Understanding Calypso Content: A Critique and an Alternative Explanation. Caribbean Quarterly 22(2-3):74-83.	Quite critical review of J.D. Elder's argument that the high incidence of anti-feminist remarks in calypsos are "a projection of an underlying male/female conflict over desirable social roles in the society," an argument, the author contends, which rests on two assumptions: that singers of calypso repress their hostility toward their mothers and that the dominant sex in Trinidad, specifically among the lower class, is the female. After careful consideration of Elder's view, author offers an alternative explanation "that success and status for the calypsonian is most likely if he pleases his audience. Therefore, it is the nature of the audience that largely accounts for the content of the songs. And the interest of the audience is shaped by events in the society and the capacity of individuals to find meanings in these events."	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
86	Austin-Broos, Diane J.	1987	Pentecostals and Rastafarians: Cultural, Political and Gender Relations of Two Religious Movements	1987. Pentecostals and Rastafarians: Cultural, Political and Gender Relations of Two Religious Movements. Social and Economic Studies 36 94):1-39.	Although opposed in important ways, Pentecostalism and Rastafarianism in Jamaica are part of the same cultural and theological universe. Pentecostalism, despite its association with North America, has become for its practitioners an indigenous phenomenon while at the same time its "significance for Jamaican geo-politics and culture extends far beyond the local community, and promotes an ideological style which challenges Rastafarianism as a dominant form of Folk belief." Within this context, aspects of the political nature of Jamaican and Caribbean culture are explored.	JAMAICA.
87	Austin-Broos, Diane J.	1996	Politics and the Redeemer: State and Religion as Ways of Being in Jamaica	1996. Politics and the Redeemer: State and Religion as Ways of Being in Jamaica. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 70 (1-2): 59-90.	The role of "popular" churches in Jamaica is examined with emphasis placed on the Pentecostal experience, the relation of that church with the state, and the significant importance of its transcendental ideology on these issues. Case material is included.	JAMAICA.
88	Austin-Broos, Diane J.	1994	Race/Class: Jamaica's Discourse of Heritable Identity	1994. Race/Class: Jamaica's Discourse of Heritable Identity. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids, 68 (3-4):213-233.	An exploration of the cultural concepts of race and class in Jamaica in which author rejects the idea that race encompasses class or that Jamaican culture is definable by reference to a naturalized hierarchy based on race. She contends that both race and class are distinct although closely related aspects of a larger "discourse of heritable identity" in which concepts of inherited, internalized environmental influences coincide with biological categories of race. Meaning of discourse will vary according to placement of actor in Jamaican society.	JAMAICA.
89	Austin-Broos, Diane J.	1997	Jamaica Genesis: Religion and the Politics of Moral Orders	1997. Jamaica Genesis: Religion and the Politics of Moral Orders. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.	A welcome addition to the anthropology of Caribbean religion, this monograph blends historical matter with ethnography of current Jamaican Pentecostal practice. Author charts the rise in importance of this American influenced form of Christian revivalism in Jamaica arguing that it provides a successful middle ground in the struggle between the two key themes in Jamaican religious life - one primarily African and characterized by a sense of performance and the Trickster motif, the other Protestant with an emphasis on salvation through piety and ethics.	JAMAICA.
90	Austin-Broos, Diane J.	1998	Caribbean Portraits: Essays on Gender Ideologies and Identities	1998. Women and Jamaican Pentecostalism, In Caribbean Portraits: Essays on Gender Ideologies and Identities. Christine Barrow, ed. Pp. 156-173. Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers.	Pentecostal churches provide opportunities for women to reposition themselves within a Jamaican lower-class milieu. Argument is placed in the context of discussions about changes in the socio-racial order of Jamaica, the moralization of women's position, and Pentecostal meanings for Jamaican women.	JAMAICA.
91	Austin-Broos, Diane J.	1999	Pentecostal Community and Jamaican Hierarchy	1999. Pentecostal Community and Jamaican Hierarchy. In Religion, Diaspora, and Cultural Identity: A Reader in the Anglophone Caribbean. John W. Pulis, ed. Pp. 215-245. Amsterdam: Overseas Publishers Association.	Aspects of Jamaican Pentecostalism (e.g., world view, healing, poetics, enthusiasm) are described in support of author's contention that Pentecostalism should be seen "as integral and important to the articulation of Jamaican culture" and that it "deploys healing and the poetics of the Bible in ways that allow Jamaicans to imagine a community beyond racial hierarchy".	JAMAICA.
92	Austin-Broos, Diane J.	2001	Churches and the state: aspects of religious ideology in colonial and post-colonial Jamaica.	2001. Churches and the state: aspects of religious ideology in colonial and post-colonial Jamaica. Caribbean Quarterly 47(4):1-32.	Instructive study of the role of Pentecostal and Baptist churches in their relations with the state with sections on the Pentecostal experience with mobility through the church, confronting race and class in the church, and formal preaching to the state as well as observations on the less than consequential impact of modern state secularism on the Pentecostal and Baptist faithful.	JAMAICA.
93	Avritch, Richard	1967	The Family in Puerto Rico as a Socio-Economic Unit	1967. The Family in Puerto Rico as a Socio-Economic Unit. Journal of Education 150(2):15-22.	Objective of this very brief study in Puerto Rico by a professional educator was to test the potential of anthropological field work for dealing with problems of ethnocentrism, particularly in teaching. Utilizing data generated from interviews with nine persons influential in policy decisions and 33 persons who implement or simply follow policy decisions, the author deals generally with the family as an economic unit, the changes resulting from economic development in Puerto Rico, and family values and goals in the process of change.	PUERTO RICO.
94	Ayensu, Edward S.	1981	Medicinal Plants of the West Indies.	1981. Medicinal Plants of the West Indies. Algonac, MI: Reference Publications.	A listing of 632 species in 114 families of plants in the West Indies that contains standard scientific binomials, local folk names, and purported medicinal use. Of obvious value to field researchers.	CARIBBEAN.
95	Baber, Willie L.	1982	Social Change and the Peasant Community: Horowitz's Morne-Paysan Reinterpreted.	1982. Social Change and the Peasant Community: Horowitz's Morne-Paysan Reinterpreted. Ethnology 21 (3):227-241.	Baber’s restudy of a Martinican community first studied by Michael Horowitz in the late 1950s (and published in 1967 as Morne-Paysan: Peasant Village in Martinique) indicated to the second researcher that Horowitz over-emphasized the community’s egalitarian nature, de-emphasized its class divisions, dissociated it from "the vicissitudes of a plantation economy," and, consequently, failed to take into account the Caribbean historical experience. Baber offers an alternative interpretation based on processes linked to plantation economy and class relations structured through a plantation system.	MARTINIQUE.
96	Baber, Willie L.	1985	Land Tenure and Class in Morne-Vert.	1985. Land Tenure and Class in Morne-Vert. Anthropology 8 (2):41-54.	Baber notes that Michael Horowitz in his 1956 study found Morne-Vert to be a homogeneous peasant community with class and class relations having little significance in the life of that unit. However, Baber's re-study of Morne-Vert revealed a functioning class system and, therefore, the use of class analysis. In this article, Baber attempts to provide a partial accounting of the differences between himself and Horowitz..	MARTINIQUE.
97	Baber, Willie L.	1986	Political Economy and the Plantation System: A Note on the Baber-Horowitz Debate.	1986. Political Economy and the Plantation System: A Note on the Baber-Horowitz Debate. Anthropology 10 (1):33-42.	A reply to Miles's criticism (see item 1275) of author's position in the so-called Baber-Horowitz debate on Morne-Vert, Martinique. Author emphasizes author's political economy theoretical orientation and his use of class analysis and systems strategy.	MARTINIQUE.
98	Baber, Willie L.	1984	Political Process in Morne-Vert: A Note on the Economizing Strategy.	1984. Political Process in Morne-Vert: A Note on the Economizing Strategy. Anthropology 8 (1):1-11.	Barth's economizing model of social process is applied to the study of political change in Morne-Vert, Martinique and as context for criticizing Michael Horowitz's use of history in the latter’s earlier community study of the same settlement.	MARTINIQUE.
99	Baechler, Jean	1979	Mourir à Jonestown.	1979. Mourir à Jonestown. Annales: Economies, Societes, Civilisations 20 (2):173-200.	Explanation of Jonestown suicide/massacre is not to be sought in literature on sects or revolutionary movements, it is, author argues, a unique case. Author concentrates on Jim Jones, dealing with his reasons for killing himself, why he felt it necessary or good to take the entire community with him, and why the community acquiesced. Interprets Jones' suicide as the apocalypse sanctioning the ultimate failure of a life plan centered on power and directed against the entire world. Jones took sect with him because he no longer distinguished himself from it and followers acquiesced because thought of sect's destruction was unbearable to them.	GUYANA.
100	Bahadoorsingh, Krishna	1966	What Trinidad's Leaders Believe About Race and Politics	1966. What Trinidad's Leaders Believe About Race and Politics. Trinidad and Tobago Index 4:38-45.	While the electorate splits along racial lines with regard to voting behavior, the political elite splits along party lines with regard to its views on racial matters. Almost all elite individuals appear optimistic about the possibility of preventing a British Guianese style bloodbath in Trinidad.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
101	Bahadoorsingh, Krishna	1968	Trinidad Electoral Politics: The Persistence of the Race Factor.	1968. Trinidad Electoral Politics: The Persistence of the Race Factor. London, The Institute of Race Relations.	Analysis of Indian and Negro voting behavior in the 1956 and 1961 elections held ii Laventille, a predominantly Negro constituency, Naparima, a predominantly Indian constituency and Fyzabad, a mixed constituency. Race was found to be the most important determinant of voting behavior. Deviants from this pattern were the better informed or regular newspaper readers and radio listeners. Political elites tend to think racial voting is not likely to continue in the future.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
102	Bailey, Wilma	1978	Social Control in the Pre-Emancipation Society of Kingston, Jamaica.	1978. Social Control in the Pre-Emancipation Society of Kingston, Jamaica. Boletín de Estudios Latinoamericanos 24: 97-110.	Author debates the validity of Colin Clarke's conclusions in his Kingston, Jamaica: urban growth and social change 1692-1962 that cohesion in Jamaica depended upon force or the threat of force given a social structure of incompatible institutional systems. Examines conflicts in pre-Emancipation Kingston (specifically the Jewish challenge, the colored challenge, and the slaves) in order to assess whether conflicts in a stratified society can arise from increasing adherence to a common value system. Concludes that the underlying cause of conflict "was the determination of all under-privileged sectors to secure wider participation in a society to which they were becoming adjusted, and of the ruling class to preserve, at all cost, an exclusive right to power."	JAMAICA.
103	Bair, Annette	1962	The Barbados Fishing Industry: The Development and Economic Importance of a Fishing Industry in the Tropics	1962. The Barbados Fishing Industry: The Development and Economic Importance of a Fishing Industry in the Tropics. Montreal: McGill University, Department of Geography.	In the context of tropical fisheries, author deals with fishing in Barbados in historical perspective, with practices that typify local fishing, short-term fishing activities, and the development and scope of the industry over the past two decades.	BARBADOS.
104	Baj Strobel, Michèle	1998	Creole Landscapes in French Guiana	1998. Creole Landscapes in French Guiana. Plantation Society in the Americas, 5(1):95-102	Based on impressions provided by a St. Lucian born but long-term resident in the French Guianan hinterland, author explores the relevance of the category of landscape held by her informant and other creoles, a culturally constructed category quite different from hers.	FRENCH GUIANA.
105	Baker, Patrick L.	1988	Ethnogenesis: The Case of the Dominica Caribs	1988. Ethnogenesis: The Case of the Dominica Caribs. América Indígena 48(2):377-401.	Author rejects traditional theories about the Caribs of Dominica and argues that Caribs are the "creation" of Europeans - in the identity that they "foisted" on them and in the Carib "adaptive response to a changing situation which affected their self-identity."	DOMINICA.
106	Baker, Patrick L.	1994	Centering the Periphery: Chaos, Order and the Ethnohistory of Dominica	1994. Centering the Periphery: Chaos, Order and the Ethnohistory of Dominica. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.	Detailed account from pre-Columbian times to present utilizing the metaphor of center and periphery, "an attractor creating and re-creating order and chaos," as conceptual device for organizing a history that has not had a smooth linear progression. Of greatest anthropological relevance are chapters on the peasantry, the mulatto elite, and capitalizing a subsistence economy	DOMINICA.
107	Banck, Geert A.	1988	Anthropological Research on the Caribbean and Latin America	1988. Anthropological Research on the Caribbean and Latin America. Boletín de Estudios Latinoamericanos y del Caribe 44: (junio):29-37.	A short, concise review of Dutch anthropological interests in the Caribbean and Latin America introduced by a discussion of the intellectual trends in and institutional connections of Dutch anthropology. Particular reference is made to research in Surinam and the Netherlands Antilles.	SURINAM. NETHERLANDS ANTILLES CARIBBEAN.
108	Barbados National Commission on the Status of Women	1978	Report of the National Commission on the Status of Women in Barbados.	1978. Report of the National Commission on the Status of Women in Barbados. St. Michael, Barbados: The Barbados Government Printing Office.	Report of a Commission established by the Government in 1976 empowered to inquire into the many areas affecting the position of women in Barbados. Of intrinsic contextual value to social scientists, the formal report, presented in vol. 1, deals with historical background, traditional attitudes, women and the law, education, women and employment, health, family, and a series of "miscellaneous" issues. Two accompanying volumes present authored background papers and reports on education, demographic aspects of employment, a survey of variables and attitudes related to work, marriage, maintenance, divorce, matrimonial property, estate duty law and sexual discrimination, women and the criminal law, income tax law, citizenship, guardianship, labor laws, employment placing and promotion of women in public service and in the private sector, historical background to the position of Barbadian women in 1977, role of women in society, mental health, physical health, trends in family life, the one-parent family, women in politics and public life, women in the church, abortion, and the contribution of women.	BARBADOS.
109	Barnes, Sandra T., ed.	1989	Africa's Ogun : Old World and New	1989. Africa's Ogun : Old World and New. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.	[COMITAS SEL4000]	WEST AFRICA. CARIBBEAN.
110	Barnes, Vernie Clarice	2001	The Montserrat volcanic disaster: a gender analysis of psycho-social effects and coping	2001. The Montserrat volcanic disaster: a gender analysis of psycho-social effects and coping. Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 26(1):33-53.	Based on interviews with 36 female and 24 males carried out in U.K. and Montserrat, author deals with the psychosocial effects (which she finds not to be homogenous) and the coping strategies utilized to deal with the aftermath of the violent volcanic eruptions commencing in 1995. Data analysis indicates that there are significant differences in the disaster responses of men and women and that traditional gender roles and access to resources play major roles in determining such differences.	MONTSERRAT. UNITED KINGDOM.
111	Barnett, Michael	2002	Rastafari dialectism: the epistemological individualism and collectivism of Rastafari	2002. Rastafari dialectism: the epistemological individualism and collectivism of Rastafari. Caribbean Quarterly 28(4):54-61.	Short essay in which author examines "the essentially dialectical nature" of the Rastafari movement and its "simultaneous collective and individualistic orientation." Author argues that if the movement is to survive and succeed it needs to emphasize the collective more than the individualistic dimensions of its epistemology.	JAMAICA.
112	Barrett, Leonard E.	1968	The Rastafarians: a Study in Messianic Cultism in Jamaica.	1968. Trinidad Electoral Politics: The Persistence of the Race Factor. Río Piedras, PR: Univ. de Puerto Rico, Institute of Caribbean Studies.	First full monograph on Rastafarian movement in Jamaica, whose adherents believe that Haile Selassie is God and that Ethiopia is the promised land. Utilizing revitalization concepts of Anthony Wallace and work on Nativistic movements by Ralph Linton, author presents relevant ethnographic data on Jamaica Rastafarianism: family organization; social movements in Jamaica prior to the Rastafarians; the development of Rastafarianism, beliefs and practices, personal self-image, functions and dysfunction; and, comparative data from other socio-religious cults such as the Black Muslims of the U.S., the messianistic movement among the Bantu of South Africa, and social movements in Melanesia.	ETHIOPIA. JAMAICA.
113	Barrett, Leonard E.	1977	The Rastafarians: Sounds of Cultural Dissonance.	1977. The Rastafarians: Sounds of Cultural Dissonance. Boston, MA: Beacon Press.	Study of the emergence and development of Rastafarianism in Jamaica from 1930 to present. Author attempts to demonstrate that the Rastafarian movement has rejected most of what is considered typically Jamaican although assimilating much of the native religious culture; to show the impact of cultural deprivation and what can result when members of a society are denied opportunities to perform normally expected cultural roles; and, to examine the nature and dynamics of a millenarian-messianic movement and its function and impact on a typical Caribbean community. Of particular interest to the specialist is second half of the book which deals with Rastafarian beliefs, rituals and symbols; the routinization of the movement between 1961 and 1971; dissonance and consonance; and, the future of the movement.	JAMAICA.
114	Barrett, Leonard E.	1976	The Sun and the Drum: African Roots in Jamaican Folk Tradition.	1976. The Sun and the Drum: African Roots in Jamaican Folk Tradition. Kingston and London: Sangster's Book Stores Ltd.	Intended for the non-specialist, a book with chapters on the African roots of the author's Jamaican heritage; proverbs, sayings, signs, and omens; healing and medicine; and witchcraft and psychic phenomena.	JAMAICA.
115	Barrett, Leonard E., Sr.	1988	The Rastafarians: Sounds of Cultural Dissonance	1988. The Rastafarians: Sounds of Cultural Dissonance. Boston: Beacon Press.	A short, new introduction and some post-1975 updating is provided for z second edition of one of the early works on the Rastafarian movement.	JAMAICA.
116	Barros, Jacques	1982	Quel destin linguistique pour Haiti?	1982. Quel destin linguistique pour Haiti? Anthropologie et Sociétés 6 (2):47-58.	Given reevaluation of status and role of Creole in school system, along with recent rise of interest in English as vehicle for work and mobility, author questions future role of French, not only for Haiti but for the Americas. He raises the critically important question of Haiti's linguistic destiny and notes the need to maintain "Haitianity" in light of past imperialism and neoimperialism of today evident in the gallicanization or Americanization of the society.	HAITI.
117	Barrow, Christine	1976	Reputation and Ranking in a Barbadian Locality	1976. Reputation and Ranking in a Barbadian Locality. Social and Economic Studies 25(2):107- 121.	Eschewing traditional sociological approaches to social stratification, author examines internal ranking system of a small, suburban locality near Bridgetown. Characteristics of the system described "include the recent introduction of attributional criteria and the continuing importance of interactional criteria in ranking, the variety of such criteria, the extent to which they can be played off against and so modify the significance of each other, the subjective interpretations of interactional criteria and the increased amount of information relevant to an individual's reputation, which is now acquired via gossip and speculation and which is often biased and less accurate than that gleaned from direct contact. These characteristics have given rise to ambiguity and lack of consensus in ranking."	BARBADOS.
118	Barrow, Christine	1993	Small Farm Food Production and Gender in Barbados	1993. Small Farm Food Production and Gender in Barbados. In Women and Change in the Caribbean: A Pan-Caribbean Perspective. Janet H. Momsen, ed. Pp. 181-193. Kingston: Ian Randle.	A study of small-scale female farmers in Barbados, focused on gender distinctions in resource allocation and the division of labor by gender, in which author argues that one heritage of slave plantation system is a cultural system which prescribes the total involvement of Afro-Caribbean women in agriculture and other aspects of the economy. In this context, a survey of 111 small farmers divided equally by sex, found that there is a "remarkable degree" of equality between male and female farmers with regard to access to land and other resources even though the women female farmers did not constitute a homogenous group.	BARBADOS.
119	Barrow, Christine	1995	"Living in Sin": Church and Common-law Union in Barbados	1995. "Living in Sin": Church and Common-law Union in Barbados. Journal of Caribbean History 29(2):47-70	With a theology and morality forged in English culture, the historical and contemporary dilemmas, with respect to the practice of common-law union, faced by the Anglican Church in the quite different culture of Barbados.	BARBADOS.
120	Barrow, Christine	1998	Caribbean Masculinity and Family: Revisiting ‘Marginality’ and ‘Reputation’	1998. Caribbean Masculinity and Family: Revisiting ‘Marginality’ and ‘Reputation’. In Caribbean Portraits: Essays on Gender Ideologies and Identities. Christine Barrow, ed. Pp. 339-358. Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers.	Based on responses from 92 black Barbadian men on their images and experiences of family life, author challenges functionalist presumptions of 'male marginality' in family life and of notions of masculinity. Perceived roles as sons, brothers, uncles, fathers and conjugal partners are described and analyzed.	BARBADOS.
121	Barrow, Christine	1988	Anthropology, The Family and Women in the Caribbean	1988. Anthropology, The Family and Women in the Caribbean. In Gender in Caribbean Development: Papers Presented at the Inaugural Seminar of the University of the West Indies, Women and Development Studies Project. Patricia Mohammed and Catherine Shepherd, eds. Pp. 156-169. Mona, Jamaica: University of the West Indies, Women and Development Studies Project.	A polemical review of selected studies of the West Indian family with special attention paid by the author of this article to the treatment of the role of women in these studies.	CARIBBEAN. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN.
122	Barrow, Christine	1983	Guidelines for the Conduct of Social Surveys in the Caribbean: The Experience of a Five Island Interdisciplinary Questionnaire Survey.	1983. Guidelines for the Conduct of Social Surveys in the Caribbean: The Experience of a Five Island Interdisciplinary Questionnaire Survey. Cave Hill, Barbados: Institute of Social and Economic Research, Eastern Caribbean, University of the West Indies.	Cautionary tale on the administration of social surveys in the Caribbean; a report by an anthropologist of the UNESCO Man and Biosphere Project in the Eastern Caribbean.	EASTERN CARIBBEAN.
123	Barrow, Christine	1998	Edith Clarke: Jamaican Social Reformer and Anthropologist	1998. Edith Clarke: Jamaican Social Reformer and Anthropologist. Caribbean Quarterly 44(3-4):15-34.	A review of the intellectual grounding and professional life of Edith Clarke, an elite Jamaican woman who, as civil servant and as author of works such as My Mother Who Fathered Me, contributed significantly not only to the social welfare movement in Jamaica but also to the social anthropology of the Caribbean.	JAMAICA. CARIBBEAN.
124	Barrow, Christine	1992	Family Land and Development in St. Lucia.	1992. Family Land and Development in St. Lucia. Cave Hill, Barbados: Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of the West Indies.	Author rejects the widely held view that family land is wasteful, anachronistic, and a barrier to development and argues in favor of the internal logic and functioning of St. Lucian family land. She provides ethnographic detail from the rural community of Tête Chemin as well as a macro-level, all-island analysis. Concludes that family land is a resistance response to adverse conditions of plantation dominance and State legal codes.	ST. LUCIA
125	Barrow, Christine and J.E. Greene	1979	Small Business in Barbados: A Case of Survival.	1979. Small Business in Barbados: A Case of Survival. Cave Hill, Barbados: University of the West Indies, Institute of Social and Economic Research.	Authors report on project aimed at monitoring changes in performance and attitudes that occurred in the Barbadian small business sector between 1974-76 with particular attention paid to impact of the Small Business Development Project sponsored by Barbados Institute of Management and Productivity. Based on survey data, authors outline the political sociology of small business people in Barbados. They define small business in the Barbadian context, discuss origins and persistence of the white elite, delineate demographic and operational characteristics of small businessmen in Barbados, their business attitudes, values, and institutional supports, and questions size and survival.	BARBADOS.
126	Barrow, Christine, ed.	1996	Family in the Caribbean: Themes and Perspectives	1996. Family in the Caribbean: Themes and Perspectives. Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers; Oxford, England.: James Currey Publishers; Princeton, NJ: Markus Wienre Publishers.	Fully introduced and well contextualized, this useful selection of already published anthropological writings on key issues and controversies related to the Caribbean family is divided into two parts: theories (origins and functions, labels and typologies, personal choice and adaptive response, ideology and culture) and perspectives (slave families, East Indian families, child socialization, social policy).	CARIBBEAN.
127	Bartels, Dennis	1980	Ethnicity, Ideology, and Class Struggle in Guyanese Society.	1980. Ethnicity, Ideology, and Class Struggle in Guyanese Society. Anthropologica 22 (1):45-60.	Author argues that ethnic boundaries, as defined by F. Barth, are critical in understanding ideology of the class and ethnic conflict that developed in colonial British Guiana. Historically, allocation of disproportionate economic benefits and burdens to ruling class led to development of social and economic differences among ethnic groups. In contemporary Guyana, disproportionate allocation and racist ideology continue as does conflict between Indo- and Afro-Guyanese working people. Based on 1973 election, author views this discrimination as result of deliberate policy on the part of Burnham's PNC in order to retain Afro-Guyanese political support, a policy made possible by US government support of PNC.	GUYANA.
128	Basch, Linda G.	1987	The Politics of Caribbeanization: Vincentians and Grenadians in New York	1987. The Politics of Caribbeanization: Vincentians and Grenadians in New York. In Caribbean Life in New York City: Sociocultural Dimensions. Constance R. Sutton and Elsa M. Chaney, eds. Pp. 160-181. Staten Island: Center for Migration Studies.	An analysis of migrants in three interactional spheres - the home society, the West Indian community in New York, and in relation to black Americans - reveals the differing possibilities for and constraints on their political behavior in New York.	UNITED STATES. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. GRENADA. ST. VINCENT.
129	Basch, Linda G.	1987	The Vincentians and Grenadians: The Role of Voluntary Associations in Immigrant Adaptation to New York City	1987. The Vincentians and Grenadians: The Role of Voluntary Associations in Immigrant Adaptation to New York City. In New Immigrants in New York. Nancy Foner, ed. Pp. 159-193. New York: Columbia University Press.	Vincentian and Grenadian associations in New York City not only facilitate migrant adaptation to the receiving society but also "link immigrant to the host society and home society simultaneously" thereby contributing to the emergence of a "transnational" world view.	UNITED STATES. GRENADA. ST. VINCENT.
130	Basch, Linda, Nina Glick Schiller, and Cristina Szanton Blanc	1993	Nations Unbound: Transnational Projects, Postcolonial Predicaments, and Deterritorialized Nation-States	1993. Nations Unbound: Transnational Projects, Postcolonial Predicaments, and Deterritorialized Nation-States. Langhorne: Gordon and Breach.	Concept of transnationalism ("the processes by which immigrants forge and sustain multi-stranded social relations that link together their societies of origin and settlement") is explored and considered. Three case studies of migration from St. Vincent, Grenada, and Haiti to the United States as well as a comparative study of transnational migration of Filipinos and Caribbean people to the United States provide ethnographic bases for the propositions put forth.	CARIBBEAN. ST. VINCENT. GRENADA. HAITI. UNITED STATES.
131	Basso, Ellen B. ed.	1977	Carib-Speaking Indians: Culture, Society and Language.	1977. Carib-Speaking Indians: Culture, Society and Language. Tucson, AZ: The University of Arizona Press.	An outgrowth of a meeting of Carib specialists, this compact book contains 10 focused, topical essays on extant Carib-speaking groups in northern South America. The first three are comparative and classificatory in their orientation: Ellen B. Basso deals with the status of Carib ethnography, including location and estimated populations of the several groups; Marshall Durbin surveys the issues and problems of the study of the Carib language family; and, Peter G. Rivière examines the general structural principles derivable from Carib systems of kinship classification and rules for spouse selection. The five middle essays are on ethnographic aspects of individual tribes: Audrey Butt Colson deals with the Akawaio shaman and the symbolic content of Akawaio shamanism and Guyana; Helmut Schindler examines seven folktales of the Carijona for those characteristics of tribal ideology embedded in them; Lee Drummund discusses the social history of the word "Carib," the way it acquires new meaning and importance, and the process through which people attach labels and evaluations to themselves and others; Jean-Paul Dumont analyzes the system of proper names along the Panare of Venezuelan Guiana; and, Ellen B. Basso discusses its relationships between the dietary categories and cosmology of the Kalapalo from the Upper Xingu. The last two essays address themselves to problems of social organization and adaptive strategy: Nelly Arvelo-Jiménez studies the process of village formation among the Ye'cuana; and, Peter Kloos deals with causes of death among the Surinamese Akariyo and how these causes are related to social, cultural, and ecological characteristics.	GUYANA. SURINAM. VENEZUELA.
132	Bastide, Roger	1969	Etat actuel et perspectives d'avenir des recherches afro-américanes.	1969. Etat actuel et perspectives d'avenir des recherches afro-américanes. Journal de la Société des Américanistes 58:7-29.	Review of current trends in Afro-American research. Emphasizes the possibility of more interdisciplinary work in the future and offers specific examples of research in progress.	CARIBBEAN
133	Bastide, Roger ed.	1974	La femme de couleur en Amérique Latine	1974. La femme de couleur en Amérique Latine. Paris: Editions Anthropos.	Popular literature exalted black male virility and depicted black women as objects of pleasure, submissive and readily available. Intermixture in multiracial societies also functioned as a form of systematic color genocide and the desire to "lighten the race" was internalized into the value system of black women, subordinated by sex and class as well as by race. The articles in this volume provide historical, demographic, economic, social, cultural and psychological analyses of the position of black women in Latin America and raises questions for research. Practically all deal directly or indirectly with the circum-Caribbean region: Roger Bastide - "Introduction" Roger Bastide - "Les Données Statistiques: Brésil" Giséle Cossard-Binon - "Le Role de la Femme de Couleur dans les Religions Afro-Brésiliennes" Michel Simon - "La Femme de Couleur dans la Chanson Brésilienne" Sidney Mintz - "Les Roles Economiques et la Tradition Culturelle" Suzanne-Sylvain Comhaire - "La Paysanne de la Région de Kenscoff (Haíti)" Luciano Castillo; Ruben Silie; and Porfirio Hernández - "Réflexions sur la Femme Noire en République Dominicaine" Yoléne de Vassoigne - "La Femme dans la Sociéte Antillaise Française" Françoise Morin - "La Femme Haitienne en Diaspora" Angelina Pollak-Eltz - "La Femme de Couleur au Vénézuéla" Inés Reichel-Dolmatoff - "Aspects de la Vie de la Femme Noire dans le Passé et de nos Jours en Colombie (Côte atlantique)"	CARIBBEAN. BRAZIL. HAITI. COLOMBIA. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
134	Bastide, Roger, Françoise Morin, and François Raveau	1974	Les haïtiens en France	1974. Les haïtiens en France. Paris: Mouton.	Study of the Haitian population, mostly students and middle class, residing in France. Authors deal with problems of displacement, culture conflict or culture shock with special reference to racial factors in the Haitians' adaptation to life in the "mother" country. They posit that Haitians occupy a middle position in the acculturative sequence (based upon Redfield's model), falling between that of the Africans and the other Antillians, specifically those from Martinique and Guadeloupe. The orientation of the study is basically psychosociological, with a personally administered questionnaire designed to probe demographic, psychological, sociological and pathological parameters. Dreams, religious attitudes and practices (Catholicism, Vodou, etc.), attitudes on sexuality, actual sexual conduct, and racial attitudes, are among the phenomena investigated. Based upon quantitative analysis of the information elicited, the authors develop four "types" of Haitians presently residing in France: the "westernized"; those "in search of identity"; the self-sufficient ("autarcique") and the "pragmatists."	HAITI. FRANCE.
135	Bastien, Rémy	1964	Procesos de aculturación en las Antillas	1964. Procesos de aculturación en las Antillas. Revista de Indias 95-96: 177-196.	Citing the extraordinary diversity of the Antilles, author presents his version of the processes of acculturation that that operated throughout the region. In this context, he briefly describes the historical and ethnic formation; the uneasy coexistence of the cultures; the social organizational, economic and technical factors at play during the long period of slavery, and the impact of abolition, liberty and independence.	ANTILLES.
136	Bastien, Rémy	1969	Estructura de la adaptación del negro en América Latina y del afroamericano en Africa.	1969. Estructura de la adaptación del negro en América Latina y del afroamericano en Africa. Anuario Indigenista 29 (3):587-626.	Essay on historical and structural adaptation of the African Negro to the New World. Discusses process brought on by the transfer of Africans to American plantations "where a new physical environment and a newly invented social structure demanded... an adaptation process... within a structure of dependency." End of slavery and other events have been followed by "rehabilitation movements, among them that of négritude" that are breaking the isolation and marginalization of the New World Negro so that he now "forms part of the countries of the Third World."	CARIBBEAN.
137	Bastien, Rémy	1968	Haití: clases y prejuicio de color	1968. Haití: clases y prejuicio de color. Aportes 9:4-25.	Discussion of the history of class and color problems in Haiti delineating class conflicts compounded by color prejudice,as well as the effects of white expatriates and foreign economic dominance on the system.	HAITI
138	Bateman, Rebecca B.	1990	Africans and Indians: A Comparative Study of the Black Carib and Black Seminole.	1990. Africans and Indians: A Comparative Study of the Black Carib and Black Seminole. Ethnohistory 37 (1):1-24.	Author examines two Afro-Amerindian populations in order to uncover processes by which they emerged as culturally distinct peoples. After presenting relatively brief histories of the two groups, author compares their domestic organization and communal relations. For reasons indicated, the Black Caribs of St. Vincent and Central America became more Amerindian in culture than did the Black Seminole of Florida.	ST. VINCENT. UNITED STATES.
139	Beahrs, Andrew	1997	"Ours alone must needs be Christians": The Production of Enslaved Souls on the Codrington Estates	1997. "Ours alone must needs be Christians": The Production of Enslaved Souls on the Codrington Estates. Plantation Society in the Americas 4(2-3):279-310.	An analysis of the failure of the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel to convert the slaves of the Codrington Estates in 18th century Barbados. Author contends that this project was flawed because its conception of slavery differed from that which prevailed on the island. The clash of missionary and planter models of slavery did, however, result in a new formulation - the transition to a racial justification for slavery rendered conversion socially meaningless.	BARBADOS.
140	Beaubrun, Michael A.	1975	Cannabis or Alcohol: The Jamaican Experience	1975. Cannabis or Alcohol: The Jamaican Experience. In Cannabis and Culture. Vera Rubin, ed. Pp. 485-494. The Hague: Mouton.	Product of a multidisciplinary project on the effects of chronic cannabis use in Jamaica , this paper posits social class and personality factors in choosing cannabis or alcohol in Jamaica. High correlation between extroversion and heavy drinking is cited and "with a preponderance of cyclothymic personalities who are successful in Western cultures, alcohol becomes the 'establishment' choice while personality attributes in the 'culture of poverty' may lead to cannabis preference."	JAMAICA.
141	Beaubrun, Michael H.	1968	Alcoholism and Drinking Practices in a Jamaican Suburb	1968. Alcoholism and Drinking Practices in a Jamaican Suburb. Transcultural Psychiatric Research 5:77-79.	Short abstract of unpublished research on alcoholism and drinking practices of a random sample of 1377 individuals from four socioeconomic levels in residential Kingston. First tentative results of survey give a sociocultural distribution of abstainers, drinkers, and heavy drinkers.	JAMAICA.
142	Beaucage, Pierre	1966	Les Caraïbes noirs: trois siècles de changement social	1966. Les Caraïbes noirs: trois siècles de changement social. Anthropologica 8(2):175-195.
143	Bébel-Gisler, Dany	1976	La langue créole force jugulée: étude sociolinguistique des rapports de force entre le créole et le français aux Antilles.	1976. La langue créole force jugulée: étude sociolinguistique des rapports de force entre le créole et le français aux Antilles. Paris, France: Editions l'Harmattan.	Guadeloupean author is concerned with structural relationships between French and Creole languages at heart of Antillean society, more specifically the place of language within contexts of power, politics, and ideology. One of book's goals is to determine economic, political and cultural importance of linguistic forces at hand and to unveil their concrete strategies within the phenomena of colonialism and assimilation. Beginning with discussion of theoretical and methodological problems, author describes advent of domination of French language and dependency of Creole in Antilles (Guadeloupe and Martinique) in context of sociohistorical situation and educational system as well as through treatment of the relationship of both languages in social and political arenas. Concludes that functioning of (arbitrary) symbolic power of French language is, in fact, a question of political power.	GUADELOUPE. MARTINIQUE. FRENCH ANTILLES.
144	Bebel-Gisler, Dany and Laënnec Hurbon	1975	Cultures et pouvoir dans la Caraïbe: langue créole, vaudou, sectes religieuses en Guadeloupe et en Haïti.	1975. Cultures et pouvoir dans la Caraïbe: langue créole, vaudou, sectes religieuses en Guadeloupe et en Haïti. Paris: Librarie-Editions L'Harmattan.	Cultures and power in the Caribbean: Creole language, vodou, religious sects in Guadeloupe and Haiti. Dependence on France and the US, the miserable conditions of the peasantry and the agricultural proletariat, and the exportation of manpower are three fundamental similarities which characterize Haitian and Guadeloupean society. Author examines the relationship between culture and political power in the two regions. The first section, which focuses on language, is written in Creole. The second section, which addresses questions of cultural domination, religion, and social class and political struggle, is in standard French.	GUADELOUPE. HAITI.
145	Beck, Ervin	1983	Belizean Creole Folk Songs.	1983. Belizean Creole Folk Songs. Caribbean Quarterly 29 (1):44-65.	Belizean examples of work songs, boat songs, nursery songs, Salvation Army song, Kunjai song, school song, and the creolized sentimental ballad.	BELIZE.
146	Beck, Jane C.	1975	The West Indian Supernatural World: Belief Integration in a Pluralistic Society	1975. The West Indian Supernatural World: Belief Integration in a Pluralistic Society. Journal of American Folklore 88(349): 235-244.	Discusses similarities in supernatural beliefs of the Bajans (poor White descendants of soldiers, convicts and indentured servants from Barbados) in Grenada and those of the Blacks on that island. Data on White supernatural beliefs of came from interviews with old Bajan male who related tales of mermaids, creatures who can shed their skins, dream revelations, and obeah. From these tales. author concludes that the same supernatural realm exists for the two groups, which she had previously taken to be relatively isolated from each other. The common conceptions rise from contact in daily life, intermarriage (not frequent but present), and the integration of similar beliefs from different heritages.	GRENADA.
147	Beck, Jane C.	1979	To Windward of the Land: The Occult World of Alexander Charles.	1979. To Windward of the Land: The Occult World of Alexander Charles. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.	Interesting oral autobiography of a St. Lucian fisherman, part-time smuggler, and practitioner of bush medicine and obeah. Vignettes of lower-class life in St. Lucia, the Dominican Republic, and Dominica.	ST. LUCIA. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. DOMINICA.
148	Beckford, George	1971	Plantation Society: Toward a General Theory of Caribbean Society	1971. Plantation Society: Toward a General Theory of Caribbean Society. Savacou 5:7-22.	Modern Caribbean society displays structural forms that are a direct legacy of slave plantation system. In this section of a longer work, author deals with demographic characteristics of plantation economics, social organization and structure in plantation society, and political organization and distribution of power.	CARIBBEAN.
149	Beckford, George L.	1985	Caribbean Peasantry in the Confines of the Plantation Mode of Production.	1985. Caribbean Peasantry in the Confines of the Plantation Mode of Production. International Social Science Journal 37 (3[105]):401-414.	Economist notes that Caribbean peasantries are still tied to plantation-dominated export production. Domestic food output is constrained by lack of available land and lack of adequate credit, technology, and marketing arrangements. "The conclusion is inescapable: the dominance of the plantation mode of production is the single most limiting factor inhibiting peasant development and the associated necessary economic and social transformation in the Caribbean."	CARIBBEAN.
150	Beet, Chris de and Miriam Sterman	1978	Male Absenteeism and Nutrition: Factors Affecting Fertility in Matawai Bush Negro Society.	1978. Male Absenteeism and Nutrition: Factors Affecting Fertility in Matawai Bush Negro Society. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 52 (3/4):131-163.	Although children are highly valued in Matawai society, fertility levels are low. Authors utilize demographic data in order to understand discrepancy between motivation and actual reproductive performance and "put forward some hypotheses which relate nutritional deficiencies to reproductive instability, considering the role of men in the agricultural and ecological cycle as an intermediate variable." Of methodological interest is the study of seasonal variations in Matawai births, an undertaking which facilitated the discovery of variables influencing the probability of birth and conception.	SURINAM.
151	Behar, Ruth	1997	Daughter of Caro	1997. Daughter of Caro. In Daughters of Caliban: Caribbean Women in the Twentieth Century. Consuelo López, ed. Pp. 112-120. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.	Evocative portrait of the life of the author's former criada in contemporary Cuba.	CUBA.
152	Bekier, Bozena Ewa	1985	Perseverance of African Beliefs in the Religious Ideas of the Bosnegers of Surinam.	1985. Perseverance of African Beliefs in the Religious Ideas of the Bosnegers of Surinam. In Hemispheres Studies on Culture and Societies, vol. 1, 93-108. Wroclaaw: Polskiej Akademii Nauk.	Author points to the pivotal importance of religion for Surinamese slaves and the particular nature of socioeconomic life of Bush Negroes after their escape to the interior as the principal causes and conditions which account for the fact that contemporary Bush Negro religious beliefs have not evolved or changed as drastically as those of other former slave groups in the New World.	SURINAM.
153	Belcher, John C. and Pablo B. Vázquez Calcerrada.	1969	Factores que influyen en los niveles de vida en Puerto Rico.	1969. Factores que influyen en los niveles de vida en Puerto Rico. Caribbean Studies 9 (3):95-103.	Partial report of the findings of a sociological study of standards of living in three rural municipios of Puerto Rico which probed authors' hypothesis that standard of living is more a social than an economic function in the three agricultural regions of Puerto Rico -- sugar, tobacco and coffee-producing. Survey of 800 households subjected to a factor analysis to test hypothesis.	PUERTO RICO.
154	Bell, Robert R.	1970	Marriage and Family Differences Among Lower-Class Negro and East Indian women in Trinidad.	1970. Marriage and Family Differences Among Lower-Class Negro and East Indian women in Trinidad. Race 12 (1):59-73.	Study based on interview data from 200 Negro and 100 East Indian women in a lower-class rural community in Trinidad. Differences noted between these two samples include: age at marriage; attitudes toward the importance of marriage and legitimacy of children; value placed on good sexual relations; and, participation of the male parent in child raising. Author interprets findings as reflections of the patriarchal family patterns of East Indians and the female-centered patterns of lower-class Negro households. Also emphasizes positive aspect of cultural pluralism in the community. Despite very different marital and familial patterns and the virtual absence of intermarriage between East Indians and Negroes, intergroup conflict is minimal. Predicts that in the future, differences in family patterns will be greatly reduced as East Indians assimilate Negro norms.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
155	Bell, Wendell	1977	Inequality in Independent Jamaica: A Preliminary Appraisal of Elite Performance.	1977. Inequality in Independent Jamaica: A Preliminary Appraisal of Elite Performance. Revista/ Review Interamericana 7 (2):294-308.	Author attempts to reach objective of appraisal of elite performance by assessing the fate of egalitarian values since independence (through data generated on Jamaican leaders in surveys given in 1958, 1961-62, and 1974); and by appraising some aspects of Jamaican inequality by examining social legislation, social indicators, and beliefs of leaders themselves. Concludes that appraisal must remain ambiguous: Jamaican leaders seem increasingly committed to equality, considerable social legislation is aimed at equality, educational levels have generally been raised, and the very poor may be absolutely better off than before independence. However, economic inequalities remain, widespread poverty continues, and the middle and upper classes may have benefited more than the lower classes from post-independence policies.	JAMAICA.
156	Bell, Wendell and David L. Stevenson	1979	Attitudes Toward Social Equality in Independent Jamaica: Twelve Years After Nationhood.	1979. Attitudes Toward Social Equality in Independent Jamaica: Twelve Years After Nationhood. Comparative Political Studies 11 (4):499-532.	Restudy of Jamaican leaders, 12 years after political independence, describes changes in their attitudes toward equality. Authors test earlier explanation of causes and consequences of egalitarian attitudes and explore new developments in elite attitudinal patterns. Results are summarized in a path model designed to demonstrate causal linkages between key theoretical variables.	JAMAICA.
157	Bell, Wendell and J. William Gibson, Jr.	1978	Independent Jamaica Faces the Outside World.	1978. Independent Jamaica Faces the Outside World. International Studies Quarterly 22 (1):5-48.	1974 follow-up study of attitudes toward global alignments among 83 Jamaican leaders, 12 years after independence, compared with data generated in 1962 study. It was found that favorable attitudes toward Jamaica's alignment with the West dramatically declined in favor of alignment with the Third World. Attitudes differed by the social characteristics and differential roles of the leaders in the sample.	JAMAICA.
158	Bell, Wendell and Robert V. Robinson	1979	European Melody, African Rhythm, or West Indian Harmony?: Changing Cultural Identity Among Leaders in a New State.	1979. European Melody, African Rhythm, or West Indian Harmony?: Changing Cultural Identity Among Leaders in a New State. Social Forces 58 (1):249-279.	Restudy of Jamaican leaders in 1974, 12 years after political independence, explores changes in their orientations toward cultural identity since 1962, date of first study. Interviews with 83 leaders reveal dramatic changes such as their becoming more favorable to Jamaican and West Indian life styles.	JAMAICA.
159	Bellegarde-Smith, Patrick	2003	African/Caribbean linkages: Krio, Americo-Liberian and Haitian elites in the nineteenth century.	2003. African/Caribbean linkages: Krio, Americo-Liberian and Haitian elites in the nineteenth century. Journal of Haitian Studies 9(1):95-108.	Prolegomena for a study of the evolution of thought and behavior of westernized elites of the African diaspora with a focus on the oligarchies of Sierra Leone, Liberia and Haiti and an emphasis on political economy.	HAITI. SIERRA LEONE. LIBERIA.
160	Bennett, Gordon, Audrey Colson, and Stuart Wavell	n.d.	The Damned: The Plight of the Akawaio Indians of Guyana.	n.d. The Damned: The Plight of the Akawaio Indians of Guyana. London: Survival International.	An official Guyanese plan to construct a hydroelectric complex in the Upper Mazaruni district, a plan that would flood 1000 sq. miles of Akawaio land and displace that Amerindian population is sharply opposed and attacked by anthropologist and lawyers.	GUYANA.
161	Bennett, John W.	1975	The New Ethnicity, Perspectives from Ethnology: Proceedings. American Ethnological Society, Wrightsville Beach, N.C., 1973.	1975. The New Ethnicity, Perspectives from Ethnology: Proceedings. American Ethnological Society, Wrightsville Beach, N.C., 1973. St. Paul: West Publishing Co.	Joint meeting with the Southern Anthropological Society. Relevant papers delivered at this meeting are annotated separately and entered under individual authors' names.	CARIBBEAN.
162	Benoist, Jean	1972	L'archipel inachevé: culture et société aux Antilles françaises	1972. L'archipel inachevé: culture et société aux Antilles françaises. Montreal: Univ. de Montreal.	Very welcome collection of articles on the French Antilles by members of Center of Caribbean Research at the University of Montreal. Includes: Jean Benoist - "L'Etude Anthropologique des Antilles" Serge Larose - "Les Pecheurs de Marie-Galante" Jean-Marc Philibert - " es Marie-Galantais à Pointea-Pitre: Quelques Problèmes Posés par l'Étude de la Migration Urbaine" Jean Benoist and Gilles Lefebvre - "Organisation Sociale, Évolution Biologigue et Diversité Linguistique a Saint-Barthélemy ' Edith Beaudoux-Kovats and Jean Benoist - "Les Blancs Créoles de la Martinique" Joseph Josy Levy - "Comparaison des Relations Interpersonnelles dans Trois Communautés Martiniquaises" Claude Bariteau - "Organisation Familiale et Vie Économique à la Désirade" Lise Pilon-Lé - "Les Incidences Sociales de la Parenté Rituelle dans un Bourg Martiniquais" Micheline Labelle-Robillard - "L'Apprentissage du Monde dans un Village Guadeloupéen" André Laplante - "L'Univers Marie-Galantais: Quelques Notes sur la Cosmologie des Marie-Galantais de la Région des Bas" Dan and Miriam Boghen - "Notes sur la Médecine Populaire à la Martinique" Madeleine Saint-Pierre - "Créole ou Française? Les Cheminements d'un Choix Linguistique" Jean Archambault - "De la Voile au Moteur: Technologie et Changement Social aux Saintes" Georges Létourneau - "Régime Foncier et Configuration Domestique: Le Cas de Marie-Galante" Jean-Claude De l'Orme - "Les Transformations Economiques et Sociales d'un Marché Martiniquais" Jean Benoist - "Bilan et Perspectives"	LA DESIRADE. FRENCH ANTILLES. GUADELOUPE. MARTINIQUE. MARIE GALANTE. ST. BARTHELEMY. LES SAINTES.
163	Benoist, Jean	1967	Individualisme et traditions techniques chez le pêcheur martiniquais	1967. Individualisme et traditions techniques chez le pêcheur martiniquais. Les Cahiers du Centre Etudes Regionales Antilles Guyane 11:49-63.	Traditional fishing in Martinique discussed with special reference to individualism and individual initiative among fishermen. Details given about the types of sea areas utilized, types of boats, fishing gear, methods of fishing as well as a short section on traditional techniques and the cultural milieu.	MARTINIQUE.
164	Benoist, Jean	1966	Du social au biologique: étude de quelques interactions	1966. Du social au biologique: étude de quelques interactions. Revue française d'anthropologie 6(1):5-26.	Utilizing examples for small endogamous societies, such as St. Barthelemy, author argues for the primary utility of coordinated biological and sociological investigations. Social structural regulations in these cases markedly effect genetic evolution.	ST. BARTHELEMY.
165	Benoist, Jean ed.	1970	Sociétés antillaises: études anthropologiques, 2nd ed.	1970. Sociétés antillaises: études anthropologiques, 2nd ed. Montréal, Canada: Univ. de Montréal, Centre de Recherches Caraïbes.	Collection of papers on the Caribbean, five originally published in English: Jean Benoist "Une Civilisation Antillaise" "Les Composantes Raciales de la Martinique"; Charles Wagley "Une Aire Culturelle: L'Amérique des Plantations"; Elena Padilla "Les Types Sociaux de la Campagne Antillaise" Sydney W. Mintz "Marchés et Vie Rurale en Haïti"; Raymond T. Smith "La Famille dans la Région Caraïbe"; Guy Dubreuil and Cécile Boisclair "Quelques Aspects de la Pensée Enfantine à la Martinique"; Vera Rubin "Les Problèmes de la Recherche Anthropologique dans la Caraïbe."	CARIBBEAN. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. MARTINIQUE. HAITI.
166	Benoist, Jean, ed.	1966	Les sociétés antillaises: études anthropologiques	1966. Les sociétés antillaises: études anthropologiques. Montreal: University of Montreal, Department of Anthropology.	Reader containing translations of articles by Charles Wagley, Elena Padilla, Sidney W. Mintz, Raymond T. Smith and Vera Rubin. Also includes two previously published articles, "La Famille Martiniquaise: Analyse et Dynamique" by Guy Dubreuil and "Quelques Aspects de la Pensée Enfantine à la Martinique" by Guy Dubreuil and Cécile Boisclair.	MARTINIQUE.
167	Benoît, Catherine	1999	Sex, AIDS, and Prostitution: Human Trafficking in the Caribbean	1999. Sex, AIDS, and Prostitution: Human Trafficking in the Caribbean. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 73(3-4):27-42.	Sexual tourism and sexual relationships in Saint Marten/Sint Maarten, a rapidly developing binational island, and the geopolitical and political interests that help determine the specific nature of this activity.	ST. MARTIN. FRENCH ANTILLES. NETHERLANDS ANTILLES.
168	Bentley, Gerald	1967	Some Preliminary Observations on the Chinese in Trinidad.	1967. Some Preliminary Observations on the Chinese in Trinidad. In McGill Studies in Caribbean Anthropology. Frances Henry, ed. Pp. 19-33.	Report on three-month field investigation in 1967. "The tentative results show that the Chinese in Trinidad, despite a certain longing to retain what various groups feel are Chinese values and customs, are in reality becoming more and more Westernized or Creolized. In almost every institution, Creolization has destroyed the Chinese cultural underpinnings. In business, education, family life, language and achievement roles, the Chinese have become acculturated to Western-Creole ways of living."	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
169	Beoist, Jean	1968	Types de plantations en Guadeloupe et en Martinique	1968. Types de plantations en Guadeloupe et en Martinique. Parallèles 29: 4-13.	Brief summary of plantations types in Guadeloupe and Martinique and changes over time. In French and English.	GUADELOUPE. MARTINIQUE.
170	Berkeley-Caines, Lystra	2003	Women, health and race in urban Guyana.	2003. Women, health and race in urban Guyana. Journal of Caribbean Studies 17(3):201-231.	Of particular use to medical anthropology, data from cross-sectional survey, including 654 interviews, of a multistage probability sample of households in the Greater Georgetown area are used to explore "some of the issues necessary for the development of health profiles that go beyond aggregate numbers in official statistics."	GUYANA.
171	Berleant-Schiller, Riva	1977	Production and Division of Labor in a West Indian Peasant Community	1977. Production and Division of Labor in a West Indian Peasant Community. American Ethnologist 4(2): 253-272.	Study of sexual division of labor or sexual differentiation of social and economic roles in Barbuda in relation to the organization of peasant economy. "Subsistence and cash production... fall into two organizational categories: that for which household personnel is sufficient and that for which personnel from different households must organize into a cooperative team. This difference in productive organization is associated with exclusive areas of social and economic responsibility divided between men and women, although physical labor sometimes overlaps. Underlying the organization of production and hence the sexual distinction of roles, are the productive capabilities of the landscape and the customary system of land tenure that permits its most efficient use." Welcome addition to the literature on a little studied West Indian island.	BARBUDA.
172	Berleant-Schiller, Riva	The	The Failure of Agricultural Development in Post-Emancipation Barbuda: A Study of Social and Economic Continuity in a West Indian Community.	The Failure of Agricultural Development in Post-Emancipation Barbuda: A Study of Social and Economic Continuity in a West Indian Community. Boletín de Estudios Latinoamericanos 25 (Dec.):21-36.	Author analyzes Barbudian community's success in preserving its system of shifting cultivation and communal land tenure against challenges of outsiders with considerable political power. She considers reasons for Barbudian cultural continuity, discussing swidden cultivation and Barbudian ideology of common ownership in light of three attempts at development of commercial cultivation (Codrington period — export crops and livestock in 1860s; Barbuda Island Company — plantation crops in 1890s; and, Crown tenancy — cotton in early 20th century).	BARBUDA.
173	Berleant-Schiller, Riva	1981	Development Proposals and Small-Scale Fishing in the Caribbean.	1981. Development Proposals and Small-Scale Fishing in the Caribbean. Human Organization 40 (3):221-230.	Author uses data on the contemporary Barbudan fishery to illustrate the need for considering "effective environment" and local conditions before initiating plans for techno-economic change. She argues that innovations can upset delicate working balance. While value to local diet and economy of small fisheries such as Barbuda's is important so are needs and aspirations of new, emerging states. "How these differing development needs are to be reconciled and made mutually supportive is one of the critical problems in economic development."	BARBUDA.
174	Berleant-Schiller, Riva	1983	Grazing and Gardens in Barbuda.	1983. Grazing and Gardens in Barbuda. In The Keeping of Animals: Adaptation and Social Relations in Livestock Producing Communities. Riva Berleant-Schiller and Eugenia Shanklin, eds. Pp. 73-91. Totowa, N.J.: Allanheld, Osum & Co.	Author demonstrates the delicate association of land use (open grazing of semiferal livestock and small provision gardens) with the physical environment, a customary land tenure which allows all Barbudans equal rights to undivided lands outside the single settlement, and political dependency. Land-use balance shifts over long dry-and-wet cycles but land use and tenure have preserved Barbuda from drought and domination. However, if all factors are interdependent, a substantial change in one would affect the others. Such a change has come with political independence of Antigua-Barbuda in 1981 which is eroding traditional patterns of land tenure.	BARBUDA.
175	Berleant-Schiller, Riva	1972	Mating is Marriage in the Caribbean	1972. Mating is Marriage in the Caribbean. MJSSH(1):66-79.	Discussion of problems in Caribbean anthropology related to marriage, family, and domestic organization. Author contends that "in the matter of family and household unit we have come to let the Caribbean materials teach us. We have come less and less to impose parochial presuppositions. In the matters of marriage too we must abandon the presupposition that there is everywhere some common essential element."	CARIBBEAN.
176	Berleant-Schiller, Riva	1981	Plantation Society and the Caribbean Present: History, Anthropology and the Plantation.	1981. Plantation Society and the Caribbean Present: History, Anthropology and the Plantation. Plantation Society in the Americas 1 (3):387-409.	Exploration of problem of understanding the Caribbean present and the processes that formed it. Author offers some goals for Caribbean research and assesses usefulness of plantation construct for achieving these goals. Considers what history and anthropology can contribute to devising useful, interpretive categories and fresh perceptions and discusses their implications for Caribbean studies.	CARIBBEAN.
177	Berleant-Schiller, Riva	1995	From Labour to Peasantry in Montserrat After the End of Slavery	1995. From Labour to Peasantry in Montserrat After the End of Slavery. In Small Islands, Large Questions: Society, Culture and Resistance in the Post-Emancipation Caribbean. Karen Fog Olwig, ed. Pp. 53-72. London: Frank Cass.	Author traces the development of a peasantry in post-emancipation Montserrat. Squatting on abandoned land, purchases of freeholds, and sharecropping contributed to the growth of this category despite official policies designed to deny land to freedmen.	MONTSERRAT.
178	Berleant-Schiller, Riva	1996	The White Minority and the Emancipation Process in Montserrat, 1807-32	1996. The White Minority and the Emancipation Process in Montserrat, 1807-32. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids, 70(3-4):255-281.	The self-defeating behavior of majority of the white oligarchy in Montserrat during the emancipation process, particularly its contempt for law and constitution, significantly contributed to the decline of this oligarchy.	MONTSERRAT.
179	Berleant-Schiller, Riva and Lydia M. Pulsipher	1986	Subsistence Cultivation in the Caribbean.	1986. Subsistence Cultivation in the Caribbean. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 60 (1-2):1-40.	Intra-regional and extra-regional comparisons are used to test a working hypothesis developed in the field (Montserrat and Barbuda). Authors ask "whether a characteristic subsistence cultivation can be identified in the Antilles, what distinguishes it from tropical cultivation elsewhere in the Americas, and what the sources of these distinguishing features might be." After careful organization and analysis of data, they conclude that "the Antillean variation on the gardening of the American tropics evolved as part of the New World creolization process. It is a syncretic adaptation worked out by African slaves who incorporated African and European elements into aboriginal systems that already existed in the islands."	ANTILLES. CARIBBEAN. MONTSERRAT. BARBUDA.
180	Berleant-Schiller, Riva and William M. Maurer	1993	Women's Place is Every Place: Merging Domains and Women's Roles in Barbuda and Dominica	1993. Women's Place is Every Place: Merging Domains and Women's Roles in Barbuda and Dominica. In Women and Change in the Caribbean: A Pan-Caribbean Perspective. Jane H. Momsen, ed. Pp. 65-79. Kingston: Ian Randle.	This comparison of women's roles in Barbuda and Dominica analyzes not only the similarities and differences between the two islands but also attempts to validate/refute the public-private dichotomy which has characterized the literature on gender-based status differentiation.	BARBUDA. DOMINICA.
181	Berte, Nancy A.	1982	Peasant Rationality: A K'eckchi' Example.	1982. Peasant Rationality: A K'eckchi' Example. Belizean Studies 10 (5):2-11.	Author explores effects of modern economic incentives on traditional relations among K'eckchi' Maya of Belize. While the K’eckchi’ continue with their traditional system of relationships in milpa cultivation they have also developed a new, modern set of relationships for their cash cropping activities.	BELIZE.
182	Berthelot, Jack and Martine Gaumé	1982	Kaz Antiyé jan moun ka rété = Caribbean Popular Dwelling.	1982. Kaz Antiyé jan moun ka rété = Caribbean Popular Dwelling. Paris: Editions caribéennes.	Authors open with a discussion of several of the definitive influences in Caribbean architecture, in which the hut, a result of African and European syncretism, is seen as being determined by the type of colonization on each island. They show how this architecture in Martinique and Guadeloupe is intimately linked to the way of life (e.g., domination, resistance, expression).	CARIBBEAN. GUADELOUPE. MARTINIQUE.
183	Bertrand, Anca	1968	Notes pour une définition du folklore antillais	1968. Notes pour une définition du folklore antillais. Parallèles 28: 5-19.	Summary of author's research on styles of music and dance in the Caribbean, with particular reference to the French Antilles. Includes a brief review of traditional rural rhythms in Francophone territories with notes on dancers’ style, orchestral role of percussion, and rhythmic construction. Also included is a census of Martiniquan and Guadeloupian rhythms. In French and English.	FRENCH ANTILLES . GUADELOUPE. MARTINIQUE.
184	Bertrand, Anca	1969	Notes sur le costume créole	1969. Notes sur le costume créole. Parallèles 30: 4-17.	Clothing in the French Antilles from the 17th to the 19th century reviewed in text and pictures. Captions of photographs in French and English.	FRENCH ANTILLES.
185	Besson, Jean	1995	Consensus in the Family Land Controversy: Rejoinder to Michaeline A. Crichlow	1995. Consensus in the Family Land Controversy: Rejoinder to Michaeline A. Crichlow. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 69(3-4):299-304.	A point-by-point reply to Crichlow's analysis of family land tenure in the Anglophone Caribbean. Despite Crichlow's criticisms of Besson's work, the latter concludes that Crichlow's actual findings "mainly support" her own conclusions.	ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN. JAMAICA.
186	Besson, Jean	1992	Freedom and Community: The British West Indies.	1992. Freedom and Community: The British West Indies. In The Meaning of Freedom: Economics, Politics, and Culture After Slavery, 183-219. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.	Author presents a thoughtful discourse on the establishment and growth of free Afro-Caribbean communities in the British West Indies. Issues considered include origin of these communities, the role of customary land rights in maintaining them, and disputes over technical characterization of their inhabitants.	BRITISH WEST INDIES.
187	Besson, Jean	1995	Land, Kinship, and Community in the Post-Emancipation Caribbean: A Regional View of the Leewards	1995. Land, Kinship, and Community in the Post-Emancipation Caribbean: A Regional View of the Leewards. In Small Islands, Large Questions: Society, Culture and Resistance in the Post-Emancipation Caribbean. Karen Fog Olwig, ed. Pp. 73-99. London: Frank Cass.	Author compares post-emancipation agricultural production in Hispanic and non-Hispanic Caribbean, the latter characterized by "peasantries and their customary tenures". In this context, "land, kinship, and community" is discussed with special attention paid to the Leewards.	CARIBBEAN. HISPANIC CARIBBEAN. NON-HISPANIC CARIBBEAN. LEEWARD ISLANDS.
188	Besson, Jean	1979	Symbolic Aspects of Land in the Caribbean: The Tenure and Transmission of Land Rights Among Caribbean Peasantries.	1979. Symbolic Aspects of Land in the Caribbean: The Tenure and Transmission of Land Rights Among Caribbean Peasantries. In Peasants, Plantations and Rural Communities in the Caribbean. Malcolm Cross and Arnaud Marks, eds. Pp. 86-116. Guilford, England: University of Surrey, Department of Sociology [and] Royal Institute of Linguistics and Anthropology, Department of Caribbean Studies, Leiden.	After short, elegant review and critique of literature on cognatic descent and descent groups, Caribbean kinship systems, and cognatic descent group in the Caribbean, author offers alternative interpretation on the latter to the one proposed by Solien and Otterbein. She claims that cognatic descent group in the Caribbean is, and always has been "an unrestricted, dispersed, non-residential descent group operating in relation to a specific resource only (family land); and that in this case the 'specific resource' is symbolic rather than economic. The viability of family land as a symbolic resource is enabled by the sacrifice of its viability as an economic resource. Thus the majority of coheirs who do remain on family land, efficient land use is subordinated to the inalienable claims of the numerous absentee heirs."	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. JAMAICA.
189	Besson, Jean	1988	Agrarian Relations and Perceptions of Land in a Jamaican Peasant Village	1988. Agrarian Relations and Perceptions of Land in a Jamaican Peasant Village. In Small Farming and Peasant Resources in the Caribbean. John S. Brierly and Hymie Rubenstein, eds. Pp. 39-61. Winnipeg, Canada: University of Manitoba, Department of Geography.	A case study which demonstrates that peasants paradoxically view land as both a limited and unlimited resource. Cultural values which impinge on peasant land use need to be understood within the wider framework of Caribbean agrarian relations. The institution of family land, viewed as a dynamic cultural creation of peasantries, is explored as an adaptive system of land use.	JAMAICA.
190	Besson, Jean	1995	Free Villagers, Rastafarians and Modern Maroons: From Resistance to Identity	1995. Free Villagers, Rastafarians and Modern Maroons: From Resistance to Identity. In Born Out of Resistance: On Caribbean Cultural Creativity. Wim Hoogbergen, ed. Pp. 301-314. Utrecht: ISOR-Publications.	Based on extensive field work in Trelawney, Jamaica, author argues that free villagers, Maroons, and rural Rastafarians represent a tradition of Caribbean peasant adaptation rooted in land as a "focus of domination, resistance and identity".	JAMAICA.
191	Besson, Jean	1997	Caribbean Common Tenures and Capitalism: The Accompong Maroons of Jamaica.	1997. Caribbean Common Tenures and Capitalism: The Accompong Maroons of Jamaica. Plantation Society in the Americas 4(2-3):201-232.	Author, in an appropriately contextualized essay, challenges the interpretation of the Accompong common as a pre-capitalist African retention "arguing instead that Accompong landholding represents a pronounced case of Caribbean creolization or 'indigenization' in response and resistance to the capitalist world-system."	JAMAICA.
192	Besson, Jean	1998	Changing Perceptions of Gender in the Caribbean Region: The Case of the Jamaican Peasantry (in Caribbean Portraits: Essays on Gender Ideologies and Identities.	1998. Changing Perceptions of Gender in the Caribbean Region: The Case of the Jamaican Peasantry. In Caribbean Portraits: Essays on Gender Ideologies and Identities. Christine Barrow, ed. Pp. 133-155. Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers.	Author describes a swing in Caribbean anthropology from preoccupation with the 'matrifocal family' to 'marginal men' and finally to feminist analyses but that neither female or male bias/focus is adequate for understanding gender ideologies in the region. Presents a case study of eight communities in west-central Jamaica which reveals considerable diversity in such ideologies and illuminates the need for comparative gender perspectives and empirically based studies.	JAMAICA.
193	Besson, Jean	2002	Martha Brae’s two histories: European expansion and Caribbean culture-building in Jamaica.	2002. Martha Brae’s two histories: European expansion and Caribbean culture-building in Jamaica. Chapel Hill and London: The University of North Carolina Press.	A solid contribution by a "positioned subject" to our understanding of important anthropological controversies with a Caribbean focus based on a wide-ranging examination of the two sociocultural histories (Euro-Caribbean and Afro-Caribbean, plantation and peasant) of a major planter town in colonial Trelawny and its evolution into a peasant village. Key to the author’s analysis of colonization, struggle for freedom, justice and equality and culture-building are the linked concepts of kinship and land, the attachment of lineage to property.	JAMAICA.
194	Besson, Jean	1993	Reputation and Respectability Reconsidered: A New Perspective on Afro-Caribbean Peasant Women	1993. Reputation and Respectability Reconsidered: A New Perspective on Afro-Caribbean Peasant Women. In Women and Change in the Caribbean: A Pan-Caribbean Perspective. Janet H. Momsen, ed. Pp. 15-37. Kingston: Ian Randle.	Author contends that while Peter Wilson’s theory of reputation and respectability has much to commend it for analyzing Caribbean society, its main drawback is that it obscures a clear understanding of Afro-Caribbean women. Drawing on data from Jamaica and the Anglophone Caribbean, she argues that, contrary to Wilson’s formulation, "Afro-Caribbean peasant women do not subscribe to Eurocentric respectability and they participate in the main dimensions of reputation identified by Wilson". Women, in fact, are placed at the center of "Afro-Caribbean cultures of resistance.	JAMAICA. ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN.
195	Besson, Jean	1984	Family Land and Caribbean Society: Toward an Ethnography of Afro-Caribbean Peasantries.	1984. Family Land and Caribbean Society: Toward an Ethnography of Afro-Caribbean Peasantries In Perspectives on Caribbean Regional Identity. Elizabeth M. Thomas-Hope, ed. Pp. 57-83. Liverpool, England: Centre for Latin American Studies, University of Liverpool.	Discounting the traditional explanation of the origin and persistence of the institution of family land in rural Jamaica and in the Caribbean generally — that it is an African or European cultural remnant — the argument here relates it first to the circumstances of plantation slavery and then to the continuing monopoly of plantations in the contemporary Caribbean. Thus, family land is viewed as a bastion of resistance and freedom, a means by which these are passed on, and the rallying ground for new, distinctively Afro-Caribbean cultural initiatives.	JAMAICA. CARIBBEAN.
196	Besson, Jean	1984	Land Tenure in the Free Villages of Trelawny, Jamaica: A Case Study in the Caribbean Peasant Response to Emancipation	1984. Land Tenure in the Free Villages of Trelawny, Jamaica: A Case Study in the Caribbean Peasant Response to Emancipation, Slavery & Abolition 5 (1):3-23.	Utilizing data collected in five villages, author argues that family land is "the central mechanism through which the identity of the culturally distinctive peasant communities of the Caribbean is constructed and maintained." Maintains that Caribbean family land is not an Old World survival but "the creation of Caribbean culture on the part of the post-slavery peasantries in response and resistance to the agrarian relations of Caribbean society itself."	JAMAICA. CARIBBEAN.
197	Besson, Jean	1997	Caribbean Common Tenures and Capitalism: The Accompong Maroons of Jamaica	1997. Caribbean Common Tenures and Capitalism: The Accompong Maroons of Jamaica. Plantation Society in the Americas 4(2-3):201-232.	Author contends that the highly integrated social organization of the Maroons of Accompong Town challenges the relevance of "plantation society" models for understanding Caribbean society. Moreover, she argues, Maroon corporate land tenure is not a pre-capitalist "survival" rather it is a Creole adaptation to global capitalism.	JAMAICA. CARIBBEAN.
198	Besson, Jean and Barry Chevannes	1996	The Continuity-Creativity Debate: The Case of Revival	1996. The Continuity-Creativity Debate: The Case of Revival. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids, 70 (3-4): 209-228.	An examination of Jamaican post-emancipation religious beliefs and practices. Authors argue that although Revival has African antecedents it has been transformed by Jamaicans to meet the challenges of contemporary life. They maintain that framing the debate about Jamaican religion in the polarized terms of either "African continuity" or "creole creativity" is not helpful for understanding how and why it is expressed.	JAMAICA.
199	Best, Curwen	2001	Roots to Popular Culture: Barbadian Aesthetics: Kamau Brathwaite to Hardcore Styles	2001. Roots to Popular Culture: Barbadian Aesthetics: Kamau Brathwaite to Hardcore Styles. London and Oxford: Macmillan Education, LTD.	Survey of various forms of folklore and popular culture exhibited in contemporary Barbados and in its history. Taking up the challenge to understand Barbados from the grass roots, each form is analyzed from cultural, structural and historical perspectives. Text concentrates on orality, performance and song as cultural continuities that extend from African roots and slavery.	BARBADOS.
200	Best, Curwen	2001	Technology constructing culture: tracking soca's first "post-".	2001. Small Axe 9:27-43.	Author argues need for interpreting Caribbean culture and its music from fresh standpoints. For example, even though that culture and music have never been static, recent developments in music technology "propelled" developments within the music. During the 19809s, "transforming" Caribbean cultures interfaced with "the revolution in digitized music technology" produced the "highly streamlined dance music, ringbang."	CARIBBEAN. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
201	Best, Curwen	2001	Finding the hardcore roots: early post-soca tendencies in Caribbean music	2001. Finding the hardcore roots: early post-soca tendencies in Caribbean music. Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 261:21-34.	Author traces evolution of ringbang, a post-soca dance hall musical form, and its divergence from mainstream soca in the context of the increasing impact of digital and other technology on the music culture of the region.	CARIBBEAN. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
202	Best, Lloyd	1991	A Tribute to M.G. Smith.	1991. A Tribute to M.G. Smith. In Social and Occupational Stratification in Contemporary Trinidad and Tobago, 49-51. St. Augustine, Trinidad: Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of the West Indies.	This chapter in a collection on stratification in Trinidad and Tobago is an eloquent bow to M.G. Smith, whose great distinction, a well-known West Indian economist tells us, is that he based his work and ideas not on Western European social theory but on the unique complexity of his home environment. Best goes on to argue that "the pessimism of the plural model can only have been to invite greater attention to the modalities of continued segmentation. Precisely because the anthropologist insisted on putting dissensus on the post -independence agenda we have had a much better chance of saving ourselves from developing disorder."	CARIBBEAN. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
203	Bettelheim, Judith	1985	The Jonkonnu Festival in Jamaica.	1985. The Jonkonnu Festival in Jamaica. Journal of Ethnic Studies 13 (3): 85-105.	Article provides an informative historical section on this recently revived folk tradition in Jamaica along with a descriptive section on characters portrayed in and the performance specifics on present-day festivals.	JAMAICA.
204	Bettelheim, Judith	1979	Jamaican Jonkonnu and Related Caribbean Festivals.	1979. Jamaican Jonkonnu and Related Caribbean Festivals. In Africa and the Caribbean: The Legacies of a Link. Crahan. Margaret E. and Franklin W. Knight, ed. Pp. 80-100. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.	Author discusses artistic geography of Jamaican Jonkonnu and context of its development, delineates European and African elements of the festival and considers possible artistic relationship between Jamaica's Christmas festival and others in Bermuda, Nassau, St. Kitts, Nevis, and Belize.	JAMAICA. BERMUDA. BAHAMAS. ST. KITTS. NEVIS. BELIZE.
205	Bilby, Ken, Bernard Delpech, Marie Fleury, and Diane Vernon	1989	Alimentation des noirs marrons du Maroni: vocabulaire, pratiques, representations	1989. Alimentation des noirs marrons du Maroni: vocabulaire, pratiques, representations. Cayenne: Institut Francais de Recherche Scientifique pour le Developpement et Cooperation, Centre ORSTROM de Cayenne.	Useful inventory of vocabulary related to food and food usage among the Aluku (Boni) and Djuka of French Guiana. Listed alphabetically, each item includes, as appropriate, linguistic, botanical, zoological, medicinal, and ritual data as well as notes on preparation.	FRENCH GUIANA.
206	Bilby, Kenneth	1999	Neither Here Nor There: The Place of "Community" in the Jamaican Religious Tradition.	1999. Neither Here Nor There: The Place of "Community" in the Jamaican Religious Tradition. In Religion, Diaspora, and Cultural Identity: A Reader in the Anglophone Caribbean. John W. Pulis, ed. Pp. 331-335. Amsterdam: Overseas Publishers Association.	An essay dealing with expressions of imagined community demonstrated in three co-existing indigenous Jamaican religions, Kumina, Convince, and Rastafari, and the role of these religions in mediating understandings between group identity and place.	JAMAICA.
207	Bilby, Kenneth	1999	Gumbay, Myal, and The Great House: New Evidence on the Religious Background of Jonkonnu in Jamaica	1999. Gumbay, Myal, and The Great House: New Evidence on the Religious Background of Jonkonnu in Jamaica. ACIJ Research Review 4: 47-70.	Possible religious or ritual significance of aspects of Jonkonnu in Jamaica as evidenced in relatively early ethnographic observations of this masked dance and street celebration complex.	JAMAICA.
208	Bilby, Kenneth	1995	Oral Traditions in Two Maroon Societies: The Windward Maroons of Jamaica and the Aluku Maroons of French Guiana and Surinam	1995. Oral Traditions in Two Maroon Societies: The Windward Maroons of Jamaica and the Aluku Maroons of French Guiana and Surinam. In Born Out of Resistance: On Caribbean Cultural Creativity. Wim Hoogbergen, ed. Pp. 169-180. Utrecht: ISOR-Publications.	Author traces the “Abandoned Child”, the “Miracle Food”, and the “Bullet Catching” themes in the oral traditions of two Maroon societies, themes which are said to express a “common Maroon ethos."	JAMAICA. FRENCH GUIANA. SURINAM.
209	Bilby, Kenneth	1997	Swearing by the Past, Swearing to the Future: Sacred Oaths, Alliances, and Treaties Among the Guianese and Jamaican Maroons	1997. Swearing by the Past, Swearing to the Future: Sacred Oaths, Alliances, and Treaties Among the Guianese and Jamaican Maroons. Ethnohistory, 44(4):655-689.	An interpretation of treaties between colonial authorities and Maroons in Jamaica and Guyana to which the author brings to the task contemporary ethnographic data about Maroons and the meaning of oaths among West Africans. He argues that the Maroons held the treaties to be sacred and immutable and that they should be interpreted in light of what they meant/mean to that party. The "spirit' of the treaties, with implications for continued self-determination, remains salient for the Maroons.	JAMAICA. GUYANA.
210	Bilby, Kenneth M.	1985	The Caribbean as a Musical Region.	1985. The Caribbean as a Musical Region. In Caribbean Contours. Sidney W. Mintz and Sally Price, eds. Pp. 181-218. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University.	Succinct yet comprehensive review of folk music with emphases on its historical development, on a geographical survey with foci on variations and similarities, on Neo-African and European-African hybrid forms, on popular styles and their links with tradition, and on the spread of Caribbean music outside of the region.	CARIBBEAN.
211	Bilby, Kenneth M.	1983	Black Thought From the Caribbean: Ideology at Home and Abroad.	1983. Black Thought From the Caribbean: Ideology at Home and Abroad. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 57 (3-4):201-214.	Essay focused on books dealing with the Rastafari by Joseph Owens, Sebastian Clarke, John Plummer, Ernest Cashmore, and Dick Hebdige.	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN.
212	Bilby, Kenneth M.	1980	Jamaica's Maroons at the Crossroads: Losing Touch with Tradition.	1980. Jamaica's Maroons at the Crossroads: Losing Touch with Tradition. Caribbean Review 9 (4):18-21.	General statement on the Windward Maroons of Jamaica with emphasis on the current identity crisis in Moore Town, where the young are losing touch with Maroon tradition.	JAMAICA.
213	Bilby, Kenneth M.	1981	The Kromanti Dance of the Windward Maroons of Jamaica.	1981. The Kromanti Dance of the Windward Maroons of Jamaica. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 55 (1-2):52-101.	Full description of the Kromanti dance complex practiced by limited number of Jamaican Maroons from the Moore Town area. Author discusses in detail several aspects of ceremonial organization of complex - outsiders and outside influence in dance, relationship of dance to Afro-Jamaican cults, and the dance and Maroon identity.	JAMAICA.
214	Bilby, Kenneth M.	1985	The Half Still Untold: Recent Literature on Reggae and Rastafari.	1985. The Half Still Untold: Recent Literature on Reggae and Rastafari. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 59 (3-4): 211-217.	A basically critical review essay about four "recent" books on the Rastafari or on their music: Ivor Morrish's Obeah, Christ and Rastaman: Jamaica and its religion; Itations of Jamaica and I Rastafari edited by Millard Faristzaddi; Howard Johnson's and Jim Pines's Reggae: deep roots music; Yoshiko S. Nagashima's Rastafarian music in contemporary Jamaica: a study of socioreligious music of the Rastafarian movement in Jamaica. The latter work is the only one considered to have scholarly value.	JAMAICA.
215	Bilby, Kenneth M.	1984	Two Sister Pikni: A Historical Tradition of Dual Ethnogenesis in Eastern Jamaica	1984. Two Sister Pikni: A Historical Tradition of Dual Ethnogenesis in Eastern Jamaica. Caribbean Quarterly 30 (3-4):10-25.	Delineation of a mythological tradition ("a shared mental diagram: a collective representation, neatly encapsulated in a genealogical metaphor...") of two African sisters who oppose each other over the issue of slavery. From a metaphorical perspective, this tradition is a symbolic representation of the relations over time between Maroons and other Afro-Jamaicans.	JAMAICA.
216	Bilby, Kenneth M.	1983	How the "Older Heads" Talk: A Jamaican Maroon Spirit Possession Language and its Relationship to the Creoles of Suriname and Sierra Leone.	1983. How the "Older Heads" Talk: A Jamaican Maroon Spirit Possession Language and its Relationship to the Creoles of Suriname and Sierra Leone. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 57 (1-2):37-88.	The diacritical features of the "deep language" (Kromanti) used by participants possessed by spirits in Maroon ceremonies distinguish it from the Jamaican Creole used in ordinary life but are similar to the creole of Surinam and of Sierra Leone. Author contends that these data support decreolization theory. A glossary is included.	JAMAICA. SURINAM. SIERRA LEONE.
217	Binder, Wolfgang, ed.	1993	Slavery in the Americas	1993. Slavery in the Americas. Würzburg: Königshausen and Neumann	Excellent collection of 32 papers of considerable quality given at an international, multidisciplinary conference held in Germany in 1989.	CARIBBEAN.
218	Birdwell-Pheasant, Donna	1985	Language Change and Ethnic Identity in Eastern Corozal.	1985. Language Change and Ethnic Identity in Eastern Corozal. Belizean Studies 13 (5-6):1-12.	An exploration of the causes and influences that led to two language changes and two shifts in ethnic identity in one Belizean village. Author concludes that the reasons for these changes were simply to adapt to changing conditions and to facilitate access to people and resources valued by villagers.	BELIZE.
219	Birth, Kevin	1997	Most of Us Are Family Some of the Time: Interracial Unions and Transracial Kinship in Eastern Trinidad	1997. Most of Us Are Family Some of the Time: Interracial Unions and Transracial Kinship in Eastern Trinidad. American Ethnologist 24(3):585-601.	Fifteen Trinidadian interracial unions between Indians and Creoles and the attendant transracial kinship links are used to explore naturalizing ideologies tied to conceptions of race in Trinidad. Ideas of race and kinship held by each group take on different meanings when used in the context of transracial relationships. Differing affiliation patterns play a role in determining the relative strength of kinship ties and consequent claims of similarity and difference. Three patterns are discerned: cultural notions of "diluted" Creoles and Indians; schismogenic interactions that evoke attributions of either difference or similarity; and, long-standing Indian patrifiliation and Creole matrifiliation patterns influence the development of transracial ties.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
220	Birth, Kevin	1997	Most of Us Are Family Some of the Time: Interracial Unions and Transracial Kinship in Eastern Trinidad	1997. Most of Us Are Family Some of the Time: Interracial Unions and Transracial Kinship in Eastern Trinidad. American Ethnologist 24(3): 585-601.	Based on examination of 15 mixed unions of Creole Trinidadians and Indo-Trinidadians in an eastern village, author identifies distinct patterns of kinship affiliation and argues that a conceptualization of such possible outcomes must factor in "the naturalization of relationships through kinship and race, the schismogenic dialectic between similarity and difference, and the structural factors that reinforce or weaken kinship ties."	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
221	Birth, Kevin K	1994	Bakrnal: Coup, Carnival, and Calypso in Trinidad	1994. Bakrnal: Coup, Carnival, and Calypso in Trinidad. Ethnology 33(3):165-177.	Young village males shared a cultural model of the attempted coup d'etat of July 1990, one that held the event to be a threat to their cultural construction of freedom. The coup became a dominant calypso theme during the Carnival that followed. Author describes how villagers cultural model came about and how Carnival participation caused it to change to one holding that Trinidad suffers periodic conflicts in which freedom and humor triumph over political repression and fear, a change brought about by aspects of the interaction between Carnival audience and performance.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
222	Birth, Kevin K.	1996	Trinidad Times: Temporal Dependency and Temporal Flexibility on the Margins of Industrial Capitalism	1996. Trinidad Times: Temporal Dependency and Temporal Flexibility on the Margins of Industrial Capitalism. Anthropological Quarterly 69(2):79-89.	Author relates unemployment of secondary school leavers in rural Trinidad to their inflexible model of time. The more traditional flexible models of time are said to promote adaptability to patterns of occupational multiplicity but secondary education teaches a model more appropriate for regularized labor.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
223	Black, Clinton Vane de Brosse	1965	The Story of Jamaica From Prehistory to the Present	1965. The Story of Jamaica From Prehistory to the Present. London: Collins.	Straightforward history of Jamaica containing some limited data on the Arawak occupation of the island prior to the Spanish conquest.	JAMAICA.
224	Blustain, Harvey S.	1981	Customary Land Tenure in Rural Jamaica: Implications for Development.	1981. Customary Land Tenure in Rural Jamaica: Implications for Development. In Strategies for Organization of Small-Farm Agriculture in Jamaica. Harvey Blustain and Elsie LeFranc, eds. Pp. 47-65. Mona Jamaica: Institute of social and Economic Research, University of West Indies.	Author argues the appropriateness of family land as a land tenure form in rural Jamaica. Claims that family land is consistent with other sociocultural principles operating in Jamaica, that it permits a more participatory approach to land allocation, and that it does not necessarily promote fragmentation, hinder production, or cause family conflict. Migration, it is claimed, has provided a safety valve which reduces potential problems.	JAMAICA.
225	Bodarky, Clifford J	1964	Chaperonage and the Puerto Rican Middle Class	1964. Chaperonage and the Puerto Rican Middle Class. Journal of Marriage and the Family 26(3):347-348.	Interview results from a small sample of parents and high-school seniors indicate that the custom of chaperonage persists although in a more relaxed form and that it has status-enhancing functions for middle-class families.	PUERTO RICO.
226	Boer, M.W.H. de.	1970	Report of a Contact with Stoneage Indians in Southern Surinam	1970. Report of a Contact with Stoneage Indians in Southern Surinam. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 47(3):248-258.	Incidental description of Akurio Indians' culture and way of life by geologist working in Surinam and French Guiana.	SURINAM. FRENCH GUIANA.
227	Bois, Étienne P.	1967	Les Amérindiens de la Haute-Guyane française	1967. Les Amérindiens de la Haute-Guyane française. Paris: Desclée.	Results of a study focused on the anthropology, pathology, and biology of Amerindian populations along the Maroni and Oyapok Rivers of French Guiana. Divided into three sections: physical anthropology, clinical studies, and biological studies. Closes with a short statement on the practical bases for program aimed at the physical, mental, and social health of the Amerindians.	FRENCH GUIANA.
228	Bolland, Nigel and Assad Shoman	1977	Land in Belize, 1765-1871.	1977. Land in Belize, 1765-1871. Mona, Jamaica: University of the West Indies, Institute of Social and Economic Research.	This monograph examines the development of the Belizean land tenure system between 1765 and 1871. Dividing their presentation into four chapters (the foundation of the settlement, 1765-1817; the settler monopoly, 1817-38; emancipation to Crown Colony, 1838-71; and, the legacy), the authors indicate that the principal factors affecting the development of the land tenure system include the demands of the colonial market, the territory's constitutional situation, and the patterns of land use. "By 1871, these facts had created the monopolistic structure of land ownership and distribution that remains to this day a paramount feature of the political economy of Belize. This structure is antagonistic to the possibility of changing the persistent underdevelopment that characterizes the economy of Belize, efforts to achieve agricultural development within this structure having consistently failed."	BELIZE. BRITISH HONDURAS.
229	Bolland, Nigel O	2002	Creolisation and Creole Societies: A Cultural Nationalist View of Caribbean Social History	2002. Creolisation and Creole Societies: A Cultural Nationalist View of Caribbean Social History. In Questioning Creole: creolisation discourses in Caribbean culture. Verene A. Shepherd and Glen L. Richards, eds. Pp. 15-46. Kingston: Ian Randle Publishers.	Useful exploration of the theoretical ambiguity of the Creole-society model preceded by a review of the two most influential models of Caribbean society among English-speaking intellectuals in the 1960s - plantation society and plural society. Author concludes that there is a need to reconceptualize colonial societies in dialectical terms given their inherent conflicts and contradictions.	ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN.
230	Bolland, Nigel O	2002	Timber extraction and the shaping of enslaved people’s culture in Belize (in Slavery without sugar: diversity in Caribbean economy and society since the 17th Century.	2002. Timber extraction and the shaping of enslaved people’s culture in Belize. In Slavery without sugar: diversity in Caribbean economy and society since the 17th Century. Verene A. Shepherd, ed. Pp. 36-62. Gainesville: University Press of Florida.	Drawn from a collection on the diverse rural and urban contexts of Caribbean slavery, author examines the development of the unique Belizean slave system based on the extraction of timber. Specifics of the division of labor, labor processes, settlement patterns, demographic characteristics and relations between enslavers and enslaved are described and contrasted to other patterns of slavery in the Caribbean.	BELIZE.
231	Bolland, O. Nigel	1974	Maya Settlements in the Upper Belize River Valley and Yalbac Hills: An Ethnohistorical View	1974. Maya Settlements in the Upper Belize River Valley and Yalbac Hills: An Ethnohistorical View. Journal of Belizean Affairs 3:3-23.	Aspects of 18th- and 19th-century Mayan ethnohistory of the upper Belize River valley and Yalbac Hills presented in order to establish a framework for the analysis of Maya-British relations in Belize in the 19th century. Sections on ancient Maya settlements, the approach of Europeans and Spaniards at Tipu, the arrival of British woodcutters, the anti-colonial activity of the Chichenha Maya, and Maya settlements and the colonization of Belize.	BELIZE.
232	Bolland, O. Nigel	1977	The Formation of a Colonial Society: Belize, From Conquest to Crown Colony	1977. The Formation of a Colonial Society: Belize, From Conquest to Crown Colony. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.	Detailed examination in sociological perspective of social and economic development of Belize from the formative, settlement period to the inception of crown colony status in 1871. Primary objective of book is a consideration of aspects of the relations between the political economy of a dependent colonial society and the social structure of that entity. Within this context, several issues of general interest to Caribbeanists are explored including the differences in the organization, conditions and treatment of British Honduran slaves involved in extracting timber rather than producing sugar and other plantation crops as in other areas of the Caribbean, and the factors that blocked the development of a peasantry after emancipation in 1838. Considerable attention is given to the institution of slavery, the slaves themselves, free labor, apprenticeship, and emancipation. Appendix included.	BELIZE.
233	Bolland, O. Nigel	1979	Labour Control in Post-Abolition Belize.	1979. Labour Control in Post-Abolition Belize. Journal of Belizean Affairs 9: 21-35.	Author argues need to reevaluate meaning of "emancipation" by examining constraints imposed on British Honduran workers after abolition. Provides an outline of colony's economic situation between 1830-70 and discusses systems of labor control and its consequences. He notes with regard to consequences of changes in economic situation since 1850: "To the extent that labourers remained dependent and coerced, emancipation, properly defined as the realm of freedom, was not achieved. The transition was not from slavery to freedom but, rather from one system of labour control to another and the old struggle between former masters and slaves continued, although in new forms."	BELIZE.
234	Bolland, O. Nigel	1979	Labour Control in Post Abolition Belize.	1979. Labour Control in Post Abolition Belize. Belizean Studies 9:21-35.	Well-argued article that deals with the Belizean economic situation between 1830-70, the systems of labor control, the consequences of the labor-control system, and changes in the economy during the second half of 19th century. Author concludes that "transition was not from slavery to freedom, but rather, from one system of labour control to another and the old struggle between former masters and slaves continued, although in new forms."	BELIZE.
235	Bolland, O. Nigel	1986	Labour Control and Resistance in Belize in the Century after 1838.	1986. Labour Control and Resistance in Belize in the Century after 1838. Slavery & Abolition 7 (2):175-187.	The coming of freedom did not mean a sharp break with past practices related to labor coercion and bondage in the Caribbean. Stressing continuities, author describes the system of labor control developed in Belize after 1838 and the types of resistance "that culminated in widespread unrest in the 1930s and subsequent changes in labour laws, relations, and institutions."	BELIZE.
236	Bolland, O. Nigel	1981	Systems of Domination After Slavery: The Control of Land and Labor in the British West Indies After 1838.	1981. Systems of Domination After Slavery: The Control of Land and Labor in the British West Indies After 1838. Comparative Studies in Society and History 23 (4): 591-619.	Utilizing a context of labor-control attempts after 1838, the interrelationship of land and labor control, and the usefulness of dialectical theory, author examines the differing degrees of success with which masters were able to control former slaves in the British West Indies. He argues that the conceptual opposition of slavery and freedom be abandoned in favor of comparative study of the transition from slave to wage labor.	BRITISH WEST INDIES.
237	Bolland, O.N.	1971	Literacy in a Rural Area of Jamaica.	1971. Literacy in a Rural Area of Jamaica. Social and Economic Studies 20 (1):28-51.	Survey of literacy in two adjacent communities in the upper Yallahs Valley of Jamaica. Although literacy for rural villagers had little relation to traditional work and way of life, considerable value was placed on literacy for their children as prerequisite for their gaining other types of employment and escaping rural poverty and insecurity. Despite relatively good schooling and facilities, high levels of functional illiteracy were found in the communities studied. From locally collected data and the 1960 census, author estimates a functional illiteracy rate of 49 percent for Jamaicans over 20 years of age.	JAMAICA.
238	Bolles, A. Lynn	1998	Working on Equality: Commonwealth Caribbean Women Trade Union Leaders	1998. Working on Equality: Commonwealth Caribbean Women Trade Union Leaders. In Caribbean Portraits: Essays on Gender Ideologies and Identities. Christine Barrow, ed. Pp. 55-77. Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers.	Factors contributing to patterns of male domination and female subordination of women trade union leaders after independence and social change.	ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN. CARIBBEAN.
239	Bolles, A. Lynn	1988	Theories of Women in Development in the Caribbean: The Ongoing Debate	1988. Theories of Women in Development in the Caribbean: The Ongoing Debate. In Gender in Caribbean Development: Papers Presented at the Inaugural Seminar of the University of the West Indies, Women and Development Studies Project. Patricia Mohammed and Catherine Shepherd, eds. Pp. 21-34. Mona, Jamaica: University of the West Indies, Women and Development Studies Project.	A description of the theoretical approaches of Ester Boserup, Lourdes Beneria, Helen I. Safa and Gita Sen to the issues of women and economic development. Short concluding section covers theory and meaning for Caribbean women.	CARIBBEAN.
240	Bolles, A. Lynn	1996	Sister Jamaica: A Study of Women, Work and Households in Kingston	1996. Sister Jamaica: A Study of Women, Work and Households in Kingston. Lanham: University Press of America.	A study of Jamaican working class factory women at home and in the workplace carried out during the last years of Michael Manley's administration. After reviewing the political and economic context of female labor and of working conditions, author probes the basic strategies of how women and their households "make do" by analyzing domestic chores and household division of labor by household type.	JAMAICA.
241	Bolles, A. Lynn	2002	Michael Manley in the vanguard towards gender equality	2002. Michael Manley in the vanguard towards gender equality. Caribbean Quarterly 48(1):45-56.	Beginning with Manley’s published view of the critical role of women in society, author deals first with the social construction of gender (male domination and female subordination) and trade unionism in the Commonwealth Caribbean then follows with vignettes of women leaders from Jamaica, Guyana and Barbados in the trade union movement. Despite slow changes in trade unionism, the shift from female subordination to gender equality political life has yet to occur.	JAMAICA. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. GUYANA. BARBADOS.
242	Bonniol, Jean-Luc	1980	Terre-de-Haut des Saintes: contraintes insulaires et particularisme ethnique dans La Caraïbe.	1980. Terre-de-Haut des Saintes: contraintes insulaires et particularisme ethnique dans La Caraïbe. Paris, France: Editions Caribbéennes.	Community study of Terre-de-Haut a small island of Les Saintes occupied primarily by population of "petits blancs." Author's aim is to provide a study which is both historical and anthropological and in which relationship between local community and larger Caribbean and European context is not lost. He focuses on how ecological constraints led to emergence of distinct ethnic identity and cultural specificity and to an island history quite different from that of more typical Caribbean plantation societies. In essence, this is an investigation of the nature of a population on an island without sugar where the majority must earn their livelihood through fishing. This study adds to our knowledge of migration, population movement, and ethnicity.	LES SAINTES. FRENCH ANTILLES.
243	Bonsu Kyeretwie, K.O.	1964	Ashanti Heroes	1964. Ashanti Heroes. Accra: Waterville Publishing House.	Convenient source for several Ashanti tales transculturated to the New World. Available in London from Oxford University Press.	CARIBBEAN.
244	Boodhoo, Ken	1973	Sugar and East Indian Indentureship in Trinidad	1973. Sugar and East Indian Indentureship in Trinidad. Caribbean Review 5(2):17-20.	Brief description of indentured labor in Trinidad and its relationship to the economics of the sugar industry.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
245	Boodhoo, Ken I.	1974	The Case of the Missing Majority	1974. The Case of the Missing Majority. Caribbean Review 6(2): 3-7.	General discussion on the nature of Caribbean society with particular reference to the Black Power Movement and the position of East Indians in Trinidad and Guyana. Stressing the need for the introduction of additional conceptual tools to facilitate analysis and "useful" concepts such as power, authority and minority status, author concludes that "Caribbean societies, particularly Trinidad and Guyana, are composed of minorities without majorities."	CARIBBEAN. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. GUYANA.
246	Boomert, Arie	1984	The Arawak Indians of Trinidad and Coastal Guiana: ca. 1500-1650.	1984. The Arawak Indians of Trinidad and Coastal Guiana: ca. 1500-1650. The Journal of Caribbean History 19 (2):123-188).	A well documented and well presented ethnohistory of coastal Arawak Indians with substantial sections on settlement sites, origins and hypothetical migrations, origin of the name Arawak, sociopolitical organization and traditional trade network, the Arawak-Spanish trade relationship, Arawak warfare and slave-raiding, and the end of the Arawak-Spanish alliance.	TRINIDAD. GUIANAS.
247	Bordes, Ary and Andrea Couture	1978	For the People, for a Change: Bringing Health to the Families of Haiti.	1978. For the People, for a Change: Bringing Health to the Families of Haiti. Boston, MA: Beacon Press.	Interesting, personalized account of the work of Dr. Ary Bordes, leading Haitian practitioner of public health medicine and exponent of community development. Of particular value to the applied social scientist.	HAITI.
248	Bos, Gerrot	1998	Some recoveries in Guiana Indian ethnohistory	1998. Some recoveries in Guiana Indian ethnohistory. Amsterdam: VU Uitgeverij.	Detailed examination about the reliability of early Amerindian information about the Guianas and its people, possible misinterpretation of Guianese ethnohistory by historians and the corrections to be made in relevant ethnohistoriographies. Author offers evidence that, contrary to past and present authority, early native data was sound, the existence of the so-called mythical tribes had, unfortunately, long been ignored and that several other substantive and methodological correctives would have to be inserted in the record.	GUIANAS.
249	Boswell, Thomas D.	1986	The Characteristics of Internal Migration to and from New Providence Island, Greater Nassau, Bahamas: 1960-1970.	1986. The Characteristics of Internal Migration to and from New Providence Island, Greater Nassau, Bahamas: 1960-1970. Social and Economic Studies 35 (1):111-150.	An investigation of the spatial patterns of in-and out-migration related to New Providence Island; the selectivity of migrants in terms of age, sex, occupation, and income; and, the impact of net internal migration on the age, sex, and occupational composition of the island.	NEW PROVIDENCE ISLAND. BAHAMAS
250	Bourgois, Philippe	1986	The Black Diaspora in Costa Rica: Upward Mobility and Ethnic Discrimination.	1986. The Black Diaspora in Costa Rica: Upward Mobility and Ethnic Discrimination. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 60 (3-4):149-165.	Although ethnic discrimination against them persists, blacks in Limón Province, Costa Rica are better off economically than most of the Hispanics and Amerindians in the region. Author demonstrates the linkage between upward mobility, political values and ideology, and changing class relations as well as the importance of discrimination in shaping the political and economic development of these descendants of West Indian migrants.	LIMON PROVINCE. COSTA RICA.
251	Bourguignon, Erika	1969	Haïti et l'ambivalence socialisée: une reconsideration.	1969. Haïti et l'ambivalence socialisée: une reconsideration. Journal de la Société des Américanistes 58:173-205.	Starting with Herskovits' concept of "socialized ambivalence," author attempts to demonstrate how individual adjustment is made in a civilization whose two ancestral elements have never fully merged. Focuses on analysis of Rorschach responses of a young member of the Haitian elite. Discusses origins of the ambivalence in the social history of Haiti as well as subject's background. This illuminates how elements of the so-called lower-class culture (e.g. vodou, spirit worship, etc.) as much as elements of Western civilization learned at school help to organize the world-view of the elite (despite their denial of the influence of elements of African origin).	HAITI.
252	Bourguignon, Erika	1985	Religion and Justice in Haitian Vodoun.	1985. Religion and Justice in Haitian Vodoun. Phylon 46 (4):292-295.	A short essay in which it is argued that in Haiti sorcery is a domain of power, that suspicions of power are forms of institutionalized envy, and that the system operates "within a fearful obedience to a harsh status quo. Justice is concerned with the maintenance of this state."	HAITI.
253	Bourguignon, Erika	1970	Ritual Dissociation and Possession Belief in Caribbean Negro Religion.	1970. Ritual Dissociation and Possession Belief in Caribbean Negro Religion. In Afro-American Anthropology. Whitten, Norman E. Jr. and John F. Szwed, eds. Pp. 87-101. New York: Free press.	Examination of role of dissociational states and possession beliefs in two polar types of religious groupings in West Indian Negro lower-class populations: the Afro-American, Afro-Catholic spirit cults and the independent fundamentalist Pentecostal churches. Author focuses on Haitian vodû as representative of the spirit cults and the Spiritual Baptists or Shakers of St. Vincent as representative of the fundamentalist Protestant churches.	HAITI. ST. VINCENT.
254	Bovenkerk, Frank	1975	Emigratie uit Suriname	1975. Emigratie uit Suriname. Amsterdam: Univ. van Amsterdam, Antropologisch-Sociologisch Centrum, Afdeling Culturele Antropologie.	Review and analysis of publications on emigration from Surinam including descriptive data (migration histories) collected by the author on 115 Surinamese emigrants. Author focuses on emigration motives of individual migrants. In general, it would appear that differences between the Netherlands and Surinam in standard of living or level of development is the primary factor of migration (push-pull effect). Specific reasons for migration (e.g., education) appear to be less important now and migration to the Netherlands appears to be affecting all segments of Surinamese society.	SURINAM. NETHERLANDS.
255	Bovenkerk, Frank	1973	Terug naar Suriname? Over de opnamecapaciteit van de Surinaamse arbeidsmarkt voor Surinaamse retourmigratie uit Nederland	1973. Terug naar Suriname? Over de opnamecapaciteit van de Surinaamse arbeidsmarkt voor Surinaamse retourmigratie uit Nederland. Amsterdam: Univ. van Amsterdam, Antropologisch-Sociologisch Centrum, Afdeling Culturele Antropologie.	Survey of Surinamese ministerial officials and executives in private enterprise on capacity of Surinamese labor market to absorb migrants who wish to return from The Netherlands. Author concludes that large numbers of returning migrants will not find employment. Labor market lacks specialists and is overloaded with unskilled labor. Information flow concerning job openings in Surinam as well as in the Netherlands is clearly insufficient. There is a larger proportion of employers against employing returning Surinamese than those who take a positive or even neutral position on the question. In any case, although many Surinamese in the Netherlands wish to return only a few actually do. Return seems part of migrant ideology exacerbated by the worsening of their position in Dutch society.	SURINAM. NETHERLANDS.
256	Bovenkerk, Frank and L.M. Bovenkerk-Teerink	1972	Surinamers en Antillianen in de Nederlandse pers	1972. Surinamers en Antillianen in de Nederlandse pers. Amsterdam: Univ. van Amsterdam, Antropologisch-Sociologisch Centrum, Afdeling Culturele Antropologie.	Antilleans and Surinamese in the Netherlands often complain that the Dutch press is discriminatory particularly with regard to alleged or real criminal activity. Purpose of study (random selection of articles on crime in The Netherlands drawn from five Dutch newspapers dealing with Antilleans and Surinamese, Dutch, Turks, and Moroccans) was to test this allegation. Results indicate that crime connected with Antilleans and Surinamese is reported twice more often than crime committed by Dutchmen. Articles about the criminal activities of Turks and Moroccans are published on the front page more often than articles about Dutchmen and Antilleans and Surinamese. On this point, there appears to be no discrimination against the latter groups. The fact of Turkish or Moroccan nationality is mentioned more often in the headlines than Dutch, Surinamese or Antillean origins.	SURINAM. NETHERLANDS ANTILLES. NETHERLANDS.
257	Bowen, W. Errol	1976	Development, Immigration and Politics in a Pre-Industrial Society: A Study of Social Change in the British Virgin Islands in the 1960s.	1976. Development, Immigration and Politics in a Pre-Industrial Society: A Study of Social Change in the British Virgin Islands in the 1960s. Caribbean Studies 16(1):67-85.	Examination of the interplay of three sets of changes in the British Virgin Islands during the critical decade of the 1960s: 1) the economic development of the islands and their transformation from a pre-industrial state; 2) the relatively large-scale immigration from other Caribbean territories and the United Kingdom; and 3) the transition from formal colonialism to a more representative type of politics. Changes include an emerging class structure, a landless, wage-laboring, black stratum and a marked increase in the number of white residents. Implications of these changes likely to be many and varied particularly in politics, industrial relations, social services, and race relations.	BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS.
258	Bowen, W. Errol	1971	Rastafarianism and the New Society	1971. Rastafarianism and the New Society. Caribbean Review 5:41-50.	Brief review of the historical and ideological background of Rastafarianism followed by discussion of the future of the movement.	JAMAICA.
259	Braithwaite, L.E.	1965	The Role of the University in the Developing Society of the West Indies	1965. The Role of the University in the Developing Society of the West Indies. Social and Economic Studies 14(1):76-87.	The West Indian university must adapt in reasonable fashion to West Indian circumstances. Indicating academic, economic and nationalistic factors, author argues for the West Indianization of university personnel.	BRITISH WEST INDIES. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN.
260	Braithwaite, L.E.	1965	Race Relations and Industrialisation in the Caribbean	1965. Race Relations and Industrialisation in the Caribbean. In Industrialisation and Race Relations: A Symposium. Guy Hunter, ed. Pp. 30-45. London: Oxford University Press.	Evidence to date indicates that industrialization in the Caribbean area will play a progressive role in social matters; particular reactions to it, however, will depend to a considerable extent on the level of development and the unique qualities of the social structure into which it is introduced.	CARIBBEAN. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN.
261	Braithwaite, Lloyd	1968	Social and Political Aspects of Rural Development in the West Indies	1968. Social and Political Aspects of Rural Development in the West Indies. Social and Economic Studies 17(3):264-275.	Discussion of major problems of rural development in the former British West Indies with emphasis placed on the nature of the rural community, land tenure complexities and the farm family, rural antipathies to agriculture, and rural education and extension work.	BRITISH WEST INDIES.
262	Braithwaite, Lloyd	1975	Social Stratification in Trinidad: A Preliminary Analysis	1975. Social Stratification in Trinidad: A Preliminary Analysis. Mona: Univ. of the West Indies, Institute of Social and Economic Research.	Very welcome reprint of a ground-breaking study of colonial society in Trinidad in mid-20th century. First published by in an early issue (1953) of Social and Economic Studies, it has heretofore been very difficult to obtain.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
263	Brameld, Theodore	1967	Learning Through Involvement: Puerto Rico as a Laboratory in Educational Anthropology	1967. Learning Through Involvement: Puerto Rico as a Laboratory in Educational Anthropology. Journal of Education 150(2):3-7.	Brief introduction to a set of short articles produced by professional educators in training at Boston University. These articles deal with various aspects of Puerto Rican culture which relate to education based on data gathered during a very short field trip to Puerto Rico designed to familiarize educators with those anthropological techniques particularly relevant to the understanding of educational problems. See also Richard Avritch, Michael DiPaolo, Francis L. Hurwitz, Joseph A. Keefe and Robert Nash, Maurice Mitchell and Anne Streaty Wimberly.	PUERTO RICO.
264	Brana-Shute, Gary	1976	Social Conflict and Ritual Restoration: The Case of Lower Class Creole Mating in Disequilibrium	1976. Social Conflict and Ritual Restoration: The Case of Lower Class Creole Mating in Disequilibrium. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde 18(132):33-63.	Author examines the ways in which a Creole male in Paramaribo, Surinam resolved his domestic, household and mating problems, in a society in which research on family relationships has generally focused on the female-headed household. "The study of sedentary women and children does not illuminate all the links tying dispersed households together nor the nature and variety of male bounding to these female-headed groups." Author follows Marcell, a lower class Creole (black) man, through his conflict, beginning with the establishment of relations with a Javanese woman, her treatment of him, and his attempts to bring her under his control. The economic and social repercussions of this relationship on Marcell's family, his peers, other women, and the community are described as in the ritual process (he resorts to magic, rather than formal legal institutions) employed to restore his personal and social life to "normal". His continuing links to other households, on going relationships with peers, holding his job, and his ultimate success in regaining the woman are seen as indications of a tendency to social equilibrium.	SURINAM.
265	Brana-Shute, Gary	1978	Some Aspects of Youthful Identity Management in a Paramaribo Creole Neighborhood.	1978. Some Aspects of Youthful Identity Management in a Paramaribo Creole Neighborhood. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids. 53 (1/2):1-20.	Description and analysis of aspects of identity management and status maintenance among lower-income, urban youth in Surinam. Applying Peter Wilson's concepts of "reputation" and "respectability" as well as others derived from the work of Erving Goffman, author focuses on "streetcorners," or those contexts where young males, "with individual style and 'flair', act out public dramas that are supportive of reputation which they perceive to be unvalued or unrecognized by persons of more 'respectable' society." Useful addition to the literature on the urban Caribbean.	SURINAM.
266	Brana-Shute, Gary	1979	On the Corner: Male Social Life in a Paramaribo Creole Neighborhood.	1979. On the Corner: Male Social Life in a Paramaribo Creole Neighborhood. Assen, The Netherlands: Van Gorcum.	Study of social organization of lower-class Creole neighborhood in Paramaribo, Surinam based on two-years' field work (1972-74). Author focused on group of about 20 adult male Creoles ranging in age from 24 to 62 who congregated at neighborhood pub or winkel. Besides discussing male barroom behavior as both a symbolic and leisure-time activity, author uses the males as a point of departure from earlier "family" research in the Caribbean. "The street-corner behavior demonstrated by these men is in large part a response to a system that demands little else from them. Given their circumstances, the mating system, household organization, and the men's status in the occupational hierarchy — all relationships characterized by loose, shifting, and irregular interaction — these men need the compensation that their shop sanctuary provides."	SURINAM.
267	Brana-Shute, Gary	1981	Mothers in Uniform: The Children's Police of Suriname.	1981. Mothers in Uniform: The Children's Police of Suriname. Urban Anthropology. 10 (1):71-88.	Description of severely circumscribed police activities of all-female Children's Police (Kinderpolitie) in Surinam. "The subordinate and nurturant roles females play as Kinderpolitie in the police force of Suriname are . . . complementary to and, ultimately, supportive of the larger roles (and expectations) women play in other sectors and social fields."	SURINAM.
268	Brana-Shute, Gary	1986	Back to the Barracks?: Five Years "Revo" in Suriname.	1986. Back to the Barracks?: Five Years "Revo" in Suriname. Journal of Interamerican Studies and World Affairs 28 (1):93-122.	An anthropologist's analysis of political conditions in Surinam under the rule of Desi Bouterse. He argues that the chances the military will withdraw are slim since both the military and the radical left realize that in Surinam there is no place for them to go. Moreover, "Col. Bouterse is the incarnation of Brother Anansi the Spider: quick-witted, cunning, the ultimate trickster."	SURINAM.
269	Brana-Shute, Gary	1990	Old Shoes and Elephants: Electoral Resistance in Suriname.	1990. Old Shoes and Elephants: Electoral Resistance in Suriname. In Resistance and Rebellion in Suriname: Old and New, 213-229. Williamsburg: Department of Anthropology, College of William and Mary.	Author focuses on symbols and resistance as aspects of the political campaign before the Nov. 1987 election which returned civilian parties to ambiguous power.	SURINAM.
270	Brana-Shute, Gary	1990	Introduction, Resistance and Rebellion in Suriname: Old and New.	1990. Introduction. In Resistance and Rebellion in Suriname: Old and New, 1-64. Williamsburg: Department of Anthropology, College of William and Mary.	This introduction to a lively collection of essays on Surinam is designed to reach an English- speaking audience. Author provides overview of the history of and the social science research on that country by way of describing an appended, quite wide-ranging bibliography of English-language sources on Surinam.	SURINAM.
271	Brana-Shute, Rosemary	1983	A Bibliography of Caribbean Migration and Caribbean Immigrant Communities.	1983. A Bibliography of Caribbean Migration and Caribbean Immigrant Communities. Rosemary Brana-Shute, ed. Gainesville: Reference and Bibliographic Department, University of Florida Libraries.	Collection of 2585 citations of literature on the movement of Caribbean peoples including materials on immigration, acculturation of new peoples and their impact on receiving Caribbean societies, rural-urban phenomena, intra-regional migration, out-migration, and Caribbean peoples in metropolitan countries. Appendices include the data bases searched, journals cited, second authors, origins of migrants, destination of migrants, and a topical index.	CARIBBEAN.
272	Brana-Shute, Rosemary	1990	Legal Resistance to Slavery in Eighteenth Century Suriname.	1990. Legal Resistance to Slavery in Eighteenth Century Suriname. In Resistance and Rebellion in Suriname: Old and New, 119-136. Williamsburg: Department of Anthropology, College of William and Mary.	Through a detailing of the legal tribulations of a mulatto slave who utilized the Surinamese courts to free herself, the author explores how urban Paramaribo slaves used the colonial legal system to challenge and reduce the power of slave owners and help rescue kin from slave masters.	SURINAM.
273	Brana-Shute, Rosemary and Gary Brana-Shute	1980	Crime and Punishment in the Caribbean.	1980. Crime and Punishment in the Caribbean. Gainesville: University of Florida, Center for Latin American Studies.	Anthology of articles on various aspects of crime and punishment in the Caribbean including: Delroy Chuck - "The Role of the Sentencer in Dealing with Criminal Offenders" Dudley Allen - "Urban Crime and Violence in Jamaica" Dudley Allen - "Crime and Treatment in Jamaica" Kenneth Pryce and Daurius Figueira - "Rape and Socio-Economic Conditions in Trinidad and Tobago" Rafael Santos del Valle - "Reflections on the Problem of Urban Crime and Violence in Puerto Rico” Max Carre' -"A Profile of the State of Criminology in Haiti" Michael Parris - "Urban Crime and Violence in Guyana" Michael Parris - "A Survey of the Guyanese Prison Population: a Research Note" A. Leerschool-Liong A. Jin - "Planned Research into the Criminological Consequences of the Mass Transmigration of the Bush Negroes in Suriname" J.M.M. Binda's "Women and Violent Crime in Suriname."	CARIBBEAN. GUYANA. HAITI. JAMAICA. PUERTO RICO. SURINAM. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
274	Brana-Shute, Rosemary and Gary Brana-Shute	1979	Death in the Family: Ritual Therapy in a Creole Community.	1979. Death in the Family: Ritual Therapy in a Creole Community. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde 135 (1):59-82.	Rich, informative description of rituals carried out by traditional Paramaribo Creoles of lower socioeconomic status in Surinam after a young woman's accidental death. Authors detail ceremonies and attendant ritual paraphernalia, identify participants, give specific reasons why certain ceremonials were undertaken, and discuss social and spiritual interactions of principals. A valuable contribution.	SURINAM.
275	Brandon, George	1989	African Religious Influences in Cuba, Puerto Rico and Hispaniola.	1989-1990. African Religious Influences in Cuba, Puerto Rico and Hispaniola. Journal of Caribbean Studies 7 (2-3):201-231.	Author systematically documents the historical and contemporary presence of African religious influences on three islands of the Greater Antilles, with particular attention paid to Cuba and Afro-Cuban santería.	CUBA. PUERTO RICO. HAITI. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
276	Brandon, George	1993	Santeria from Africa to the New World: the Dead Sell Memories	1993. Santeria from Africa to the New World: The Dead Sell Memories. Bloomington and Indianapolis: University of Indiana Press.	Guided by anthropological concepts and field work data from Ghana, Cuba, and New York, author relies heavily on historical sources and a processual framework for analyzing evolution of Santeria. Bracketed by chapters on African origins and contemporary patterns in the United States are two chapters of specific interest to Caribbeanists: pre-Santeria and early Santeria in Cuba from 1492 to 1870 and latter-day Santeria in Cuba from 1870 to 1959.	CUBA. UNITED STATES. GHANA.
277	Brathwaite, Edward	1974	Contradictory Omens: Cultural Diversity and Integration in the Caribbean	1974. Contradictory Omens: Cultural Diversity and Integration in the Caribbean. Mona: Savacou Publications.	Working paper on cultural diversity and forms of integration in the Caribbean. Central to author’s argument "is that the term creolization... refers to a cultural process perceived as taking place within a continuum of space and time, but which, for purposes of clarification may be divided into two aspects of itself: ac/culturation, which is the yoking (by force and example, deriving from power/prestige) of one culture to another (in this case the slave/African to the European); and inter/culturation, which is an unplanned, unstructured but osmotic relationship proceeding from this yoke. The creolization which results (and it is a process not a product), becomes the tentative cultural norm of the society." Materials presented on patterns of creolization, the plural continuum, and cultural diversity (Europeans, Afro-Caribbeans, post-emancipation complications, Chinese, and East Indians).	CARIBBEAN.
278	Brathwaite, Edward	1970	Folk Culture of the Slaves in Jamaica.	1970. Folk Culture of the Slaves in Jamaica. London: New Beacon Books.	Author attempts "sometimes by direct quotations, sometimes by implication" to link the folk culture of the slaves of Jamaica to a "great tradition" in Africa. Includes short sections on slave customs connected with the life cycle (birth, sexual/domestic unions, children, death, funerals and burial), religious ideas, religious practices, music and dance, musical instruments, private and public entertainment, dress, houses, and language.	JAMAICA
279	Brathwaite, Edward	1968	Jamaican Slave Society, a Review	1968. Jamaican Slave Society, a Review. Race 9(3):331-342.	Detailed, critical examination of Orlando Patterson's The Sociology of Slavery which focuses most specifically on the historical sections of the book.	JAMAICA.
280	Brathwaite, Edward Kamau	1972	The Contribution of M.J. Herskovits to Afro-American Studies	1972. The Contribution of M.J. Herskovits to Afro-American Studies. Bulletin of the African Studies Association of the West Indies 5:85-94.	Appreciation of the late Melville Herskovits with a review of some of his Afro-American work.	CARIBBEAN.
281	Brathwaite, Edward Kamau	1974	The African Presence in Caribbean Literature	1974. The African Presence in Caribbean Literature. Daedalus. 103(2):73-109.	Author deals with what he considers the four kinds of written African literature in the Caribbean: rhetorical (when writer uses Africa as mask or signal); the literature of African survival ("inheres most surely and securely in the folk tradition-in folk tale, in folk songs, proverb,...."); the literature of African expression ("in terms of literary craftmanship,... a shift from rhetoric to involvement"); and, the literature of reconstruction.	CARIBBEAN.
282	Brathwaite, Edward Kamau	1971	The Development of Creole Society in Jamaica, 1770-1820	1971. The Development of Creole Society in Jamaica, 1770-1820. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press.	Author "argues that the people, mainly from Britain and West Africa, who settled, lived, worked and were born in Jamaica, contributed to the formation of a society which developed, or was developing, its own distinctive character or culture which, insofar as it was neither purely British nor West African, is called 'creole'; that this 'creole culture' was part of a wider New World or American culture complex, itself the result of European settlement and exploitation of a new environment; and that Jamaican development (like that of the Caribbean generally), was significantly affected by realignments within this complex caused by the two major upheavals in the area during the period of this study: the American and what may be described as the 'Humanitarian' Revolutions". The posited process of creolization is in sharp opposition to those who have argued plural society in the West Indies. From a historical perspective, this study provides useful Jamaican material for the period 1770-1820, and complements the monographs on Jamaica by Philip D. Curtin, Gisela Eisner, and Douglas Hall which deal with the post-Emancipation period.	JAMAICA.
283	Brathwaite, Edward Kamau	1981	Folk Culture of the Slaves in Jamaica, 2d ed.	1981. Folk Culture of the Slaves in Jamaica, 2d ed. London: New Beacon Book.	Revised essay (originally in author's book on Jamaica's Creole society) deals with the African orientation of Jamaican folk culture in the life cycle, religious ideas and practices, the African matrix of Jamaican folk religion, music, entertainments, etc.	JAMAICA.
284	Brathwaite, Edward Kamau	1978	Kumina: The Spirit of African Survival in Jamaica.	1978. Kumina: The Spirit of African Survival in Jamaica Jamaica Journal 42:44-63.	Utilizing the text of an interview with a Jamaican Kumina priestess and the commentary provided by Congolese anthropologist Bunseki-Lumanisa on the Mukongo background to the text, author presents an interestingly organized study of Kumina in Jamaica.	JAMAICA.
285	Brathwaite, Farley	1983	Unemployment and Social Life: A Sociological Study of the Unemployed in Trinidad.	1983. Unemployment and Social Life: A Sociological Study of the Unemployed in Trinidad Bridgetown: Antilles Publications.	The consequences of unemployment rather than its determinants is the focus of this study which finds little evidence of "social breakdown" among the Trinidadian unemployed. Author notes that the importance of illicit strategies for survival is consistently underreported.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
286	Brathwaite, Farley S.	1980	Race, Social Class and the Origins of Occupational Elites in Trinidad and Tobago.	1980. Race, Social Class and the Origins of Occupational Elites in Trinidad and Tobago. Boletín de Estudios Latinoamericanos 28:13-29.	Based on results of surveys of five occupational/professional groups (doctors, lawyers, accountants, secondary teachers, and nurses), author argues that both race and class played a decisive role in occupational elite origins in Trinidad and Tobago, that each factor exerted influence on the process independently of the other, that social class exerted greater influence than race, and that sex and time of birth, when introduced as control variables, each played an important role in the process. Results did not support the position that African socioeconomic opportunities were better than those of the East Indians. Study is placed in the context of theoretical discussion of the nature of Caribbean society.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
287	Brathwaite, P.A.	1967	Folk Songs of Guyana in Words and Music	1967. Folk Songs of Guyana in Words and Music. Georgetown: Brathwaite.	Collection of 13 songs from Guyana with occasional, limited commentary.	GUYANA.
288	Brathwaite, P.A.	1967	Guyanese Proverbs and Stories	1967. Guyanese Proverbs and Stories. Georgetown: Brathwaite.	Collection drawn from the several ethnic groups that compose Guyana.	GUYANA.
289	Brathwaite, P.A.	1962	Musical Traditions: Aspects of Racial Elements with Influence on a Guianese Community, vol. 1	1962. Musical Traditions: Aspects of Racial Elements with Influence on a Guianese Community, vol. 1. Georgetown: Brathwaite.	Some aspects of the musical forms of Guianese Amerindians, East Indians, and Creoles.	GUYANA.
290	Bray, David	1987	Industrialization, Labor Migration, and Employment Crises: A Comparison of Jamaica and the Dominican Republic	1987. Industrialization, Labor Migration, and Employment Crises: A Comparison of Jamaica and the Dominican Republic. In Crises in the Caribbean Basin. Richard Tardanico, ed. Pp. 79-93. Newberry Park, Ca: Sage Publications, Inc.	[COMITAS]
291	Brea, Rafael and José Millet	1995	The African Presence in the Carnivals of Santiago de Cuba	1995. The African Presence in the Carnivals of Santiago de Cuba. Journal of Caribbean Studies 10(1-2):30-49.	An examination of Africanisms in Santiago de Cuba festivals. St. James is said to be associated with the Yoruba deity Again and the Dahomeyan Ogoun. Moreover, aspects of the celebration of carnivals are referred to their African origins. Evolution of carnivals traced from colonial times to present.	CUBA.
292	Bregenzer, John	1982	Tryin' to Make It: Adapting to the Bahamas.	1982. Tryin' to Make It: Adapting to the Bahamas. Washington: University Press of America, Inc.	Short ethnography of human adaptation in Eleuthera, an island that is not "insular," that is, not isolated or insulated from world pressures. One result of this exposure has been the development of an Eleutheran "covert culture" that remains unchanged by outward circumstances.	BAHAMAS. ELEUTHERA.
293	Brereton, Bridget	1975	A Study of Yards in the City of Kingston	1975. A Study of Yards in the City of Kingston. Mona: University of the West Indies, Institute of Social and Economic Research.	Exploratory research (of interest to anthropologists) on the phenomenon of the yard, an urban Jamaican residential unit primarily used by the lower class. Utilizing data generated by both quantitative and qualitative techniques, author, an historian, examines the yard as a psychocultural experience and in historical perspective. She then divides yards into two categories: tenant and government, and proceeds to deal with their subjective and structural properties and with the relationship of yards to geographic mobility, to family, social behavior, courting, and behavior between mates. Concluding section considers the implication of yards on social work practice in Jamaica.	JAMAICA.
294	Brereton, Bridget	1974	The Negro Middle Class of Trinidad in the Later Nineteenth Century	1974. The Negro Middle Class of Trinidad in the Later Nineteenth Century. In Annual Conference of Caribbean Historians, VI, Rio Piedras, P.R., 1974. Social Groups and Institutions in the History of the Caribbean, 50-65. Rio Piedras: Association of Caribbean Historians.	Review of the development of identity among the black and colored middle class in Trinidad from emancipation on. Author contends that "this class did not wholeheartedly reject its racial heritage, its negritude, as historians have often stated" and that the contemporary Black Power movement in the West Indies was not entirely imported from the metropoles. Nor did it lack indigenous roots, as indicted by the many pleas for black solidarity and expressions of race pride made in Trinidad during the latter part of the 19th century.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
295	Brockmann, C. Thomas	1982	Household Composition and Socioeconomic Strategies in Orange Walk Town, Belize.	1982. Household Composition and Socioeconomic Strategies in Orange Walk Town, Belize. Belizean Studies 10 (5):12-21.	Nuclear family household is statistically predominant and normatively preferred type for all "ethnic" groups (European, Mestizo, Creole, Garifuna, Asian) and social strata that make up Orange Walk Town, Belize, a small, district governmental, agricultural, and retailing center.	BELIZE.
296	Brockmann, C. Thomas	1985	Ethnic Participation in Orange Walk Economic Development.	1985. Ethnic Participation in Orange Walk Economic Development. Ethnic Groups. Gordon & Breach Science Publishers 6 (2-3):187-207, bibl.	Rapid economic development took place in Orange Walk, Belize, which led to increased ethnic heterogeneity and socioeconomic differentiation. Author contends that the degree to which ethnic groups were involved in these economic changes and the nature of their participation varied by the socioeconomic-political history of each group and the individual's "place of origin on the center-satellite continuum."	BELIZE.
297	Brodber, Erna	1982	Perceptions of Caribbean Women: Towards a Documentation of Stereotypes.	1982. Perceptions of Caribbean Women: Towards a Documentation of Stereotypes. Cave Hill, Barbados: Institute of Social and Economic Research, Eastern Caribbean, University of the West Indies.	In this fourth volume of a research series on the role of women in the English-speaking Caribbean, the author examines images of Caribbean women drawn from the press and from church documents of Barbados, Jamaica, and Trinidad and deals with the everyday performance of female roles during three time periods, with the extent to which images developed into stereotypes and with the relationship between images, stereotypes and female potential over time.	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. BARBADOS. JAMAICA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
298	Brodber, Erna	1987	Black Consciousness and Popular Music in Jamaica in the 1960s and 1970s	1987. Black Consciousness and Popular Music in Jamaica in the 1960s and 1970s. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 61(3-4):143-160.	An examination of the connection between popular music and the awakening of consciousness among the Jamaican middle class or, more specifically, a discussion of how the "mulatto orientation" was penetrated by the "Afro-orientation" through the medium of Afro -centric reggae song.	JAMAICA.
299	Brodber, Erna	1989	Socio-Cultural Change in Jamaica.	1989. Socio-Cultural Change in Jamaica. In Jamaica in Independence: Essays on the Early Years, 55-74. Kingston: Heinemann Caribbean.	A description of Jamaica as sociocultural system that delineates the types of cultural defense mechanisms developed within that system and introduces the author's assessment of social change before and after independence. Concludes that the black majority, given its historically subordinate position in Jamaican society, absorbed European cultural style more totally than did other groups in Jamaica. This has led black Jamaicans to become "the standard bearers" of a universal Euro-Jamaican culture "that bears little resemblance to their physical features."	JAMAICA.
300	Brown, Karen McCarthy	1989	Systematic Remembering, Systematic Forgetting	1989. Systematic Remembering, Systematic Forgetting In Africa's Ogun: Old World and New. Sandra T. Barnes, ed. Pp. 65-89. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.	With origins in Dahomean and Yoruban religion, Ogun, a central figure in Haitian religion, evolved differently from the West African form. Author demonstrates how elements of a religion "retained as a legacy from the past are subject to systematic and continuous redefinition and restructuring, and that out of this process new cultural forms emerge." The Haitian Ogun results from complex interactions between memory and the material conditions of Haitian life.	HAITI
301	Brown, Karen McCarthy	Afro	Afro-Caribbean Healing: A Haitian Case Study	Afro-Caribbean Healing: A Haitian Case Study. In Healing Cultures: Art and Religion as Curative Practices in the Caribbean and its Diaspora. Margarite Fernandez Olmos and Elizabeth Paravisini-Gebert, ed. Pp. 43-68. New York: Palgrave.	A description of Haitian healing from a totally Vodou-centered perspective which focuses on centrality of family, view of person, rituals, spirit possession, initiation, spirits, treatment in this system, sorcery and ethics, and knowledge and power.	HAITI.
302	Brown, Karen McCarthy	The	The Power to Heal: Haitian Women in Vodou	The Power to Heal: Haitian Women in Vodou. In Daughters of Caliban: Caribbean Women in the Twentieth Century. Consuelo López Springfield, ed. Pp. 123-142. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.	Prefaced by a discussion of the role of women healers in Haiti, author presents a case study of healing carried out by a Vodou priestess/healer in New York. Analysis of case includes a comparison of healing in the Vodou system ("a healing power that cannot be privately owned and tightly controlled") to that of "the oppressive nature of power in Western medicine."	HAITI. UNITED STATES.
303	Brown, Vincent	2003	Spiritual terror and sacred authority	2003. Spiritual terror and sacred authority in Jamaican slave society. Slavery and Abolition 24(1):24-53.	Instructive analysis of the use made by slave masters of spectacular terror and the affective power of the dead and awe of the afterlife as staple features of social control. Actual cultural forms converged and were redefined over time given "the practical demands of domination on the one side, and of survival struggles within slavery on the other."	JAMAICA.
304	Browne, Katherine E.	2001	Female Entrepreneurship in the Caribbean: A Multisite, Pilot Investigation of Gender and Work	2001. Female Entrepreneurship in the Caribbean: A Multisite, Pilot Investigation of Gender and Work. Human Organization 60(4):326 - 342.	A pilot project, based on 90 on-site interviews, that compared patterns of female entrepreneurship in Barbados, Martinique, and Puerto Rico. Article is prefaced by a short discussion of patterns and legacies of gendered work in the Caribbean and project data and analyses are organized around profiles of female economic opportunities by island, cross-cultural differences, and cross-cultural similarities.	BARBADOS. MARTINIQUE. PUERTO RICO.
305	Browne, Katherine E.	2001	Female entrepreneurship in the Caribbean: a multisite, pilot investigation of gender and work.	2001. Female entrepreneurship in the Caribbean: a multisite, pilot investigation of gender and work. Human Organization 60(4):326-342.	Cross-cultural, interdisciplinary and comparative study of female entrepreneurship patterned by the specific configuration of gendered institutions and ideologies in Barbados, Martinique and Puerto Rico. Bulk of project data drawn from 90 two-stage interviews with middle class women (30 from each society) carried out by three anthropologists each familiar with one of the sample societies. Societal and cultural differences found in the nature of entrepreneurship and in the strength of gendered ideologies as manifested in workplace and household are of considerable interest.	BARBADOS. MARTINIQUE. PUERTO RICO.
306	Browne, Katherine E.	2002	Creole economics and the Débrouillard: from slave-based adaptations to the informal economy in Martinique	2002. Creole economics and the Débrouillard: from slave-based adaptations to the informal economy in Martinique. Ethnohistory 49(2):373-403.	Creole economics, "a culturally informed view of the informal economy in Martinique," consists of those economic practices that draw on creole values and stem from creole adaptations. Actors involved in this practices are commonly referred to as débrouillards, crafty, clever, cunning, somewhat unscrupulous persons who place high value on liberty and autonomy and who might well pursue a variety of income-generating activities alongside their formal sector work. This creole adaptation and its actors are placed by the author in Martinican sociocultural history.	MARTINIQUE.
307	Bruleaux, Anne-Marie	1990	Images a croquer: l'alimentation guyanaise à travers l'iconographie ancienne	1990. Images a croquer: l'alimentation guyanaise à travers l'iconographie ancienne. Cayenne: Archives Départementales; Musée Départementale.	An exhibit catalogue containing descriptions of the native animals, fish, fruits, and vegetables underpinning French Guianese cuisine as well as traditional hunting and fishing techniques. 18th and 19th century drawings illustrate text.	FRENCH GUIANA.
308	Bryce-Laporte, R.S.	1970	Crisis, Contraculture, and Religion Among West Indians in the Panama Canal Zone.	1970. Crisis, Contraculture, and Religion Among West Indians In Afro-American Anthropology. Whitten, Norman E. Jr., and John F. Szwed, eds. Pp. 103-118. New York: Free Press.	Utilizing events surrounding a fight between two Panamanian Negro boys of West Indian origin and subsequent death of one, author deals with the social and power structure of the Canal Zone and subordinate position and sociocultural system of the West Indian inhabitants. He describes “an occult crisis-sponsored event in such a way as to present pertinent implications which may be helpful in understanding the position of a totally dependent stranger group in a closed and stabilized plural system."	PANAMA. CARIBBEAN.
309	Bryce-Laporte, Roy Simon	1967	M.G. Smith's Version of Pluralism — The Questions It Raises	1967. M.G. Smith's Version of Pluralism — The Questions It Raises. Comparative Studies in Society and History 10(1):114-120.	Careful review article of basic issues raised in M.G. Smith's The Plural Society in the British West Indies.	BRITISH WEST INDIES.
310	Bryce-Laporte, Roy Simon	1968	Family Adaptation of Relocated Slum Dwellers in Puerto Rico: Implications for Urban Research and Development	1968. Family Adaptation of Relocated Slum Dwellers in Puerto Rico: Implications for Urban Research and Development. The Journal of Developing Areas 2(4):533-539.	Changes induced by placement of slum dwellers into a government housing project led to disruption of the extended family and the contiguous residential pattern that accompanied, it and to the emergence of small, separated family units. These nuclear units have adapted, in part, by creating dispersed networks among kin living in different parts of the project for economic and social purposes. Author argues that while urban planners often incorrectly consider certain patterns of lower class life pathological, they could better deal with urban problems by attempting to reinforce patterns such as the traditional extended family.	PUERTO RICO.
311	Buckridge, Steve O.	2003	The role of plant substances in Jamaican slave dress	2003. The role of plant substances in Jamaican slave dress. Caribbean Quarterly 49(3):61-73.	Description of local plant fibers, pigments and bark used in the production and care of slave and freed women’s dress. Author considers these usages "Africanisms" or cultural retentions (a la Herskovits).	JAMAICA.
312	Buitrago Ortiz, Carlos	1968	Los sectores medios en la sociedad puertorriqueña	1968. Los sectores medios en la sociedad puertorriqueña. Revista de Ciencias Sociales 12(4):541-567.	Description and discussion of the middle sectors of Puerto Rican society. Among categories considered are middlemen, salesmen, and professionals such as lawyers, teachers, and public relations specialists.	PUERTO RICO.
313	Buitrago, Carlos	1966	La investigación social y el problema de los investigadores puertorriqueños en las ciencias sociales y disciplinas relacionadas en Puerto Rico	1966. La investigación social y el problema de los investigadores puertorriqueños en las ciencias sociales y disciplinas relacionadas en Puerto Rico. Revista de Ciencias Sociales 10(1):93-103.	Exploration of the effect of North American and Spanish intellectual traditions on Puerto Rico. Author argues for the development of a Puerto Rican social science.	PUERTO RICO.
314	Bureau du Patrimoine Ethnologique	1989	Regards sur l'art Boni aujourd'hui	1989. Regards sur l'art Boni aujourd'hui. Bureau du Patrimoine Ethnologique, Association Mi Wani Sabi, 22 avril-13mai. Cayenne: Conseil Régional.	Catalogue of an exposition on contemporary Boni art given in association with a conference on Boni history, society, and culture. See item 1546.	FRENCH GUIANA.
315	Burnett, D. Graham	2002	"It is impossible to make a step without the Indians": nineteenth-century geographical exploration and the Amerindians of British Guiana	2002. "It is impossible to make a step without the Indians": nineteenth-century geographical exploration and the Amerindians of British Guiana. Ethnohistory 49(1):3-40.	Utilizing expedition accounts, the multiple functions of the Robert K. Schomburgk and William Hilhouse expeditions into the Guianese interior are critically examined. Author indicates the consistent entanglement of carrying out "scientific" work (including ethnographic) with colonial reconnaissance and administration. Also of interest are European conceptions and depictions of "dependent? Amerindians in expedition journals and the contradictory fact also revealed in these accounts that those expeditions depended for survival and success on these "dependent" natives.	BRITISH GUIANA.
316	Burton, Richard D. E.	1999	Names and Naming in Afro-Caribbean Cultures	1999. Names and Naming in Afro-Caribbean Cultures. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 73: (1-2): 35-58.	Interesting essay on patterns and interpretations of naming in the Anglophone and the Francophone Caribbean and nicknames in Afro-American cultures.	ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN. FRANCOPHONE CARIBBEAN.
317	Burton, Richard D. E.	1997	Afro-Creole: Power, Opposition, and Play in the Caribbean	1997. Afro-Creole: Power, Opposition, and Play in the Caribbean. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.	Utilizing a variety of sources, author rethinks the convoluted notion of "Afro-Creole" with particular attention paid to the Anglophone Caribbean. For Jamaica, he traces the stages and processes (at time junctures considered critical - 1700, 1730, 1780, and 1820) whereby Africans were transformed (or not transformed) by the experience of slavery, through interaction with each other, with the slaves, both Creole and African born, and with the various categories of Whites encountered demonstrating the interplay of a variety of processes - cultural loss, cultural retention and reinterpretation, cultural imitation and borrowing, and cultural creation A second theme deals with cultural opposition in the Caribbean drawing examples from Jamaican Afro-Christianity, Rastafarianism, Trinidadian Carnival, Haitian Vodou, and cricket.	ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN. JAMAICA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. HAITI.
318	Buschkens, Willem F.L.	1974	The Family System of the Paramaribo Creoles	1974. The Family System of the Paramaribo Creoles. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.	Based on data derived from observation, interviews and questionnaires as well as through archives, author describes and analyses family life of lower-class Creoles in Paramaribo both historically and synchronically. Beginning with a discussion of West Indian family systems and a general socioeconomic description of Surinam, the study deals with the early period of Surinamese settlement up to the abolition of the slave trade in 1808; the period from 1808 up to emancipation in 1863; the post-emancipation period; the situation after World War ll; the nature of marital unions and household structure; and, the functioning of the family system. Author stresses that the development of the family system was necessary for the group survival of the slaves and their descendants, the lower-class Creoles. "Hence this institutionalization should also be regarded as a process of adaptation, or adjustment to totally new and almost invariably adverse circumstances, as a refined instrument whereby the slave/lower-class Creole was able to go on living, multiplying and perpetuating his particular subculture in the society of Surinam."	SURINAM.
319	Buschkens, Willem F.L.	1974	The Family System of the Paramaribo Creoles	1974. The Family System of the Paramaribo Creoles. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.	Study of mating and family patterns from slavery to the present. The lower-class Creole family system in Surinam is examined and discussed in detail, and related to the various hypotheses on kinship and family organization in other West Indian societies. Author maintains that the Surinamese patterns manifest the adaptation of the lower-class Creoles to their socioeconomically inferior position in the society. In particular, the presence of alternative types of male-female unions, the relative ease of terminating such unions, and matrifocality are cited as representative of the acculturative process. Extensive statistical tables on demography, fertility, household composition and economics are included.	SURINAM.
320	Butt Colson, Audrey	1973	Inter-Tribal Trade in the Guiana Highlands	1973. Inter-Tribal Trade in the Guiana Highlands. Antropológica 34:1-70.	Study of the trading links in the 1950s of the Akawaio and Arekuna Indians of the upper Mazaruni basin in Guyana. Author describes the Akawaio view of neighboring tribes; goods traded (blowpipes, cassava graters, pots, gourds, cow horns, shaman equipment, songs, hammocks and dogs); Akawaio exports and ports of trade; and, the nature of traditional inter-tribal trade.	GUYANA.
321	Butt, Audrey	1966	Akawaio Charm Stones	1966-67. Akawaio Charm Stones. Folk. Dansk Etnografisk Forening. København 8-9: 69-81.	Description of kinds of charm stones (and their spirit associations) of the Akawaio in Guyana ; how stones are identified as charms, how they are obtained; where they are located; and how they are cared for.	GUYANA.
322	Butt, Audrey	1965	The Shaman's Legal Role	1965-1966. The Shaman's Legal Role. Revista do Museu Paulista 16:151-186.	Analysis of the functions of the shaman among the Akawaio, a Carib-speaking people in the Guyanese interior. In a society lacking political and legal specialists and formal legal institutions, the shaman acts as much as social worker as medical practitioner thereby helping to resolve communal problems.	GUYANA.
323	Butt, Audrey J.	1965	The Guianas	1965. The Guianas. Bulletin of the International Committee on Urgent Anthropological and Ethnological Research 7:69-90.	The location, language affinity and approximate number of Amerindian groups in the Guianas are given as well as listings of ethnographic research carried out over the past two decades. To fill a glaring knowledge gap, author points out the need for long-term, intensive regional research and for study of its Arawak population.	GUIANAS.
324	Butt, Audrey J.	1970	Land Use and Social Organization of Tropical Forest Peoples of the Guianas.	1970. Land Use and Social Organization of Tropical Forest Peoples of the Guianas. In Human Ecology in the Tropics. James Patton Garlick and William J. Keay Ronald, eds. Pp. 33-49. Oxford, England: Pergamon Press.	Comparison of the indigenous Akawaio and Waiyana and the Boni Bush Negroes with specific reference to habitat, economy and settlement pattern. "The habitat, the technological lever for exploitation, and the basic needs for livelihood are the same for all three. Movement is a necessity. Yet the patterns of settlement and types of movement are different, the biggest contrast being between the Waiyana Indians and the Boni Bush Negroes who live in the very same region, even to the extent of being partially interspersed. This clearly shows that the cultural heritage maintains the different response of each society to the same environmental conditions."	GUIANAS.
325	Byrne, Joycelin	1966	A Fertility Survey in Barbados	1966. A Fertility Survey in Barbados. Social and Economic Studies 15(4):368-378.	Discussion of the methods, techniques and validity of a fertility survey in Barbados.	BARBADOS.
326	Cabrera, Lydia	1969	Ritual y símbolos de la iniciación en la sociedad secreta Abakuá.	1969. Ritual y símbolos de la iniciación en la sociedad secreta Abakuá. Journal de la Société des Américanistes 58:139-171.	Detailed description of ritual and symbols utilized in initiation rites of Abakuá secret society in Cuba. Includes sections on preparations of the altar and sacred objects, the initiation rite and the communion meal.	CUBA.
327	Cabrera, Lydia	1973	La laguna sagrada de San Joaquín. Fotografías de Josefina Tarafa	1973. La laguna sagrada de San Joaquín. Fotografías de Josefina Tarafa. Madrid: Ediciones Erre.	Account of the religion and folklore of Afro-Cubans living in "Central Cuba." Author visited area in 1956 with Alfred Métraux and Pierre Verger with the purpose of studying African religious survivalisms. Cabrera's observations are complemented by Josefina Tarafa's excellent and informative photographs.	CUBA.
328	Cabrera, Lydia	1975	El monte: igbo, ewe orishna, vitti nfinda: notas sobre las religiones, la magia, las supersticiones y el folklore de los negros criollos y el puebla de Cuba	1975. El monte: igbo, ewe orishna, vitti nfinda: notas sobre las religiones, la magia, las supersticiones y el folklore de los negros criollos y el puebla de Cuba. Miami: Ediciones Universal.	Originally published in 1954, this work contains a detailed and informative account of African folk beliefs of the Cuban people (particularly those related to the sacredness of the forest) by a noted author and practitioner based on extensive observations and interviews with rural Afro-Cubans.	CUBA.
329	Callam, Neville G.	1980	Invitation to Docility: Defusing the Rastafarian Challenge.	1980. Invitation to Docility: Defusing the Rastafarian Challenge. Caribbean Journal of Religious Studies 3 (2): 28-44.	Author contends that the stress given by Rastafarians to a particular aspect of their social ethic (withdrawal heroism, or "naturism") in response to contextual exigencies permits the movement to continue as a protest group. He reviews accommodations of the dominant society to the movement and concludes that while it will survive in some form it may well be absorbed by society into its routine thereby reestablishing a normative order.	JAMAICA. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN.
330	Calley, Malcolm J.C.	1965	God's People: West Indian Pentecostal Sects in England	1965. God's People: West Indian Pentecostal Sects in England. London: Oxford University Press.	Anthropological study of West Indian Pentecostalism in England stressing origins and functions. Aside from its intrinsic scholarly worth, this publication is of value for comparative purposes particularly with respect to similar religious groupings in the West Indies proper.	ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. UNITED KINGDOM.
331	Calmont, Regine, Catherine Gorgeon, and Jean-Yves Urfie	1986	Les Haitiens en Guyane: une immigration en cours de stabilisation?	1986. Les Haitiens en Guyane: une immigration en cours de stabilisation? Bulletin d'information du Centre national de documentation des départements d'outre mer (CENADDOM) 85 (4e trimestre):27-36.	Article focuses on Haitians in French Guiana, who constitute the most recent (ca. 1974) and numerically the most important of the foreign migrant communities. Authors analyze the population within the context of the larger Haitian diaspora arguing that Guianese Haitians are not homogeneous but constitute diverse social categories, as much a function of the time they left Haiti as their legal and occupational status in the new environment. They conclude with a brief examination of the issue of return migration in light of Duvalier's fall - which groups will be likely to remain or return and the attendant implications for Guianese work conditions.	FRENCH GUIANA. HAITI.
332	Campbell, Horace	1980	Rastafari: Culture of Resistance.	1980. Rastafari: Culture of Resistance. Race and Class 22 (1):1-22.	Author contends that academic research on Rastafarianism has been preoccupied with cults, millenarianism, and metaphysics "without prior and accompanying study of production relations..." In the latter context, he summarizes the development of Rastafarianism in Jamaica, its international ideological linkages, Garvey and Jamaica, the struggle for political independence, the Rodney intervention, and Rastafari as the people's culture. He notes that: "Rastafari culture remains an indelible link between the resistance of the Maroons, the Pan-Africanist appeal of Marcus Garvey, the materialist and historical analysis of Walter Rodney, and the defiance of reggae."	JAMAICA.
333	Campbell, Horace	1985	Rasta and Resistance: From Marcus Garvey to Walter Rodney.	1985. Rasta and Resistance: From Marcus Garvey to Walter Rodney. London: Hansib Publishing Ltd.	Passionate account and analysis of Rastafari history, political significance, and world view. Author deals with slavery and resistance in Jamaica; Ethiopianism, Pan-Africanism, and Garveyism; Rastafari in Jamaica (State pressures, ganja, reggae and cultural resistance, etc.); Rastafari in the Eastern Caribbean; Rastafari in the metropole; and issues of repatriation (the Ethiopian Revolution and the Shashamane settlement).	JAMAICA. EASTERN CARIBBEAN. ETHIOPIA.
334	Canet, Carlos	1973	Lucumí: religión de los yorubas en Cuba	1973. Lucumí: religión de los yorubas en Cuba. Miami: Talleres Air Publications Center.	Description of Lucumí, a Yoruba religion in Cuba, by a Cuban practitioner who also visited Nigeria in order to better understand the roots of the religion, to demonstrate the changes that occurred in Cuba, and to correct misconceptions about the religion held by many non-believers. Separate sections devoted to the major gods (Olodumare, Obatalá, Ifá, etc.); spiritual gods and sacred trees; offerings; ceremonies (initiation, birth, marriage, funeral); music, possession, problems of language.	CUBA.
335	Cargill, Morris, ed.	1965	Ian Fleming Introduces Jamaica	1965. Ian Fleming Introduces Jamaica. New York: Hawthorn Books.	Easy, informal guide to Jamaica with useful chapters by John Hearne on the cultural landscape and by H.P. Jacobs on dialect, magic and religion.	JAMAICA.
336	Caribbean Conference for Mental Health, III, Kingston,1961	1963	The Adolescent in the Changing Caribbean	1963. The Adolescent in the Changing Caribbean. Kingston: Caribbean Conference for Mental Health III, 1961.	Articles of direct anthropological interest in this publication include: Lloyd Braithwaite on "The Changing Social Scene" (p. 18-24); E. Maldonado Sierra on "Adolescence: a Neglected Aspect in a Changing Society" (p. 25-32); Vera Rubin on "The Adolescent: His Expectations and His Society" (p. 56-67); M.G. Smith on "Aimless, Wandering Adolescent Groups" (p. 78-79); Emerson Douyon on "Evaluation of Intelligence and Personality Tests with Haitian Children" (p. 88-96); and Vera Rubin on "Report on the Census of Caribbean Mental Hospitals" (p. 224-228).	CARIBBEAN. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. HAITI. JAMAICA. PUERTO RICO. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
337	Caribbean Conference for Mental Health, IV, Curaçao, 1963.	1965	Family Relationships	1965. Family Relationships. Curaçao: Caribbean Conference for Mental Health, IV, Curaçao, 1963.	Articles of direct anthropological interest in this publication include: H. Hoetink on "Contemporary Research" (p. 36-45); R.E. Ruiz on "A Historical Perspective on Caribbean Negro Life" (p. 46-52); Vera Rubin on "The West Indian Family: Retrospect and Prospect" (p. 53-65); M. Desrosiers, M. and L. Bijou on "La Famille Haïtienne: son Rôle en Hygiène Mentale" (p. 66-70); Glen Boles on "Children's Drawings from Seven Caribbean Islands" (p. 88-106); and G. Benôit on "Essai sur la Structure Familiale Vécue en Guadeloupe" (p. 142-150).	CARIBBEAN . COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. GUADELOUPE. HAITI.
338	Carlin, Eithene B.	1998	Speech Community Formation: A Sociolinguistic Profile of the Trio of Suriname	1998. Speech Community Formation: A Sociolinguistic Profile of the Trio of Suriname. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 72(1-2):4-42.	Historical, economic, sociological, and cultural factors that contribute to the present-day status of the Trio and its Caribbean language are provided as update and context for exploring internal sociolinguistic factors that influence Trio speech choices.	SURINAM.
339	Carlin, Eithne B.	1998	Speech Community Formation: a Sociolinguistic Profile of the Trio of Suriname.	1998. Speech Community Formation: a Sociolinguistic Profile of the Trio of Suriname. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids, 72:(1-2):4-42.	Trio, a minority language in Surinam, remains stable and in little danger of obsolescence. In this context, extralinguistic factors (e.g., historical, economic, sociological, cultural) that contribute to this situation are considered as are internal sociolinguistic factors "that influence the choice of what the Trio speak to whom, how, and when."	SURINAM.
340	Carnegie, Charles V.	1992	The Fate of Ethnography: Native Social Science in the English -Speaking Caribbean.	1992. The Fate of Ethnography: Native Social Science in the English -Speaking Caribbean. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 66 (1-2):5-25.	Author focuses on intellectual interests of the West Indian professional staff of the Institute of Social and Economic Research and the scope of its publication Social and Economic Studies in order to demonstrate what he considers to be the dominant currents of ethnography and social science in the region over the past four decades. Also argues "with what restrictive narrowness the boundaries of appropriate subject matter and methodology have been drawn."	CARIBBEAN.
341	Carnegie, Charles V. , ed.	1987	Afro-Caribbean Villages in Historical Perspective	1987. Afro-Caribbean Villages in Historical Perspective. Kingston: African-Caribbean Institute of Jamaica.	Issue devoted to the historical development of specific Caribbean communities. Includes republication of Sidney W. Mintz "The Historical Sociology of Jamaican Villages;" Karen Fog Olwig "Village, Culture and Identity on St. John, V.I.;" Trevor W. Purcell "Modern Maroons: Economy and Cultural Survival in a 'Jamaican' Peasant Village in Costa Rica;" O. Nigel Bolland "African Continuities and Creole Culture in Belize Town in the Nineteenth Century;" Charles V. Carnegie "Is Family Land an Institution?;" and Jean Besson "Family Land as a Model for Martha Brae's New History: Culture Building in an Afro-Caribbean Village."	CARIBBEAN. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. JAMAICA. ST. JOHN, U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS. BELIZE. COSTA RICA.
342	Carrington, Lawrence D., ed.	1983	Studies in Caribbean Language.	1983. Studies in Caribbean Language. Lawrence D. Carrington, ed. St. Augustine, Trinidad: Society for Caribbean Linguistics.	A selection of 26 papers from the 3rd (1980) Biennial Conference of the Society for Caribbean Linguistics held in Aruba. Papers deal with: Caribbean linguistics, linguistic developments in the Caribbean Diaspora, social history and sociolinguistics, language and social identity, education in Creole settings, phonology, phonetics, and syntax.	CARIBBEAN.
343	Carrión, José Manuel, ed.	1997	Ethnicity, Race and Nationality in the Caribbean	1997. Ethnicity, Race and Nationality in the Caribbean. José Manuel Carrión, ed. San Juan: Institute of Caribbean Studies, University of Puerto Rico.	Recommended collection on ethnicity, race and nationality in the Caribbean. For anthropological contributions see: Duany on transnational Caribbean identity (item 1629), Eguchi on ethnic tourism (item 1631) and Henry and Tracey on multi-ethnicity in Trinidad (item 1642).	PUERTO RICO. UNITED STATES. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. DOMINICA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
344	Cashmore, E.E.	1984	The Rastafarians.	1984. The Rastafarians. London: Minority Rights Group.	A history of Rastafarians and an account of their major beliefs. Study, however, fails to mention the tremendous role of ganja trafficking in the maintenance and growth of the movement.	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. GREAT BRITAIN.
345	Cashmore, Ernest	1979	Rastaman: The Rastafarian Movement in England.	1979. Rastaman: The Rastafarian Movement in England. London: George Allen and Unwin.	Detailed treatment of Rastafarianism in England, based on two years of field and archival research. Author explores foundations of the movement in Jamaica, paying specific attention to Marcus Garvey, post-war Jamaican migration to England and early patterns of adaptation, the emergence and developmental trajectory of English Rastafarianism, etc. A welcome addition to the growing literature on Rastafarianism and its diaspora.	JAMAICA. UNITED KINGDOM.
346	Casimir, Jean	1981	Limitaciones del proyecto nacional de la oligarquía mulata de Dominica en el siglo XX.	1981. Limitaciones del proyecto nacional de la oligarquía mulata de Dominica en el siglo XX. Revista de Ciencias Sociales 23 (3-4):683-723.	Author describes the development of a mulatto oligarchy in 19th-century Dominica and the uniqueness of this phenomenon in relation to other Caribbean societies. "This social class, whose purpose was to become a landholder dominant class, in reality becomes a ruling elite. It displaces the white ones while sharing with them the role of spokesman for the colonial authorities."	DOMINICA.
347	Cato, John D.	1979	The People's Temple: A Socio-Religious Analysis.	1979. The People's Temple: A Socio-Religious Analysis. Caribbean Journal of Religious Studies 2 (2):1-7.	Discounting psychological aberration as a major category for interpreting the Jonestown tragedy, author argues that the People's Temple can better be viewed as a social movement responding to the religious, social, and ideological needs of a diverse collectivity ("true believers," the elderly, white ideologues, and the "alienated, frustrated and angry").	GUYANA.
348	Chadee, Derek	2003	Fear of crime and risk of victimization: an ethnic comparison	2003. Fear of crime and risk of victimization: an ethnic comparison. Social and Economic Studies 52(1):73-97.	Interesting, policy relevant comparison of Afro-Trinidadian, Indo-Trinidadian and mixed-race Trinidadians on the question of fear of crime. Background variables include age, sex, residence and victimization experiences. Analysis of survey data drawn from 728 household heads in low and high crime areas of Trinidad utilized recursive path models with risk standing as in intervening variable	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
349	Chamberlain, Mary	1990	Renters and Farmers: The Barbadian Plantation Tenantry System, 1917-1937.	1990. Renters and Farmers: The Barbadian Plantation Tenantry System, 1917-1937. Journal of Caribbean History 24 (2):195-225.	An insightful village-level study, based on workers' oral testimony, of plantation/tenantry relations in St. Philip Parish in Barbados over the two decades preceding the repeal of the Contract Law in 1937. Author characterizes the system as one of outward conformity and inward defiance.	BARBADOS.
350	Chaney, Elsa M. and Constance L. Sutton	1979	International Migration Review. Center for Migration Studies.	1979. International Migrahon Review. Center for Migration Studies 13(Summer).	Special issue, edited by Elsa M. Chaney and Constance L. Sutton, consists of eight articles written primarily by anthropologists and sociologists who deal with various aspects of Caribbean migration to New York City.	CARIBBEAN. UNITED STATES.
351	Charles, Claude	1979	Brief Comments on the Occurrence, Etiology and Treatment of Indisposition.	1979. Brief Comments on the Occurrence, Etiology and Treatment of Indisposition. Social Science and Medicine 13B (2):135-136.	Haitian social anthropologist based in Miami offers his impressions of indisposition, a Haitian culture-bound syndrome. Indisposition is far more prevalent among females and is associated with three types of blood conditions (i.e., the blood is too rich, the blood is "coming up," and the blood is too poor).	HAITI.
352	Chase, Julia	1981	Emigration and Changing Racial Ratios in Saba, N.A.	1981-1982. Emigration and Changing Racial Ratios in Saba, N.A. Revista/Review Interamericana 11(4):501-506.	As the percentage of blacks on Saba increases the nature of race relations (which had always been rather good) is also changing.	SABA.
353	Cheinbaum, L.S.	1966	Indeytsy Tainy ostrova Gaiti do ispanskogo zavoevaniia. [The Taino Indians of Haiti Prior to Spanish Conquest]	1966. Indeytsy Tainy ostrova Gaiti do ispanskogo zavoevaniia. [The Taino Indians of Haiti Prior to Spanish Conquest]. Sovetskaia Etnografiia 4:52-65.	Characteristics are given of everyday life among the Tainos of the Greater Antilles at the time of European arrival. The highest level of development of Taino culture was achieved in Hispaniola, specifically in that part now occupied by the Dominican Republic. Based on ethnographic studies, the diaries of Columbus and the letters of his companions, and Spanish chronicles, author outlines the material culture, economy, social organization, and religion of that Amerindian population. Concludes that original Taino culture, particularly social structure and religion, was much more highly developed than thought by the Spanish and by some American historians.	HISPANIOLA. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. HAITI.
354	Chen, Kwan-Hwa and Gerald F. Murray	1976	Truths and Untruths in Village Haiti: An Experiment in Third World Survey Research	1976. Truths and Untruths in Village Haiti: An Experiment in Third World Survey Research. In Culture Natality and Family Planning. J. Marshall and S. Polgar, ed. Pp. 241-262. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina.	Discussion of the innovative research methodology authors employed to generate quantitative data on sensitive domestic and economic issues in rural Haiti. There were four major elements to the design: the use of a numerically modest cluster sample approach permitting cross-checking of the accuracy of data; the use of special aging techniques, including use of baptismal records, sibling matching, and peer matching; the use of villagers, rather than outsiders, as interviewers; and the remuneration of respondents. With respect to the latter two issues, authors criticize the notions that anonymous outsiders can somehow gather more accurate survey information in a village setting, or that remuneration of respondents will somehow "spoil" research. Both of these tactics, we are told, produced extremely positive results in this study, and the design is presented as a possibly useful model in rural Third World research that entails elicitation of sensitive personal information.	HAITI.
355	Chernela, Janet M.	1991	Symbolic Inaction in Rituals of Gender and Procreation Among the Garifuna, Black Caribs, of Honduras.	1991. Symbolic Inaction in Rituals of Gender and Procreation Among the Garifuna, Black Caribs, of Honduras. Ethos 19 (1):52-67.	Argument against a position widely held in anthropology that the couvade is a representation of gender equivalence and a form of maternity simulation. Based on ethnographic study, author holds that the Black Carib couvade is "a complex of code logic and ritual modalities," and "a dramatization of maleness, not femaleness, and manifests opposition rather than equivalence between the genders."	HONDURAS.
356	Cherubini, Bernard	1988	Cayenne: ville créole et polyethnique; essai d'anthropologie urbaine. Présentation d'André Calmont	1988. Cayenne: ville créole et polyethnique; essai d'anthropologie urbaine. Présentation d'André Calmont Talence: CENADDOM; Paris: Karthala.	Well organized two-part study based on solid research: The first part examines an old downtown neighborhood of Cayenne, capital city of French Guiana, and sees ethnic diversity as generating multiple urban cultures; and the second part describes urban architecture and building styles during the golden era (1860-1950), emphasizing rapid urbanization after 1950.	FRENCH GUIANA
357	Cherubini, Bernard	1986	De l'integration économique à l'integration socio-culturelle: le modèle guyanais.	1986. De l'integration économique à l'integration socio-culturelle: le modèle guyanais. Bulletin d'information du Centre national de documentation des départements d'outre-mer (CENADDOM) 85 (4e trimestre):3-14.	Overview of French Guiana as a society formed by involuntary, contracted, and voluntary migrants and an attempt to demonstrate how economy and relations of production have structured and continue to structure interethnic relations in that society.	FRENCH GUIANA.
358	Chevannes, A. Barrington	1976	The Repairer of the Breach: Reverend Claudius Henry and Jamaican Society	1976. The Repairer of the Breach: Reverend Claudius Henry and Jamaican Society. In Ethnicity in the Americas, Frances Henry, 63-289. The Hague: Mouton.	A detailing of the remarkable story of the Reverend Claudius Henry, early Rastafarian, leader of an organized and devoted following, and more recently, a factor in Jamaican national politics. Author presents data in five sections dealing with the several stages of the development of Henry's Church, the making of charisma as a process of interaction between Henry and landless migrant workers, the failure of the prophecy of "miraculous repatriation" to Africa, revolutionism and its consequences, community development and finally, politics and the manipulation of a symbol.	JAMAICA.
359	Chevannes, Barry	1983	Some Notes on African Religious Survivals in the Caribbean.	1983. Some Notes on African Religious Survivals in the Caribbean. Caribbean Journal of Religious Studies 5 (2):18-28.	Remnants of African religions continue to persist in the Caribbean because they are expressions of a world view — involving spirits, man and nature — which remain widespread. In different social contexts, this world view is either fatalistic or revolutionary.	CARIBBEAN.
360	Chevannes, Barry	2002	Gender and adult sexuality	2002. Gender and adult sexuality. In Gendered realities: essays in Caribbean feminist thought, Patricia Mohammed, ed. Pp. 486-494. Kingston: The University of the West Indies Press.	Brief but insightful discussion of gender and adult sexuality with on initial emphasis on relevant values strongly held in the Caribbean (e.g., sexual intercourse should begin early; early onset of sexuality avoids dangers of ill-health resulting from repression; sexuality is fundamentally heterosexual).	CARIBBEAN.
361	Chevannes, Barry	1971	Revival and Black Struggle	1971. Revival and Black Struggle. Savacou 5: 27-39.	Author traces origins and growth of Revival in Jamaica and argues that this development was an expression of struggle against the white man's political and cultural control. Data provided on the Native Baptist Movement, Myal, the Great Revival of 1860-61, and on Alexander Bedward.	JAMAICA.
362	Chevannes, Barry	1981	The Rastafari and the Urban Youth.	1981. The Rastafari and the Urban Youth. In Perspectives on Jamaica in the Seventies, eds. Carl Stone and Aggrey Brown, ed. Pp. 392-422. Kingston: Jamaica Publishing House.	After vivid descriptions of Rasta and Rasta-like youth in West Kingston, author concludes that since early 1960s Jamaica witnessed "creation and maturing of a lumpenproletariat far more dangerous than the mere delinquent. Human life values no more than it takes to keep it alive from one meal to the next. The urban youth... is little concerned with the niceties and subtleties of Rastafari doctrine and ritual. Physical survival is more critical to him than doctrine."	JAMAICA.
363	Chevannes, Barry	1988	Background to Drug Use in Jamaica	1988. Background to Drug Use in Jamaica. Mona, Jamaica: Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of the West Indies.	Use of marihuana, alcohol, hard drugs, pharmaceuticals, folk medicines, and tobacco in Jamaica is described in context of relationships between drug use and political attitudes.	JAMAICA.
364	Chevannes, Barry	1989	Drop Pan and Folk Consciousness	1989. Drop Pan and Folk Consciousness. Jamaica Journal 22 (2):45-50	An exploration of the meanings (some Chinese and others Afro-Jamaican in origin) contained in drop pan, a numbers game widely played in Jamaica and "a little-known part of the vast informal economy" of that island.	JAMAICA.
365	Chevannes, Barry	1990	Healing the Nation: Rastafari Exorcism of the Ideology of Racism in Jamaica.	1990. Healing the Nation: Rastafari Exorcism of the Ideology of Racism in Jamaica. Caribbean Quarterly 36 (1-2):59-84.	Sketches of racism as ideology and development of Rastafari beliefs and practices over the years serve as context for argument that emergence of Rastafarianism in 1930s among urban marginals began to serve as ideological antidote to the way black Jamaicans (both folk and middle class) had routinely internalized ideology of racism.	JAMAICA.
366	Chevannes, Barry	1990	Rastafari: Towards a New Approach.	1990. Rastafari: Towards a New Approach. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 64 (3-4):127-148.	Author describes and analyzes Rastafarianism as having cultural continuity rather than a millenarian and revolutionary orientation. Argues that despite remarkable differences between Rastafari and an earlier Jamaican Revivalism, the former may be regarded as fulfilling the latter. Rastafari should be included in any discussion of African -derived religion in the Caribbean. Rasta is a worldview movement, "a system of beliefs and a state of consciousness," which accounts for its acephalous nature, and though Rasta shows millennial tendencies, it is more accurately conceived of as a cultural rather than political movement.	JAMAICA.
367	Chevannes, Barry	1995	Revivalism and Identity	1995. Revivalism and Identity. In Born Out of Resistance: On Caribbean Cultural Creativity. Wim Hoogbergen, ed. Pp. 245-252. Utrecht: ISOR-Publications.	Table ritual in Revival expresses important social values held widely in Jamaica, even among non-Revivalists. Author deals with three of these - hospitality, ancestor worship, and emotional well-being - as basis for holding that Revivalism and Pentecostalism are variant cultural expressions of the same underlying values.	JAMAICA.
368	Chevannes, Barry	1998	Rastafari and the Exorcism of the Ideology of Racism and Classism in Jamaica	1998. Rastafari and the Exorcism of the Ideology of Racism and Classism in Jamaica. In Chanting Down Babylon: The Rastafari Reader. Nathaniel Samuel Murrell, William David Spencer, and Adrian Anthony McFarlane, eds. Pp. 55-71. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.	An exploration of the role and assessment of Rastafari in what author sees as a sea change in the Jamaican racial climate, in the critical assumptions of the ideology of racism held by middle classes in the late colonial period. Argued in the context of Jamaican class structure, the evolution of Rastafari thought, and the interrelationship of Rastafari, Black Power, and cultural change, author gives Rastafari the main credit for this sea change "in consciousness".	JAMAICA.
369	Chevannes, Barry	1999	Between the Living and the Dead: the Apotheosis of Rastafari Heroes	1999. Between the Living and the Dead: the Apotheosis of Rastafari Heroes. In Religion, Diaspora, and Cultural Identity: A Reader in the Anglophone Caribbean. John W. Pulis, ed. Pp. 337-356. Amsterdam: Overseas Publishers Association.	Appropriate mortuary ritual is a tenet of Jamaican culture, particularly critical for people of substance. On the other hand, Rastafari belief denies any ritual place to death. Author explores the role played by the Ethiopian Orthodox Church in resolving this dilemma with particular reference to the interments of Bob Marley, Peter Tosh, and Garnet Silk.	JAMAICA.
370	Chevannes, Barry	2001	Confronting the culture of cruelty: creating the future through our schools.	2001. Confronting the culture of cruelty: creating the future through our schools. Caribbean Journal of Education 23(1-2):133-145.	Short commentary on increasing cruelty (i.e., violence in excess) in Jamaica, While there is not yet a culture of cruelty in that country steps must be taken to arrest its development.	JAMAICA.
371	Chevannes, Barry and Heather Ricketts	1997	Return Migration and Small Business Development in Jamaica	1997. Return Migration and Small Business Development in Jamaica. In Caribbean Circuits: New Directions in the Study of Caribbean Migration. Patricia R. Pessar, ed. Pp. 161-195. New York: Center for Migration Studies.	Role of overseas return migration and remittances on small-scale business development in the Kingston area and the tourist sections of the North Coast is examined. Systematic queries about patterns of migration and return, business establishment, remittances, links retained abroad, and operation of the business answered by 279 respondents provide detailed data. Authors conclude that the socioeconomic consequences of migrant return and remittances are "mixed and differentiable" and show considerable variability within Jamaica.	JAMAICA.
372	Chevannes, Barry, ed.	1998	Rastafari and Other African-Caribbean Worldviews	1998. Rastafari and Other African-Caribbean Worldviews. Barry Chevannes, ed. Houndmills: Macmillan Press.	A recommended collection which includes selections by editor Chevannes on native religions of Jamaica, a new approach to Rastafari; the origin of dreadlocks, and the symbolism of dreadlocks; by Jean Besson on religion as resistance in Jamaican peasant life; by John Homiak on dub history; by Ellis Cashmore on the de-labelling process; by H.U.E. Thoden van Velzen on African-American Worldviews in the Caribbean; by Wilhelmina van Wetering on Surinamese Creole Women's discourse on possession and therapy; and by Roland Littlewood on problems in the analysis of origins.	CARIBBEAN. JAMAICA. SURINAM.
373	Chevannes, Barry, ed.	1998	The Phallus and the Outcast: The Symbolism of the Dreadlocks in Jamaica	1998. The Phallus and the Outcast: The Symbolism of the Dreadlocks in Jamaica. In Rastafari and Other African-Caribbean Worldviews. Barry Chevannes, ed. Pp. 97-126. Houndmills: Macmillan Press in association with the Institute of Social Studies, The Hague.	An exploration of the meaning of "matted hair among the Rastafari" in which the author argues that it symbolizes both separation from the world and male dominance and these meanings are closely related, even identical. Females represent "a force used to contain [men] within society".	JAMAICA.
374	Chevannes, Barry, ed.	1998	New Approach to Rastafari	1998. New Approach to Rastafari. In Rastafari and Other African-Caribbean Worldviews. Barry Chevannes, ed. Pp. 20-42. Houndmills: Macmillan Press in association with the Institute of Social Studies, The Hague.	A reinterpretation of the Rastafari "in the context of cultural continuity" in which author argues that it is the "fulfillment" of Revival and a "worldview movement" rather than a revolutionary millenarian movement.	JAMAICA. CARIBBEAN.
375	Chibnik, Michael	1980	Working Out or Working in: The Choice Between Wage Labor and Cash Cropping in Rural Belize.	1980. Working Out or Working in: The Choice Between Wage Labor and Cash Cropping in Rural Belize. American Ethnologist 7 (1):86-105.	Utilizing data generated in two predominantly Creole villages in east central Belize, author argues utility of the "statistical behavior" approach to investigation of economic decision-making. Such an approach permits statistical analyses of relationship between the observed characteristics of economic actors and the choices they make. Author maintains that statistical analysis of how males in the two villages allocate their time between wage labor and cash cropping generates information that cannot be derived from a "natural decision-making approach" to elicit the rules governing choice.	BELIZE.
376	Chucho Garcia, Jesus, and Nirva Rosa Camacho	2002	Comunidades afrodescendientes en Venezuela y América Latina	2002. Comunidades afrodescendientes en Venezuela y América Latina. Caracas: Red de Organizaciones Afrovenezolanos.	Compilation of brief reports on racism and associated problems in the African descended communities of Venezuela, Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador and Peru followed by meeting reports of Afro-Venezuelan organizations, by the Afro-Venezuelan Declaration and by documents of the third universal conference on racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia, intolerance and linked patterns.	VENEZUELA. BOLIVIA. COLOMBIA. ECUADOR. PERU.
377	Ciski, Robert and David Mulcahy	1972	Adaptándose al Soufrière	1972. Adaptándose al Soufrière. Ethnica 4:27-45.	Description of adaptations to the threat of eruption of Soufrière volcano in St. Vincent, information flow about the political disaster, and the crisis period.	ST. VINCENT
378	Clarke, C.G.	1966	Population Pressure in Kingston, Jamaica: A Study of Unemployment and Overcrowding	1966. Population Pressure in Kingston, Jamaica: A Study of Unemployment and Overcrowding. Transactions and Papers of the Institute of British Geographers 38:165-182.	Population increase in Kingston is outstripping economic growth and opportunities for employment. Long-term solution for population pressure is seen in family planning but not in economic development or emigration.	JAMAICA.
379	Clarke, Colin	1967	Caste Among Hindus in a Town in Trinidad: San Fernando	1967. Caste Among Hindus in a Town in Trinidad: San Fernando. In Caste in Overseas Indian Communities. Barton M. Schwartz, ed. Pp.165-199.	Study of the institution of caste in San Fernando, Trinidad based primarily on a systematic, random sample of East Indian residents in 1964. Author indicates that the caste system has broken down but that some social, marital, and religious implications of that system persist. "In fact, while caste is less important than class or wealth as a determinant of social status, it still affects Hindus who are located at the extremities of the caste scale and ambitious Hindus who aspire to religious and political leadership in the community." Sections of study focus on breakdown of the caste system; castes in San Fernando; caste and class; endogamy and exogamy; and religion and the priesthood.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
380	Clarke, Colin G.	1971	Political Fragmentation in the Caribbean: The Case of Anguilla.	1971. Political Fragmentation in the Caribbean: The Case of Anguilla. Canadian Geographer 15 (1):13-29.	Thorough and objective account of Anguillan crisis. From personal knowledge of island and critical review of the literature, author concentrates on uneasy relations over time between Anguilla and St. Kitts; the politics and geopolitics of the crisis (the ambivalences of the British and Commonwealth Caribbean countries); and, the problems of stabilizing and improving Anguilla's economy since the secession (the problems of size, etc.).	ANGUILLA. ST. KITTS.
381	Clarke, Colin G.	1984	Caribbean Consciousness.	1984. Caribbean Consciousness. In Perspectives on Caribbean Regional Identity. Elizabeth M. Thomas-Hope, ed. Pp. 122-134. Liverpool, England: Centre for Latin American Studies, University of Liverpool.	Fragmented by insularity, which smallness emphasizes, and permeated by colonialism, West Indian consciousness is a restricted and rare phenomenon. Only the French, British Commonwealth, and Dutch Islanders - and the Cubans - have an awareness of the West Indies, but the possibilities for cooperation are limited by linguistic and political barriers and increasingly by ideological differences. Despite counter-currents to insular fragmentation in the post-colonial period, such as the creation of CARIFTA, or through the regional Black Power and Rastafarian movements, West Indian identity, both regional and insular, remains unavoidably plural, perhaps. perpetually so.	CARIBBEAN.
382	Clarke, Colin G.	1976	Insularity and Identity in the Caribbean	1976. Insularity and Identity in the Caribbean. Geography 61(1):8-16.	A long history of colonialism worked against the development of a Caribbean consciousness and provided the context for the development of insularity. Strong insular sentiments were at root of the break-up of the West Indies Federation and led to the collapse of the associated state of St. Kitts, Nevis and Anguilla. Characteristic of the Caribbean is rejection of the West Indian in favor of the European with imitation of white behavior during slavery and the post-emancipation period a strong impulse. In recent years, black power has "partly satisfied a quest for roots — but at the cost of isolating the racial minorities."	CARIBBEAN. ST. KITTS. NEVIS. ANGUILLA.
383	Clarke, Colin G.	1978	Caribbean Social Relations.	1978. Caribbean Social Relations. Liverpool, U.K: The University of Liverpool, Centre for Latin-American Studies.	Collection includes five edited versions of papers presented at a symposium on Caribbean social relations at the University of Liverpool in May 1975. Introduction titled "West Indians at Home and Abroad" is presented by Colin G. Clarke followed by: David Nicholls' "Caste, Class and Colour in Haiti," Stephanie Goodenough's well illustrated "Race, Status and Ecology in the Port of Spain, Trinidad;" Bridget Leach's "Activity Space and Social Relations: Young People in Basseterre, St. Kitts;" Elizabeth M. Thomas-Hope's "The Establishment of a Migration Tradition: British West Indian Movements to the Hispanic Caribbean in the Century after Emancipation;" and, David Lowenthal's "West Indian Emigrants Overseas."	HAITI. HISPANIC CARIBBEAN. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. ST. KITTS . UNITED KINGDOM. UNITED STATES.
384	Clarke, Colin G.	1975	Kingston, Jamaica: Urban Development and Social Change, 1692- 1962	1975. Kingston, Jamaica: Urban Development and Social Change, 1692- 1962. Berkeley: University of California.	Remarkably comprehensive study of the city of Kingston over time focused on two intertwined themes — first with "the analysis of the city's spatial, demographic and economic growth [which] explore the relationship between social and economic change" and the second with "the social structure of the city and, in particular, . . . the changing relationship between race, culture, and status." Detailed materials, of particular value to the urbanist, are presented for the periods 1692-1820; 1820-1938; and 1944-60. Very welcome contribution to the literature.	JAMAICA.
385	Clarke, Colin G.	1971	Residential Segregation and Intermarriage in San Fernando, Trinidad.	1971. Residential Segregation and Intermarriage in San Fernando, Trinidad. The Geographical Review 61 (2):198-218.	Examination of selected patterns of association among Creoles and East Indians. "The major racial and religious components of the population are identified, and their distribution and spatial associations are considered. A sample of households drawn from the major racial and cultural groupings is then analyzed to assess the frequency of intermarriage and the homogeneity of domestic units." Data from household sample indicate that Creoles and East Indians are endogamous with respect to both racial and religious criteria. "Although it is often claimed by East Indians, and especially by the Hindus, that Creoles are bent on assimilating them through intermarriage, there is little evidence to support this."	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
386	Clarke, Colin G.	1973	Pluralism and Stratification in San Fernando, Trinidad	1973. Pluralism and Stratification in San Fernando, Trinidad. In Social Patterns in Cities, comps. B. D. Clark and M. B. Gleave, 53-70. London, Institute of British Geographers, Urban Study Group.	Utilizing concept of plural society as developed by M.G. Smith, author examines social patterns of Creoles and East Indians in San Fernando, the second largest urban area of Trinidad. Compares 1960 census data on race, religion, occupation, family and education with questionnaire data on values and attitudes about key aspects of community life. "The study generally supports Smith's hypothesis about cultural pluralism. It shows that both the creole and East Indian elements are divided into several cultural segments. The creole segments are ranked, but among the East Indians hierarchical and parallel positions are recorded... Although the social structure is reflected in the urban mosaic, social boundaries are more clearly expressed in individual behaviour than in residential patterns. Creoles and East Indians may live in close proximity and share similar aspirations; yet their behaviour and attitudes are often poles apart."	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
387	Clarke, Colin G.	1986	East Indians in a West Indian town: San Fernando, Trinidad, 1930-70.	1986. East Indians in a West Indian town: San Fernando, Trinidad, 1930-70. London: Allen & Unwin.	A geographical/anthropological study of San Fernando, Trinidad's second town based on census data, questionnaires, and participant observation. Major conclusions are that: "spatial proximity does not necessarily make for social integration or reduce social separation in other realms of life. . .; household structural similarities do not imply commonalties, let alone intimacy, where East Indian parental control and racial antipathy ensure endogamy; neither religious conversion nor class mobility erodes racial segmentation; politicisation consequent on independence has made the racial segments more self-conscious and polarised."	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
388	Clarke, Edith	1966	My Mother Who Fathered Me: A Study of the Family in Three Selected Communities in Jamaica. 2nd edition	1966. My Mother Who Fathered Me: A Study of the Family in Three Selected Communities in Jamaica. 2nd edition. London: Allen and Unwin.	Reissue of a pioneering study of lower-class family structure in Jamaica with a new, valuable introduction by M.G. Smith which critically reviews the major studies of West Indian family structure to the present.	JAMAICA. CARIBBEAN.
389	Clarke, Mary P.	2002	Domestic work, joy or pain? Problems and solution of the workers	2002. Domestic work, joy or pain? Problems and solution of the workers. Social and Economic Studies 51(4):153-179.	At three focus group meetings, 23 Jamaican domestic workers provide data on conditions of living, problems of employment and coping strategies (e.g., prioritizing use of funds, saving, reliance on social networks, religion).	JAMAICA.
390	Clarke, Sebastian	1980	Jah Music: The Evolution of the Popular Jamaican Song.	1980. Jah Music: The Evolution of the Popular Jamaican Song. London: Heinemann Educational Books.	A popular account of the historical origins of Jamaican music and the development of Reggae with an Informative chapter on Bob Marley, Peter Tosh, and Bunny Wailer.	JAMAICA.
391	Clermont, Norman	1972	Bibliographie annotée de l'anthropologie physique des Antilles	1972. Bibliographie annotée de l'anthropologie physique des Antilles. Montreal: University of Montreal, Center of Caribbean Research.	Fully annotated bibliography on the physical anthropology of the Greater and Lesser Antilles.	CARIBBEAN.
392	Cloak, Frank Theodore	1966	A Natural Order of Cultural Adoption and Loss in Trinidad	1966. A Natural Order of Cultural Adoption and Loss in Trinidad. Chapel Hill: Research in Social Science.	Author examines the thorny issue of what constitutes a culture and how it changes by developing a general hypothesis about culture and by positing several of the mechanisms by which it changes at the microscopic level. He then sets out a method for arranging relevant data and for testing the hypothesis. A field test of this hypothesis is carried out in Enterprise, a largely Creole village in the county of Caroni, situated in a predominantly East Indian region of Trinidad.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
393	Cofresi, Emilio	1968	Birth Control in Puerto Rico.	1968. Birth Control in Puerto Rico. In Conference on the Family in the Caribbean, I, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, 1968, 105-110. Río Piedras, PR.	Review of Puerto Rican birth control movement and associated research.	PUERTO RICO.
394	Cognat, André	1967	J'ai choisi d'être Indien	1967. J'ai choisi d'être Indien. Paris: Flammarion.	Experiences of a French metallurgist who lived for two years with the Wayana Indians of French Guiana. After various aspects of the ceremonial and daily life of the group are described, author concludes with a defense of the that native population maintaining that it does not fit the stereotype held of them by outside world and stressing the importance of understanding and helping them to move into civilization, a movement which he considers irreversible.	FRENCH GUIANA.
395	Cohen, David W. and Jack P. Greene eds	1972	Neither Slave nor Free: The Freedmen of African Descent in the Slave Societies of the New World	1972. Neither Slave nor Free: The Freedmen of African Descent in the Slave Societies of the New World. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.	Volume generated by a 1970 symposium on "The Role of the Free Black and Free Mulatto in Slave Societies of the New World". Welcome addition to the growing body of literature on slave systems and their constituent elements. Eight of the contributed articles are by historians, one by a sociologist and another by an anthropologist and sociologist. The following articles are included: David W. Cohen and Jack P. Greene - "Introduction" Frederick P. Bowser - "Colonial Spanish America" H. Hoetink - "Surinam and Curaçao" A.J.R. Russell-Wood - "Colonial Brazil" Léo Elisabeth - "The French Antilles" Gwendolyn Midlo Hall - "Saint Domingue" Douglas Hall - "Jamaica" Jerome S. Handler and Arnold A. Sio -"Barbados" Eugene D. Genovese - "The Slave States of North America" Franklin W. Knight - "Cuba" Herbert S. Klein - "Nineteenth-Century Brazil"	CARIBBEAN. SURINAM. Curaçao. BRAZIL. FRENCH ANTILLES. ST. DOMINIQUE. JAMAICA. BARBADOS. CUBA.
396	Cole, Johnnetta B.	1980	Race Toward Equality: The Impact of the Cuban Revolution on Racism.	1980. Race Toward Equality: The Impact of the Cuban Revolution on Racism. The Black Scholar 11 (8):2-24.	Author argues that racism in its institutionalized forms has been eliminated in Cuba. Although a number of specific conditions conducive to the elimination of racism under a socialist form of government existed in pre-Revolutionary Cuba, specific government actions were required to accomplish that objective in post-Revolutionary Cuba. Author describes the impact of socialism on racism, the proclamations, laws, and other early moves, education, and internationalist involvement or the African-Cuba full circle. Article is closed with a discussion of the racial problems that remain unresolved in Cuba.	CUBA.
397	Cole, Johnnetta B. and Gail A. Reed	1986	Women in Cuba: Old Problems and New Ideas	1986. Women in Cuba: Old Problems and New Ideas. Urban Anthropology 15 (3-4): 321-353.	An anthropologist and a journalist Interview five Cuban women about the status of women in Cuba . Extensive excerpts from these interviews are organized around the themes of work, relationships, and power. Authors and subjects conclude that gender equality in Cuba depends on both government policy and consciousness-raising at the grassroots level.	CUBA.
398	Collazo, Nelson Rafael	1998	Imágenes del Indio Puertorriqueño	1998. Imágenes del Indio Puertorriqueño. Jayuya, Puerto Rico: Nelson Collazo Grau.	Thirty contemporary drawings of images of Puerto Rican indigenous world each accompanied by a short, quasi-ethnographic explanatory text followed by a short illustrated section on local petroglyphs.	PUERTO RICO.
399	Collins, Wallace B.	1965	Jamaican Migrant	1965. Jamaican Migrant. London: Routledge and Paul.	Interesting and illuminating autobiography of a lower class Jamaican cabinetmaker; graphic descriptions of childhood and adolescence in Jamaica, adjustment to life in Great Britain and the final decision to move on to Canada.	JAMAICA. GREAT BRITAIN. CANADA.
400	Collinwood, Walter	1981	Terra Incognita: Research on Modern Bahamian Society.	1981. Terra Incognita: Research on Modern Bahamian Society. Journal of Caribbean Studies 2 (2-3):284-297.	Author contends "that the paucity of research specifically designed to explain and understand contemporary Bahamian society is largely due to willful ostracism of the Bahamas — based on highly tenuous irrelevant grounds — from the consciousness of the Caribbean social scientific community." Gives reasons why Bahamas deserve serious research.	BAHAMAS. CARIBBEAN.
401	Collymore, Frank A.	1970	Notes for a Glossary of Words and Phrases of Barbadian Dialect	1970. Notes for a Glossary of Words and Phrases of Barbadian Dialect. Bridgetown: Advocate.	First published in 1955, this fourth edition includes a small number of additional words and phrases. A particularly useful volume for Barbadianists.	BARBADOS.
402	Colson, Audrey Butt	1983	A Comparative Survey of Contributions	1983-1984: A Comparative Survey of Contributions. Antropológica 59-62: 9-38	An extremely useful survey of contributions to an issue of Antropológica devoted to "Themes in Political Organization: The Caribs and their Neighbours." Author discusses major topics and arguments dealt with in these papers and suggests future lines for Carib research. Topics warranting comment include: ethnicity, language and society; the macro- levels of Carib political organization; Carib kinship as a kin-integration system; production and reproduction in Carib organization; social change and Carib organization; the female and continuity; and, a comparative view of the "political economy" of Caribs and their neighbors.	GUIANA REGION. CARIBBEAN.
403	Colson, Audrey Butt	1976	Binary Opposition and the Treatment of Sickness Among the Akawaio.	1976. Binary Opposition and the Treatment of Sickness Among the Akawaio. In Social Anthropology and Medicine. J. B. Loudon, ed. Pp. 422-499. London: Academic Press.	A detailed article which deals with the basic principles underlying the selection and application of medicinal substances for the cure of sickness among the Akawaio Carib-speakers of the Upper Mazaruni District of Guyana. In addition, reference is made to those aspects of ritual blowing which illustrate the same basic concepts as the medicines. Sections are devoted to: onset of illness; fasting and dieting; charms and cures; curing medicines and their preparation; hot cures and the hot category; frightening away sickness; bitter cures; the cold-sweet category; harmony and balance through use of binary oppositions; spirit activity; and, the mediate state.	GUYANA.
404	Colson, Audrey Butt	1983	The Spatial Component in the Political Structure of the Carib Speakers of the Guiana Highlands: Kapon and Pemon.	1983-1984. The Spatial Component in the Political Structure of the Carib Speakers of the Guiana Highlands: Kapon and Pemon. Antropológica 59-62:73-124.	Discussion of the "nature of the correspondence between social and conceptual unities and geographical space among the Kapon and Pemon..." organized around three levels of structure and their territorial bases: the ethnic group (a People); the regional group (or tribe); and the river group (family settlements, villages). Political system is described as acephalous, segmentary, and cognatic, a system which has to be taken into account for any understanding of territory and the roles of secular and religious leaders.	GUYANA. GUIANA REGION.
405	Comitas, Lambros	1977	The Complete Caribbeana 1900-1975: A Bibliographic Guide to the Scholarly Literature. v. 1/4.	1977. The Complete Caribbeana 1900-1975: A Bibliographic Guide to the Scholarly Literature. v. 1/4. Millwood, NY: KTO Press.	Four-volume comprehensive bibliography, organized from an anthropological perspective, Includes citations of over 17,000 books, monographs, journal articles, conference proceedings, masters and doctoral theses, and reports and pamphlets published during the first three-quarters of the 20th century. Divided into 63 subject chapters and extensively cross-referenced, bibliography covers Surinam, French Guiana, Guyana, Belize, Bermuda, The Bahamas and all the islands of the Antillean archipelago, with the exception of Haiti and the Spanish-speaking territories. English translations of all foreign language titles are provided as well as codes which indicate the geographical region(s) dealt with in each work cited and the library in which each can be found. Author and geographical indexes appear as a separate volume.	ANGUILLA. ARUBA. ANTIGUA. BAHAMAS. BARBADOS. BRITISH CARIBBEAN. BERMUDA. BONAIRE, BARBUDA. BEQUIA. BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS. BELIZE. CANADA. CAICOS ISLANDS. COSTA RICA. CARRIACOU. CURACAO. DOMINICA. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. DESIRADE. FRENCH ANTILLES. FRENCH CARI
406	Comitas, Lambros	1968	Caribbeana 1900-1965: A Topical Bibliography	1968. Caribbeana 1900-1965: A Topical Bibliography. Seattle: Published for the Research Institute for the Study of Man by University of Washington Press.	This first major bibliography on the non-Hispanic Caribbean contains over 7,000 references to monographs, reports, articles, doctoral dissertations, masters theses and miscellaneous publications published during the first 65 yeas of the 20th century. Titles are topically arranged and cross-referenced. See item 721 for the substantially expanded four volume update (1900-1975} of this reference. (Comitas, Lambros, The complete Caribbeana 1900-1975: a bibliographic guide to the scholarly literature. v. 1/4).	ANGUILLA. ARUBA. ANTIGUA. BARBADOS. BRITISH CARIBBEAN. BONAIRE, BEQUIA. BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS. CAICOS ISLANDS. CAYMAN ISLANDS. CARRIACOU. CURACAO. DOMINICA. DESIRADE. DESIRADE. FRENCH ANTILLES. FRENCH CARIBBEAN. FRENCH GUIANA. GENERAL CARIBBEAN. GUADELOU
407	Comitas, Lambros	1977	The Complete Caribbeana, 1900-1975: A Bibliographic Guide to the Scholarly Literature. v. 1, People; v. 2, Institutions; v. 3, Resources; v. 4, Indexes	1977. The Complete Caribbeana, 1900-1975: A Bibliographic Guide to the Scholarly Literature. v. 1, People; v. 2, Institutions; v. 3, Resources; v. 4, Indexes. Millwood: KTO Press.	Listing of over 17,000 complete references to publications, including monographs, dissertations and theses, articles, proceedings, and reports, organized in 63 topical chapters (rather than in geographical arrangement), pertaining to mainland and insular	ANGUILLA. ARUBA. ANTIGUA. BARBADOS. BRITISH CARIBBEAN. BONAIRE, BEQUIA. BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS. CAICOS ISLANDS. CAYMAN ISLANDS. CARRIACOU. CURACAO. DOMINICA. DESIRADE. DESIRADE. FRENCH ANTILLES. FRENCH CARIBBEAN. FRENCH GUIANA. GENERAL CARIBBEAN. GUADELOU
408	Comitas, Lambros	1991	RISM and Caribbean Social Science.	1991. RISM and Caribbean Social Science. In Education and Society in the Commonwealth Caribbean. Pp. 1-6. Mona, Jamaica: University of the West Indies, Institute of Social and Economic Research.	Aspects of the role played by Research Institute for the Study of Man (RISM) under direction of the late Vera Rubin in the development of a viable Caribbean social science. RISM's Caribbean conferences and workshops described - from 1956 (First Inter-American Conference on Caribbean Research) to the last under her administration in 1984 the year before her death ("New Perspectives on Caribbean Studies: Towards the 21st Century").	CARIBBEAN.
409	Comitas, Lambros	1976	Cannabis and Work in Jamaica: A Refutation of the Amotivational Syndrome	1976. Cannabis and Work in Jamaica: A Refutation of the Amotivational Syndrome. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 282:24-32.	Utilizing qualitative and quantitative data drawn from the Jamaica Marihuana Project, author attempts to refute the fairly widespread acceptance by medical researchers of "the amotivational syndrome" (apathy, ineffectiveness and non-productiveness which may result from the chronic use of certain drugs such as cannabis). In contrast, study indicates that Jamaican users universally perceive cannabis as an energizer, a motive power, never as an enervator that leads to apathy and immobility. Analysis of videotapes of quasi-experimental settings and of seasonal work productivity figures of ganja-using and non-using cane cutters also indicates that these objective measures do not indicate signs of apathy, ineffectiveness, non-productiveness, or deficits in general motivation among Jamaican laborers.	JAMAICA.
410	Comitas, Lambros	1975	The Social Nexus of Ganja in Jamaica	1975. The Social Nexus of Ganja in Jamaica. In Cannabis and Culture. Vera Rubin, ed. Pp. 119-132. The Hague: Mouton.	Based on findings of a multidisciplinary project on the effects of chronic cannabis use (Jamaica Marihuana Project) the author examines, as a social institution, the contemporary complex of behavior and values surrounding cannabis use in Jamaica. Brief summaries are presented of the East Indian paternity of the complex as well as on the extent of current use. Bulk of the article, however, is focused on cannabis-related patterns of activity (cultivation, distribution, and consumption); social groupings of users; and the beliefs and values underlying the cannabis institution (variations related to different modes of consumption, cannabis as energizer, and "the motivational syndrome"). A final section considers cannabis use as a social class marker; cannabis and social mobility; and stereotypes and misconceptions about cannabis held by socially superordinate sections of Jamaican society.	JAMAICA.
411	Comitas, Lambros	1964	Occupational Multiplicity in Jamaica	1964. Occupational Multiplicity in Jamaica. In Annual Spring Meeting of the American Ethnological Society, 1963, Proceedings: Symposium on Community Studies in Anthropology, 41-50. Seattle: American Ethnological Society.	Author points out that firm distinctions between occupational groups are not usually justified since a relatively large part of the Jamaican labor force fulfills different work obligations at the same time. Based on data drawn from five coastal communities, the complexity of work obligations (a varying blend of agricultural work, owi-account labor, and pescatorial activities) of so-called fishermen is labeled “occupational multiplicity,” a term/concept that challenges the indiscriminate use of the term/concept “peasant” (as classically defined) to categorize individuals in Jamaica and other similar regions of the Caribbean that cannot exist without “seeking lines all about.”	JAMAICA. CARIBBEAN.
412	Comitas, Lambros	1965	Lessons from Jamaica	1965. Lessons from Jamaica. In Cultural Frontiers of the Peace Corps. Robert B. Textor, ed. Pp. 201-219. Cambridge: Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press.	Training and initial field problems of the first Peace Corps contingent assigned to Jamaica. Inadequate field staffing and inadequate programming due to misconceptions about the Jamaican sociocultural reality appear to have been the major factors leading to serious difficulties.	JAMAICA. UNITED STATES.
413	Comitas, Lambros and David Lowenthal eds.	1973	Slaves, Free Men, Citizens: West Indian Perspectives	1973. Slaves, Free Men, Citizens: West Indian Perspectives. Garden City: Anchor Press/Doubleday.	First in a set of four paperback readers on West Indian themes and problems. The total collection contains 72 articles and selections, 45 of which were authored by West Indians. This volume concentrates on the shaping of multiracial West Indian society	CARIBBEAN.
414	Comitas, Lambros and David Lowenthal eds.	1973	Work and Family Life: West Indian Perspectives	1973. Work and Family Life: West Indian Perspectives. Garden City: Anchor Press/Doubleday.	Second in a set of four paperback readers on West Indian themes and problems. This volume concentrates on the problems of making a living and the varying interpretations of domestic organization. Index included. Contains the following articles: Margaret Fisher Katzin - "The Jamaican Country Higgler" -1959 D.T. Edwards - "Small Farming in Jamaica: A Social Scientist's View" (1965) James M. Blaut; Ruth P. Blaut; Nan Harman; and Michael Moerman - "A Study of Cultural Determinants of Soil Erosion and Conservation in the Blue Mountains of Jamaica" -1959 M.G. Smith - "Patterns of Rural Labour" (1956) Jerome Handler - "Some Aspects of Work Organization on Sugar Plantations in Barbados" (1965) R.B. Davison - "The Labour Force in the Jamaican Sugar Industry" (1966) Lambros Comitas - "Occupational Multiplicity in Rural Jamaica" (1964) Colin G. Clarke - "The Slums of Kingston" (1967) Gene Tidrick - "Some Aspects of Jamaican Emigration to the United Kingdom 1953-1962" (1966) William G. Demas - "Characteristics of the Caribbean Economies" (1965) Melville J. Herskovits - "Problem, Method and Theory in Afroamerican Studies" (1945) M.G. Smith - "Afro-American Research: A Critique" (1955) Melville J. Herskovits and Frances S. Herskovits - "Retentions and Reinterpretations in Rural Trinidad" -1947 Dom Basil Matthews - "The Plantation and the African Heritage" (1953) Fernando Henriques - "West Indian Family Organisation" -1949 Edith Clarke - "Variations in Jamaican Domestic Patterns" (1957) Raymond T. Smith - "The Family in the Caribbean" (1957) M.G. Smith - "A Survey of West Indian Family Studies" -1966	CARIBBEAN. BARBADOS. JAMAICA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
415	Comitas, Lambros and David Lowenthal eds.	1973	Slaves, Free Men, Citizens: West Indian Perspectives	1973. Slaves, Free Men, Citizens: West Indian Perspectives. Garden City: Anchor Press/Doubleday.	First in a set of four paperback readers on West Indian themes and problems. The total collection contains 72 articles and selections, 45 of which were authored by West Indians. This volume concentrates on the shaping of multiracial West Indian societies and on the nature of the contemporary social order. Index included. Contains the following articles: C.L.R. James - "The Slaves" (1938) Orlando Patterson - "The Socialization and Personality Structure of the Slave" (1967) John G. Stedman - "A Planter's Day" (1806) Médéric-Louis-Elie Moreau de Saint-Méry - "Whites in a Slave Society" (1797) Edward Long - "Freed Blacks and Mulattos" (1754) C.L.R. James - "The Free Colored in a Slave Society" (1938) Douglas Hall - "Absentee-Proprietorship in the British West Indies, to about 1850" (1964) William G. Sewell - "The Ordeal of Free Labor in the British West Indies" (1861) James Anthony Froude - "The Perils of Black Supremacy" -1888 J.J. Thomas - "Froudacity Refuted" (1889) M.G. Smith - "The Plural Framework of Jamaican Society" -1961 David Lowenthal - "The Range and Variation of Caribbean Societies" (1960) Lloyd Braithwaite - "Stratification in Trinidad" (1953) Edith Kovats-Beaudoux - "A Dominant Minority: The White Creoles of Martinique" (1969) Daniel J. Crowley - "Cultural Assimilation in a Multiracial Society" (1960) Morton Klass - "East and West Indian: Cultural Complexity in Trinidad" (1960) Leo A. Despres - "Cultural Pluralism and Nationalist Politics in British Guiana" (1956)	CARIBBEAN. BRITISH WEST INDIES. BRITISH GUIANA. HAITI. JAMAICA. MARTINIQUE. SURINAM. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
416	Conference on the Implications of Independence for Grenada, St. Augustine	1974	Independence for Grenada: Myth or Reality?	1974. Independence for Grenada: Myth or Reality? Mona: University of the West Indies, Institute of International Relations and the Dept. of Government.	Articles of relevance to anthropologists generated at a 1974 conference on the independence of Grenada (myth or reality?) include: Beverly Steel - "Social Stratification in Grenada" Richard Jacobs - "The Movement Towards Grenadian Richard Jacobs - "The Movement Towards Grenadian Independence" Archie Singham - "Grenadian Independence in the Context of the New Imperialism" Basil Ince - "The Decolonization of Grenada in the U.N.;" Bernard Coard - "The Meaning of Political Independence in the Commonwealth Caribbean."	GRENADA.
417	Conference on the Implications of Independence for Grenada, St. Augustine, T. and T., 1974.	1974	Independence for Grenada: Myth or Reality? Proceedings.	1974. Independence for Grenada: Myth or Reality? Proceedings. Conference on the Implications of Independence for Grenada, St. Augustine, T. and T., 1974. St. Augustine: Univ. of the West Indies, Institute of International Relations.	Proceedings of a I974 Conference on the Implications of Independence for Grenada. Volume is divided into three sections: 1) Grenada, A Social and Political Profile; 2) Independence, Legal and Political Aspects; and 3) Role of Agriculture in the Economic Development of Grenada. These sections consist of the following articles of interest to anthropologists: Selwyn Ryan - "Introduction" Beverly Steel - "Social Stratification in Grenada" Richard Jacobs - "The Movement Towards Grenadian Independence" Archie Singham - "Grenadian Independence in the Context of the New Imperialism" Basil Ince - "The Decolonization of Grenada in the UN" Nugent Miller - "The Scope to Monetary and Financial Independence" Bernard Coard - "The Meaning of Political Independence in the Commonwealth Caribbean" Chuks Okpaluba - "Fundamental Human Rights: The Courts and the Independent West Indian Constitutions" Theodore Ferguson - "The Potential for Increasing Agricultural Production in Grenada" Curtis Mclntosh and T.O. Osuji - "Economic Aspects of Food Production in Grenada" Winston Phillips - "Market Prospects for Grenada's Major Export Crops" George Sammy - "Agro-lndustries - Prospects for Grenada"	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. GRENADA.
418	Cook, Scott	1965	The Prophets: A Revivalistic Folk Religious Movement in Puerto Rico	1965. The Prophets: A Revivalistic Folk Religious Movement in Puerto Rico. Caribbean Studies 4(4):20-35.	Description and structural analysis of little known revivalistic folk religion in Puerto Rico with a prophecy complex unique among such groups.	PUERTO RICO.
419	Cooper, Carolyn	1993	Noises in the Blood: Orality, Gender and the “Vulgar” Body of Jamaican Popular Culture	1993. Noises in the Blood: Orality, Gender and the “Vulgar” Body of Jamaican Popular Culture. Basingstoke and London: Macmillan Caribbean.	An illuminating study of Jamaican as language and its contributions to the cultural life of that country. Author examines word-culture as exemplified in the work of local writers, performers, and DJs, including that of Louise Bennett, Jean Binta Breeze, Mikey Smith, the Sistren Theatre Collective, Michael Thelwell, Bob Marley, as well as the lyrics, and “erotic play in the dancehall” of Jamaican DJs.	JAMAICA.
420	Coreil, Jeannine	1988	Innovation among Haitian Healers: The Adoption of Oral Rehydration Therapy.	1988. Innovation among Haitian Healers: The Adoption of Oral Rehydration Therapy. Human Organization 47 (1):48-57.	Based on survey and ethnographic data, this study explores the differential independent adoption of ORT (oral rehydration therapy) by Haitian midwives, herbalists, shamans, and injectionists.	HAITI
421	Coreil, Jeannine	1980	Traditional and Western Responses to an Anthrax Epidemic in Rural Haiti.	1980. Traditional and Western Responses to an Anthrax Epidemic in Rural Haiti. Medical Anthropology 4 (1):79-105.	Author analyzes response to a localized but severe anthrax epidemic in rural Haiti for implications regarding pluralistic health care systems. Villagers coped by resorting to multiple treatment modes. The differential responses of modern and traditional health practitioners reveal the practical and conceptual problems of cross-cultural practitioner collaboration.	HAITI.
422	Coreil, Jeannine	1983	Allocation of Family Resources for Health Care in Rural Haiti.	1983. Allocation of Family Resources for Health Care in Rural Haiti. Social Science and Medicine 17 (11):709-719.	Based on a household survey of 230 episodes of infant and child illness, author finds that allocation of family resources for health care is heavily influenced by cultural and ecological variables as well as medical and economic factors.	HAITI.
423	Corro, Berta Alicia	1971	Kolonialneger und antillische "Chombos" in Panama	1971. Kolonialneger und antillische "Chombos" in Panama. Kassengesellschaft und Rassismus: zur Marginalisierung der Afroamerikaner in Lateinamerika, comp. Jurgen Gräbener, 105-112. Dusseldorf, FRG: Gerelsmann Universitatsverlag.	Description and analysis of the composition of the Negro population of Panama. Blacks brought in during the Colonial period, acculturated, mixed with the majority segments of the population, and have been socially mobile. Antillean migrants, called "Chombos," came later with the building of the railroad (mid-19th century) and the digging of the Canal. They are a distinct minority with their own culture, exhibit little social mobility, and are considered a marginal group by the rest of the society ("illegal intruders"). Discriminated against, " Chombos" remain an isolated group in Panamanian society.	PANAMA.
424	Corten, André and Andrée Corten	1968	Cambio social en Santo Domingo	1968. Cambio social en Santo Domingo. Rio Piedras: Universidad de Puerto Rico	Results of two social surveys completed in the capital of the Dominican Republic. First survey concentrates on the proletarian and "lumpen-proletarian" residents in "marginal" neighborhoods and deals with migration and acculturation in the capital, the family, education, attitudes towards modern institutions and patterns of evasion, rebellion and revolution. Second survey deals with middle and upper class elements with relation to professions and type of elite, with nationalism, contacts with the exterior, lineage, caste and family, and avenues of social mobility.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
425	Cosminsky, Sheila and Emory Whipple	1984	Ethnicity and Mating Patterns in Punta Gorda, Belize.	1984. Ethnicity and Mating Patterns in Punta Gorda, Belize. In Black Caribs: A Case Study in Biocultural Adaptation. Michael H. Crawford, ed. Pp. 115-132. New York: Plenum Press.	While endogamy is the ideal as well as the predominant practice of all ethnic groups (Garifuna, Creoles, Spaniards, East Indians, Chinese, Mayans, and others) in Belize, inter-ethnic mating occurs according to rules and patterns. Ideal of endogamy and prevailing ethnic stereotypes help maintain ethnic boundaries and identity but inter-ethnic mating is facilitated by desire for children, acceptance of outside children, value placed on light skin, color-class hierarchy, increasing economic competition, migration, and excess of females.	BELIZE.
426	Counter, S. Allen and David L. Evans	1981	I Sought My Brother: An Afro-American Reunion.	1981. I Sought My Brother: An Afro-American Reunion. Cambridge: The Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press.	A richly illustrated, personal account by two black Americans of their several visits to the Maroons of Surinam.	SURINAM.
427	Coupeau, Steeve	1998	Etnicidade e cidadania como elementos de negociaçåo: comerciantes Árabes no Haiti, 1860-1910	1998. Etnicidade e cidadania como elementos de negociaçåo: comerciantes Árabes no Haiti, 1860-1910. Estudos Afro-Asiáticos 33: 99-116.	Success of Arab traders during this period is not solely to be understood as resulting from the entrepreneurial or commercial values held by these traders but also from other factors - the types of economic opportunities then available in Haiti and the support they received from the United States.	HAITI.
428	Courlander, Harold, and Rémy Bastien	1966	Religion and Politics in Haiti	1966. Religion and Politics in Haiti. Washington: Institute for Cross-Cultural Research.	A short preface by Richard P. Schaedel places the two essays of this book in general context; Harold Courlander deals with "Vodoun in Haitian Culture" and Rémy Bastien focuses more narrowly on "Vodoun and Politics in Haiti."	HAITI.
429	Craig, Alan K.	1969	Logwood as a Factor in the Settlement of British Honduras.	1969. Logwood as a Factor in the Settlement of British Honduras. Caribbean Studies 9 (1):53-62.	Evidence presented to support hypothesis that settlement and colonization of British Honduras in the 17th century was a result of the logwood-cutting activities of English buccaneers. Author analyzes relationship of logwood trade to the exploration and settlement of British Honduras and to Caribbean trade and politics. Also includes brief discussion of the advent of slavery and the cultural heritage of logwood.	BRITISH HONDURAS.
430	Craig, Dennis R.	1984	Language Identity and the West Indian Child.	1984. Language Identity and the West Indian Child. In Perspectives on Caribbean Regional Identity. Elizabeth M. Thomas-Hope, ed. Pp. 84-96. Liverpool, England: Centre for Latin American Studies, University of Liverpool.	Although it is important for children who speak Creole to be perfectly secure in the rich indigenous culture of which Creole is an aspect, educators are ill-advised in designing learning programs which increase that security while decreasing proficiency in the international, officially recognized European language through which freedom and socioeconomic advancement are vouchsafed. In the case of officially English-speaking West Indian territories, where a Mesolect is used, special methodological procedures are suggested which enhance both increased familiarity with the indigenous culture and proficiency in the officially recognized language.	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN.
431	Crane, Julia G.	1971	Educated to Emigrate: The Social Organization of Saba.	1971. Educated to Emigrate: The Social Organization of Saba. Assen, The Netherlands: Koninklijke Van Gorcum.	Monograph on Saba, often referred to as the "island of women," including sections on the first 300 years (1640-1940) of its history and development; recent history from 1940 to the present: the life of the younger generation today with special reference to the extent and limitations of education and training and the "developing orientation" toward emigration; and, data on emigration from Saba in the context of comparable information from other Caribbean territories. Through archival and field research, author establishes the historic pressures for short- and long-term migration from Saba, the effects of these movements on life on the island and the social and cultural adaptations of the population to these patterns.	SABA.
432	Crane, Julia G. , ed.	1987	Saba Silhouettes: Life Stories from a Caribbean Island	1987. Saba Silhouettes: Life Stories from a Caribbean Island. New York: Vantage Press.	An edited volume, containing 28 individual life stories, which presents a distinctive Saban way of life. Subjects range in age from 13 to 85 representing the several significant groups on the island. Editor provides introduction and summary.	NETHERLANDS ANTILLES. SABA.
433	Crane, Julia G., eds.	1987	Saba Silhouettes: Life Stories from a Caribbean Island	1987. Saba Silhouettes: Life Stories from a Caribbean Island New York: Vantage Press.	Life histories of 28 Sabians (ages 13-85) are presented from older to younger. Materials were collected in 1970 by editor and a student team and are roughly representative with regard to village population size, sex ratio, occupation, and race. Although average length of individual life histories is relatively short, collection as a whole provides unique perspectives on Sabian life, past and present.	SABA. NETHERLANDS WINDWARD ISLANDS.
434	Crépeau, Pierre	1973	Classifications raciales populaires et métissage: essai d'antropologie cognitive	1973. Classifications raciales populaires et métissage: essai d'antropologie cognitive. Montreal, Canada: Univ. of Montreal Center of Caribbean Research.	Description and comparison of folk racial classifications from St. Dominigue in the 18th century, Grand Cayman, Mexico, and Brazil.	BRAZIL. GRAND CAYMAN. MEXICO. GRAND CAYMAN. ST.DOMINIGUE.
435	Crichlow, Michaeline A.	1994	An Alternative Approach to Family Land Tenure in the Anglophone Caribbean: The Case of St. Lucia	1994. An Alternative Approach to Family Land Tenure in the Anglophone Caribbean: The Case of St. Lucia. New Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids, 64 (1-2):77-99.	Author argues against the “more popular approach” taken by analysts treating family land as institutionally separated with definite and fixed characteristics. She considers family land part of the “small holder sector” which reflects the problems of that sector. Therefore, the distinction between legal and supposedly non-legal forms of tenure often found in the literature needs reconsideration. Finally, economic pressures have, in fact, led to the sale of family land with consequent declines in agricultural production and quality of life.	ST. LUCIA.
436	Crick, Anne	2002	Glad to meet you - my best friend: relationships in the hospitality industry.	2002. Glad to meet you - my best friend: relationships in the hospitality industry. Social and Economic Studies 51(1):99-125.	Utilizing a structured interview format, 56 entertainment coordinators from 17 hotels mostly in Jamaica but also in Antigua, Barbados and St. Lucia provide data on the benefits and costs of management policies aimed at encouraging close attachments between service employees and customers. Analysis is generally critical about the suitability of such attachments.	JAMAICA. ANTIGUA. BARBADOS. ST. LUCIA.
437	Crooks, Deborah L.	1997	Biocultural Factors in School Achievement for Mopan Children in Belize	1997. Biocultural Factors in School Achievement for Mopan Children in Belize. American Anthropologist, 99(3):586-601.	Study of the relationship between nutritional status, household factors, and school performance for 63 Mopan Maya children in the Toledo District of Belize. Chronic undernutrition was not found to be clearly associated with school achievement. Variation in household environment, specifically parenting style and family size, were positively correlated with school performance. Author considers findings to be inconclusive given small sample size and insufficient operationalization and measurement of study variables.	BELIZE.
438	Cross, Malcolm	1968	Cultural Pluralism and Sociological Theory: A Critique and Re-Evaluation	1968. Cultural Pluralism and Sociological Theory: A Critique and Re-Evaluation. Social and Economic Studies 17(4):381-397.	Utilizing selected sociological theory, author negatively reviews theories of social and cultural pluralism particularly as they are expressed in the work of M.G. Smith and Leo A. Despres.	CARIBBEAN.
439	Cross, Malcolm	1979	Urbanization and Urban Growth in the Caribbean: An Essay on Social Change in Dependent Societies.	1979. Urbanization and Urban Growth in the Caribbean: An Essay on Social Change in Dependent Societies. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.	Author argues that, unlike some parts of the world, the Caribbean has been denied the power and autonomy of action necessary to control process of urbanization and urban growth. In this context, he examines theories and problems of urbanization and dependence, economic order in the Caribbean, population structure and change, social structure and social organization, race, class, education, and politics. The consequences of these processes and solutions posed by policy makers and planners are then considered. Data drawn from Commonwealth Caribbean, Puerto Rico, Cuba, and Haiti.	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. CUBA. HAITI. PUERTO RICO.
440	Cross, Malcolm	1977	Problems and Prospects for Caribbean Social Research.	1977. Problems and Prospects for Caribbean Social Research. Boletín de Estudios Latinoamericanos 22:92-111.	Keeping within the four substantive areas of inquiry (race relations and racial categorization; studies of West Indian family and conjugal forms; fertility and fertility limitation; and, internal and external migration) considered by Lloyd Braithwaite in his 1957 review of social research in the English-speaking Caribbean, the author offers a critical/constructive assessment of selected accomplishments of the last 20 years.	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. ENGLISH-SPEAKING CARIBBEAN.
441	Cross, Malcolm	1978	Colonialism and Ethnicity: A Theory and Comparative Case Study.	1978. Colonialism and Ethnicity: A Theory and Comparative Case Study. Ethnic and Racial Studies 1 (1):37-59.	Author sees ethnicity as a complex phenomenon composed of two analytically separable processes rather than a single invariate identity. Distinguishes between conditions which heighten awareness of ethnic divide (termed by author ethnic salience) and those which increase intensity of attachment to group's putative culture (i.e., ethnic allegiance) and argues that conditions producing latter phenomenon are endemic to colonial situation. Within this context of interethnic contact, author compares Trinidad and Tobago with Guyana.	GUYANA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
442	Cross, Malcolm	1980	The East Indians of Guyana and Trinidad.	1980. The East Indians of Guyana and Trinidad. London: Minority Rights Group.	Account of East Indian indenture in Guyana and Trinidad and of current East Indian-African relations in those countries.	GUYANA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
443	Cross, Malcolm ed.	1970	West Indian Social Problems: A Sociological Perspective.	1970. West Indian Social Problems: A Sociological Perspective. Port-of-Spain, Trinidad & Tobago: Columbus Publishers.	Initially delivered as public lectures, collection on West Indian social problems includes eight essays by sociologists and anthropologists from the St. Augustine, Trinidad campus of the University of the West Indies. Acton Camejo "What is Sociology?" Andrew G.J. Camacho "Work and Society." Clivin Victor "Juvenile Delinquency." J.D. Elder "Drug Addiction and Society." Leatrice D. MacDonald "Caribbean Population Problems." Andrew G.J. Camacho "Education and Educational Opportunity." Malcolm Cross "Race Relations and Racial Prejudice." John S. MacDonald "Sociology, Economic Development and Social Planning."	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN.
444	Cross, Malcom and Arnaud Marks	1979	Peasants, Plantations and Rural Communities in the Caribbean.	1979. Peasants, Plantations and Rural Communities in the Caribbean. Guilford, England: University of Surrey, Department of Sociology [and] Royal Institute of Linguistics and Anthropology, Department of Caribbean Studies Leiden.	Eight of ten papers in this collection were written for 3rd Caribbean Colloquium, organized by Universities of Surrey and Sussex in cooperation with Royal Institute of Linguistics and Anthropology, held in Leiden, Dec. 1977: Gad. J. Heuman - "The Struggle for the Settler Vote: Politics and Franchise in Post-Emancipation Jamaica" David Nicholls - "Rural Protest and Peasant Revolt in Haiti: 1804-1869” David Harrison - "The Changing Fortunes of a Trinidad Peasantry” Jean Besson - "Symbolic Aspects of Land in the Caribbean: the Tenure and Transmission of Land Rights among Caribbean Peasantries” Wout van den Bor - "Peasantry in Isolation: the Agrarian Development of St. Eustatius and Saba" David Lowenthal and Colin Clarke - "Common Lands, Common Aims: the Distinctive Barbudan Community” Eric Hanley - "Mechanized Rice Cultivation: the Experience of an East Indian Community in Guyana" Henk Luning and Prakash Sital - "The Economic Transformation of Small Holder Rice Farming in Surinam" Michael Allen - "Sugar and Survival: the Retention of Economic Power by White Elites in Barbados and Martinique" Jan van Huis - "Marketing Problems and Agricultural Extension in Nickeria (Surinam): a Stimulant to an Alternative Strategy."	CARIBBEAN. BARBADOS. BARBUDA. GUYANA. HAITI. JAMAICA. SURINAM. MARTINIQUE. TRINIDAD. SABA. ST. EUSTATIUS.
445	Crowley, Daniel J.	1966	I Could Talk Old-Story Good: Creativity in Bahamian Folklore	1966. I Could Talk Old-Story Good: Creativity in Bahamian Folklore. Berkeley: University of California Press	Collection of folktales from the Bahamas with analytic chapters on folklore in Bahamian culture, the structure of Old-Stories, opening and closing formulae, thematic construction, and regional and individual stylistic variation (i.e., Behring Point narrators, New Providence narrators, United States immigrants and contract workers, individual styles in variants, "original" stories, written stories and "planted' stories).	BAHAMAS.
446	Curet, Antonio	2002	The chief is dead, long live... who? Descent and succession in the protohistoric chiefdoms of the Greater Antilles.	2002. The chief is dead, long live... who? Descent and succession in the protohistoric chiefdoms of the Greater Antilles. Ethnohistory 49(2):259-280.	Author argues that the specific rules of succession attributed to Taino chiefdoms and long accepted by scholars were based on unfounded assumptions that confused rules of succession with rules of descent. Reinterpretation of data suggests that the rules "were not simply about the right to govern through descent but were a form of customary law that was manipulated by chiefs to consolidated and stabilize power."	CARIBBEAN.
447	Curtin, Philip D.	1968	Epidemiology and the Slave Trade	1968. Epidemiology and the Slave Trade. Political Science Quarterly 83(2):190-216.	Systematic exploration of epidemiological factors impacting both the slave trade and the migration of whites to tropical America. Data generated shed fresh light on an old problem faced by students of the slave trade - "given a European demand for tropical staples, why satisfy that demand by placing the plantations several thousand miles away from the principal source of labor?" Author skillfully examines l9th century British military statistics with a particular focus on migration mortality. These figures permit the isolation and identification of groups moving from one disease environment to another.	CARIBBEAN.
448	Dabydeen, David and Brinsley Samaroo, eds.	1996	Across the Dark Waters: Ethnicity and Indian Identity in the Caribbean	1996. Across the Dark Waters: Ethnicity and Indian Identity in the Caribbean. David Dabydeen and Brinsley Samaroo, eds. London: Macmillan Caribbean.	A useful collection derived primarily from a 1988 conference on East Indians in the Caribbean. Contributors, in the main, are not ethnographers but their subject matter, race relations, religious and cultural practices, etc., and the manner in which it is dealt with are anthropological in essence. Includes ten chapters that deal with Trinidad, Guyana, Jamaica, and Surinam, two of these in comparative perspective.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. GUYANA. JAMAICA. SURINAM.
449	Dagon, Ronald R.	1967	Current Agricultural Practices Among the Waiwai	1967. Current Agricultural Practices Among the Waiwai. Montreal: McGill University, Department of Geography.	Preliminary examination of patterns of shifting cultivation and their effect on the surrounding natural forest vegetation of the Waiwai settlement around the Kanashen mission in Guyana. Food crops, livestock, as well as game animals and fish are listed.	GUYANA.
450	D'Allaire, Micheline	1977	Le Centre de Recherches Caraïbes.	1977. Le Centre de Recherches Caraïbes. Revista/ Review Interamericana 7 (1):118-222.	Short history of the Center for Caribbean Research in Martinique including review of objectives, resources, and publications. Center founded partly through the efforts of anthropologists from the University of Montreal.	MARTINIQUE. GUADELOUPE. FRENCH CARIBBEAN.
451	Dalphinis, Morgan	1985	Caribbean & African Languages: Social History, Language, Literature and Education.	1985. Caribbean & African Languages: Social History, Language, Literature and Education. London: Karia Press.	A potpourri of themes placed into four main sections: the social history of Creole languages; approaches to the study of Creole languages (the case for African influences, island Carib influences in St. Lucian Patwa); Creole oral literature; and, education in the Caribbean (TESL, adult education, and use of Creoles in teaching). A number of Creoles lexically based on Portuguese, English, and French (St. Lucian Patwa, Casamance Kriul, Gambian Krio, Guinean Crioulo) are examined and/or used to illustrate author's African substrate thesis.	CARIBBEAN.
452	Dalton, Peter R.	1986	Sociocultural and Ecological Factors Influencing Schistosomiasis in St. Lucia.	1986. Sociocultural and Ecological Factors Influencing Schistosomiasis in St. Lucia. In Health Care in the Caribbean and Central America. Frank McGlynn, ed. Pp. 37-53. Williamsburg, VA: Dept. of Anthropology, College of William and Mary.	A description and history of schistosomiasis in St. Lucia with a "system analysis" that illuminates the feedback relationships between sociocultural factors and the environment.	SAINT LUCIA.
453	Daly, Stephanie	1975	The Legal Status of Women in Trinidad and Tobago	1975. The Legal Status of Women in Trinidad and Tobago. Port of Spain: National Commission on the Status of Women in Trinidad and Tobago.	Examination of various aspects of the legal status of women, including education, employment, sexual crime, property law, judicial rights, and marriage (Hindu, Muslim, Christian and civil). With reference to marriage and property law, author observes: "Because marriage is an institution which many Trinidadian families ignore the present law concerning entitlement to the property of a deceased is of relevance to only a proportion of the population . . . It is hard to change the law in any way which reflects on the (sanctity) of marriage as an institution but in a country with our present social structure it is wrong that so many Trinidadians live excluded from so much of our protective legislation." Work compiled in honor of International Women's Year.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
454	D'Amico, Deborah	1993	A Way Out of No Way: Female-Headed Households in Jamaica Reconsidered	1993. A Way Out of No Way: Female-Headed Households in Jamaica Reconsidered. In Where Did All the Men Go? Female-Headed/Female-Supported Households in Cross-Cultural Perspective. Joan P. Mencher and Anne Okongwu, eds. Pp. 71-88. Boulder: Westview Press.	After reviewing the literature on Caribbean family and discussing some of its "major tendencies," author concludes that female researchers "can begin to alter the destructive uses to which social science analyses of female-headed households have been party, by insuring that our work contributes, in its process and product, to the empowerment of poor women and those with whom they share their lives."	JAMAICA. CARIBBEAN.
455	Dance, Daryl C.	1985	Folklore From Contemporary Jamaicans.	1985. Folklore From Contemporary Jamaicans. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press.	Collection of 298 Jamaican tales, games, riddles, songs, and rhymes organized into 11 chapters each with a short introduction: etiological tales, anansesem, duppy tales, big boy tales, tales about religion, tales about Rastafarians, miscellaneous tales, riddles, rhymes, songs, and children's games.	JAMAICA.
456	Daniel, Yvonne	1980	The Potency of Dance: A Haitian Examination.	1980. The Potency of Dance: A Haitian Examination. The Black Scholar 11 (8):61-73.	Gives a stylistic movement analysis of Petro, voodoo dance, in order to define the role of dance in Haitian society. Author provides background information on dance in general, dance within Haitian voodoo literature, the origin of Petro within voodoo mythology, and voodoo dance in Haitian social structure. She concludes that dance becomes a potent symbol which makes some sense of the Haitian experience to those affected by the inconsistencies in that economically impoverished nation.	HAITI.
457	Dann, Graham M. S.	1979	Everyday Life in Barbados: A Sociological Perspective.	1979. Everyday Life in Barbados: A Sociological Perspective. Leiden, The Netherlands: Royal Institute of Linguistics and Anthropology, Department of Caribbean Studies.	Collection containing seven substantive essays and a theoretical/methodological introduction by editor on understanding everyday Barbadian life. Essays are arranged by age of subjects studied, from childhood to old age: Ernestine Jackman's "Barbadian Village Games of Yesterday;" Annette Woodroffe's "The Bajan Sunday School;" Barbara Corbin's "Picnics in Barbados;" Winston Crichlow's "The Nutseller;" Janet Stoute and Kenneth lfill's "The Rural Rum Shop: A Comparative Case Study;" and Glennis Nurse's "The Elderly." Provides interesting material for both Barbadian specialist and comparative studies.	BARBADOS.
458	Dann, Graham M.S.	1980	Patterns of Drinking in Barbados: The Findings of a Sample Survey of Adult Residents.	1980. Patterns of Drinking in Barbados: The Findings of a Sample Survey of Adult Residents. Bridgetown: The Cedar Press.	Results of survey taken in 1979 on Barbadian attitudinal and behavioral patterns toward drinking alcohol.	BARBADOS.
459	Dann, Graham M.S. and Robert B. Potter	1990	Yellow Man in the Yellow Pages: Sex and Race Typing in the Barbados Telephone Directory.	1990. Yellow Man in the Yellow Pages: Sex and Race Typing in the Barbados Telephone Directory. Bulletin of Eastern Caribbean Affairs 15 (6):1-15.	Authors analyze the content of messages contained in Barbados Yellow Pages from 1982 to 1989. Though these directories produced abroad and the one produced locally vary in emphasis and content, they were essentially quite similar. Both varieties reinforced racial and sexual stereotypes in Barbados: that "white is right" and "macho maketh man."	BARBADOS
460	Danns, George K.	1982	Domination and Power in Guyana: A Study of the Police in a Third World Context.	1982. Domination and Power in Guyana: A Study of the Police in a Third World Context. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.	Valuable, ground-breaking study of Guyana's police, based on participant-observation, sample survey, interviews, archival research, and newspaper analysis. Author concludes that police have "to be understood as an integral sector of a formidable array of military institutions engaged in the 'administrative politics' of public institutional rivalry, politicized and penetrated by a dominant one party system and caught up in an orgy of loyalty to the political directorate that creatively destroys their conventional professionalism and organizational texture."	GUYANA.
461	Davidson, William V.	1984	The Garifuna in Central America: Ethnohistorical and Geographical Foundations.	1984. The Garifuna in Central America: Ethnohistorical and Geographical Foundations. In Black Caribs: A Case Study in Biocultural Adaptation. Michael H. Crawford, ed. Pp. 13-35. New York: Plenum Press.	Succinct review of Garifuna origins, dispersal in Central America and patterns of settlement in time and place (Garifuna culture realm, trade area, village subsistence region, settlement proper, and family compound). Informative maps are included.	BELIZE. GUATEMALA. HONDURAS. CENTRAL AMERICA.
462	Dávila, Arlene	Cont	Contending Nationalisms: Culture, Politics, and Corporate Sponsorship in Puerto Rico	Contending Nationalisms: Culture, Politics, and Corporate Sponsorship in Puerto Rico. In Rethinking Colonialism and Nationalism, eds. Frances Negrón-Muntaner and Ramón Grosfoguel, ed. Pp. 231-242. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.	A discussion of the role of commercial interests, particularly those dealing with liquor, soft drinks, food, and tobacco, in the development of Puerto Rican nationalist ideologies and conceptions of national identity, not necessarily congruent with official views on these subjects, through culture-laden advertisements and through sponsorship of popular folk activities on the island.	PUERTO RICO.
463	Dávila, Arlene	1998	El Kiosko Budweiser: The Making of a "National" Television Show in Puerto Rico	1998. El Kiosko Budweiser: The Making of a "National" Television Show in Puerto Rico. American Ethnologist 25(3):452-470.	An exploration of the reception of a popular, locally produced television show and what that might suggest about processes used by Puerto Ricans to negotiate and appropriate commercial messages and mass media products.	PUERTO RICO.
464	Davis, Dave D. and R. Cristopher Goodwin	1990	Island Carib Origins: Evidence and Nonevidence.	1990. Island Carib Origins: Evidence and Nonevidence. American Antiquity 55 (1):37-48.	Authors examine and find wanting two leading hypotheses concerning origins of Caribs in the Windward Islands: 1) that migration of mainland Caribs into Lesser Antilles took place during 12th century; and 2) that a protohistoric migration took place, or that there was an episode of rapid acculturation of island populations to mainland Carib culture in the 15th or 16th century. After reviewing available evidence, authors believe that Island Caribs can best be regarded as a cultural entity distinct from any mainland population; that their ancestors were probably Arawakian speakers who had been in the Antilles since at least 1100 A.D.; and, that there had been no substantial migration of mainland Carib into the archipelago.	CARIBBEAN. WINDWARD ISLANDS. LESSER ANTILLES.
465	Davis, E. Wade	1983	The Ethnobiology of the Haitian Zombi.	1983. The Ethnobiology of the Haitian Zombi. Journal of Ethnopharmacology 9 (1):85-104.	The recent surfacing of three zombies has focused attention on the claim that there is an ethnopharmacological basis for zombies. Poisons are suggested here whose consistent ingredients include tetrodotoxins, derived from various species of puffer fish. The symptomology of tetrodotoxication is compared with that of zombies and preliminary laboratory tests are summarized. The role of zombies in voudou theology is described.	HAITI.
466	Davis, E. Wade	1983	The Ethnobiology of the Haitian zombie: On the Pharmacology of Black Magic.	1983. The Ethnobiology of the Haitian zombie: On the Pharmacology of Black Magic. Caribbean Review 2 (3):18-21, 47.	Descriptions of properties and effects of zombie poisons, examination of cases with similar symptoms reported from other parts of the world, and the process of zombification in the context of voudou theology.	HAITI.
467	Davis, E. Wade	1985	The Serpent and the Rainbow.	1985. The Serpent and the Rainbow. New York: Simon and Schuster.	A popular book, by an anthropologist/ethnobotanist, on the search for the formula of the "zombie drug" and an understanding of the use of that drug in vodou culture.	HAITI.
468	Davis, Martha Ellen	1981	Voces del purgatorio: estudio de la salve dominicana.	1981. Voces del purgatorio: estudio de la salve dominicana. Santo Domingo: Museo del Hombre Dominicano.	Description and analysis of salve, a class of Dominican religious and quasi-religious music. Musical transcriptions are provided.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
469	Davis, Martha Ellen	1994	Music and Black Ethnicity in the Dominican Republic	1994. Music and Black Ethnicity in the Dominican Republic. In Music and Black Ethnicity: The Caribbean and South America. Gerard H. Béhague, ed. Pp. 119-155. New Brunswick: Transaction Publishers.	An excellent analysis/review of music and its relationship to Dominican identity and ethnicity that includes informative sections on traditional Afro-Dominican musical culture, Dominican musical genres as symbols of ethnic, class, rural/urban, and pan-regional identity, and the merengue as ethnic marker.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
470	Davis, Martha Ellen	1987	La otra ciencia: el vodú dominicano como religión y medicina populares	1987. La otra ciencia: el vodú dominicano como religión y medicina populares. Santo Domingo: Univ. Autónoma de Santo Domingo.	A description and analysis of voodoo in the Dominican Republic. While labeling it a type of Afro-Dominican religious cult, author considers it “the eastern variant" of a folk cult found throughout the island of Hispaniola which differs from the "western" or Haitian variant in that it is not synonymous with folk religion as is the case in Haiti but is only one of several Dominican folk religious organizations or manifestations. Thorough descriptions are provided of cult organization, practices and rituals, cosmology, social contexts and use of folk medicine.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. HAITI.
471	Davis, Stephen and Peter Simon	1977	Reggae Bloodlines: In Search of the Music and Culture of Jamaica.	1977. Reggae Bloodlines: In Search of the Music and Culture of Jamaica. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press Doubleday.	Beautifully illustrated with Peter Simon's photographs, this informative, non-technical book deals with Jamaican reggae music and its socio-cultural context.	JAMAICA.
472	Davis, Wade	1988	Passage of Darkness: The Ethnobiology of the Haitian Zombie	1988. Passage of Darkness: The Ethnobiology of the Haitian Zombie. Foreword by Robert Farris Thompson. Preface by Richard Evans Schultes. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.	Author offers a general theory, based on ethnobiological and ethnographic field research, to account for zombification . An interesting and illuminating study. Of particular interest to ethnologists are chapters on zombification as a social process and on the Bizango secret societies.	HAITI.
473	Davison, Betty.	1968	No Place Back Home: A Study of Jamaicans Returning to Kingston, Jamaica	1968. No Place Back Home: A Study of Jamaicans Returning to Kingston, Jamaica. Race 9(4):499-509.	Twenty-eight case histories of Jamaican migrants who returned from Britain based on questionnaires completed at migrants’ homes in Kingston. Migrants' view of Jamaica, reasons for returning home, and ideas about the future are given. Study concludes that returned migrants tend to be those who were successful in Great Britain and who had accumulated sufficient savings for return passage and costs of resettling. The realities of contemporary Jamaica life have come as a shock - particularly the scarcity or lack of available work, the short supply and expense of housing, the high cost of living, and the jealousy and reserve shown to them by Jamaicans in general.	JAMAICA.
474	Davison, Robert Barry	1966	Black British: Immigrants to England	1966. Black British: Immigrants to England. London: Oxford University Press.	Sociological survey of Jamaican migrants in London which deals with housing, employment, household budgets, the nature of migration, and the process of integration. Data on other Commonwealth migrant groups are included.	JAMAICA. UNITED KINGDOM.
475	Dawdy, Shannon Lee	2002	La comida mambisa: food, farming, and Cuban identity, 1839-1999	2002. La comida mambisa: food, farming, and Cuban identity, 1839-1999. New West Indian Guide 76(1-2):47-80.	Elegant tracing of the "iconic connection" between sitio (the small family farm) and the Cuban nation, a connection, author argues, shaped by "a build-up of discourses and experiences linking Cuban nationalism, cooking, and agrarian resistance" that led to the emergence of a symbolically important cuisine that helped define "native Cuba."	CUBA.
476	De Bruijne, G.A.	1979	The Lebanese in Suriname.	1979. The Lebanese in Suriname. Boletín de Estudios Latinoamericanos 26:15-37.	Ground-breaking study of the Lebanese, the smallest but economically important "trade minorities" of Surinam. Author deals with this “minority” from turn of 20th-century (origins in Lebanon, process of migration, early period of settlement, development into a dominant textile-trade group, reasons for their success in textiles, early group cohesion and economic success, economic development after World War II, position and status in contemporary urban Paramaribo, and recent diversification in choice of occupations). Welcome addition to the scant literature on Lebanese diaspora to the New World.	SURINAM.
477	de Groot, Silvia W.	1965	Migratiebewegingen der Djoekas in Suriname van 1845 tot 1863	1965. Migratiebewegingen der Djoekas in Suriname van 1845 tot 1863. New West Indian Guide-Nieuwe West Indische Gids 44(1-2):133-151.	Utilizing official colonial documents, author traces the migratory patterns of the Djuka Bush Negroes from 1845 to 1863 (i.e., before the abolition of slavery) as well as government attempts to contain these movements (all of which failed).	SURINAM.
478	Deagan, Kathleen A. and Jose Maria Cruxent	2002	Archaeology at La Isabela: America’s first European town	2002. Archaeology at La Isabela: America’s first European town. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.	Historical archeology of Columbus’ first organized community (1500 men) in the New World. More than just presenting the material aspects, spatial organization and the physical and cultural landscapes of this first settlement, the authors explore the changes in Spanish strategy that ensued after the early demise of La Isabela and its impact on the planning of early 16th century settlements on Hispaniola and on the genesis of Spanish-American society.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
479	Debien, G. and J. Houdaille	1970	Les origines africaines des esclaves des Antilles françaises	1970. Les origines africaines des esclaves des Antilles françaises. Caribbean Studies 10(2):5-29.	Documentary evidence of the ethnic origins of African slaves in the French Antilles. Much of the data drawn from Saint Dominique.	FRENCH ANTILLES. HAITI.
480	Debien, Gabriel	1980	Les esclaves des plantations Mauger à Saint-Domingue: 1763-1802.	1980. Les esclaves des plantations Mauger à Saint-Domingue: 1763-1802. Bulletin de la Société d'Histoire de la Guadeloupe 43-44 (1-2):131-164.	Beginning with brief portrait of two planters in Artibonite region of Saint-Domingue, author offers a history of a sugar and an indigo/cotton plantation (1763-1802). Relies on existing rich source of plantation papers but acknowledges unreliability of some of these documents such as reports written by plantation managers to absentee proprietors.	HAITI.
481	DeBoer, M.W.H.	1970	Report of a Contact with Stone-Age Indians in Southern Surinam.	1970. Report of a Contact with Stone-Age Indians in Southern Surinam. New West Indian Guide/ Nieuwe West Indische Gids 47 (3):248-259.	Geologist surveying river valleys in eastern Surinam and French Guiana writes of his search for Akurio Indians. Loose description of Akurio culture and way of life. Illustrated with photographs.	SURINAM. FRENCH GUIANA.
482	DeCamp, David	1967	African Day-Names in Jamaica	1967. African Day-Names in Jamaica. Language 43(1):139-149.	Illuminating analysis of the use of and changes in an African system of day names, names which originally indicated the sex and the day of the week a child was born. Use of this set of 14 words (e.g., Quashie, Quasheba) as personal names is now almost obsolete in Jamaica and the words themselves are currently being utilized as pejorative common nouns.	JAMAICA.
483	DeCamp, David and lan F. Hancock eds.	1974	Pidgins and Creoles: Current Trends and Prospects	1974. Pidgins and Creoles: Current Trends and Prospects. Pidgins and Creoles: Current Trends and Prospects. Washington: Georgetown Univ. Press.	Collection of articles representing "the summation of ideas exchanged at the pidgin and creole interest group session" at 1972 Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics. Of particular interest to Caribbeanists are the following articles: Jay Edwards - "African Influences on the English of San Andrés Island, Colombia" Marguerite Saint-Jacques Fauquenoy - "Guyanese: A French Creole" Richard R. Day - "Decreolization: Coexistent Systems and the Post-Creole Continuum" David DeCamp - "Neutralizations, Iteratives, and Ideophones: The Locus of Language in Jamaica" Paul Kay and Gillian Sankoff - "A Language-Universals Approach to Pidgins and Creoles" Gillian Sankoff and Suzanne Laberge - "On the Acquisition of Native Speakers by a Language" Charles-James N. Bailey - "Some Suggestions for Greater Consensus in Creole Terminology" John R. Rickford - "The Insights of the Mesolect" Sister Mary Canice Johnson - "Two Morpheme Structure Rules in an English Proto-Creole" Ian F. Hancock "Shelta: A Problem of Classification"	CARIBBEAN. GUYANA. JAMAICA. San Andrés. COLOMBIA.
484	Deen, Shamshu	1998	Lineages and linkages, solving Trinidad roots in India	1998. Lineages and linkages, solving Trinidad roots in India. Princes Town, Trinidad and Tobago: Shamsu Deen.	Somewhat overpersonalized account of travel to India in which author continues to explore genealogical approaches for establishing the arrival of Indian ancestors in Trinidad, for establishing ties with living relatives in India and for connecting family residents in India with living but unknown relatives in Trinidad.	TRINIDAD.
485	DeFreitas, Patricia A.	Disr	Disrupting "the Nation": Gender Transformations in the Trinidad Carnival	Disrupting "the Nation": Gender Transformations in the Trinidad Carnival. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 73(1-2):5-34.	An exploration of issues related to the widely perceived "feminization" of recent carnivals in Trinidad focused on the linkages of Carnival to national identity, on gender and a male-dominated "hegemonic nationalist project". Ethnographic data utilized primarily drawn from 1992 festival.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
486	Deive, Carlos Esteban	1975	Vodú y magia en Santo Domingo	1975. Vodú y magia en Santo Domingo. Santo Domingo, Taller.	Valuable, comprehensive study of folk religion in the Dominican Republic. Origins, influences of historical factors, culture contact, and differences between Haitian and Dominican voodoo are discussed. In addition to descriptive accounts of the belief system, ritual practices and folk medicine, author devotes chapters to the socioeconomic context of voodoo in the Dominican setting, and voodoo and magic in Dominican literature.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
487	Deive, Carlos Esteban	1979	Notas sobre la cultura dominicana.	1979. Notas sobre la cultura dominicana. Boletín del Museo del Hombre Dominicano 8 (12):293-305.	Short list of elements of Taino culture which survived and were incorporated into Dominican culture. Author also provides a more detailed enumeration of cultural contributions of the Republic's black and mulatto populations (those coming directly from Africa, fugitive slaves from French Hispaniola; those from Lesser Antilles, black workers from English-speaking Caribbean, ex-slaves from North America, and numerous manual workers imported from Haiti). Relevance of Caribbean cultural concepts to the Dominican reality is explored.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
488	Delawarde, J.B.	1966	Activités des Indiens Galibi de la Mana et d'Iracoubo (Guayana Française)	1966. Activités des Indiens Galibi de la Mana et d'Iracoubo (Guayana Française). Journal de la Société des Américanistes 55(2):511-524.		FRENCH GUIANA.
489	Depestre, Réné	1968	Jean Price-Mars et le mythe de l'orphée noir ou les aventures de la négritude	1968. Jean Price-Mars et le mythe de l'orphée noir ou les aventures de la négritude. L'Homme. Revue française d'anthropologie 7 (jan-mars):171-181.	Marxist analysis of the concept of négritude and its sociopolitical development in Haiti. Author contends that although the work of Jean Price-Mars threw light on the African origins of Haitian traditions, it failed to examine the processes of syncretism and transculturation. Concept was politicized and Ainsi parla l'oncle became the manifesto of the totalitarian regime which emphasized the biopsychological basis of "Haitian man", with the implication that racial factors rather than social and historical factors underlie national culture.	HAITI.
490	Depres, Leo A.	1969	Differential Adaptations and Micro-Cultural Evolution in Guyana	1969. Differential Adaptations and Micro-cultural Evolution in Guyana. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 25(1):14-44.	Case study of social adaptation and micro-cultural evolution in Guyana utilizing concepts from cultural evolution, cultural ecology, and plural society theory. From an ecological perspective, three environmental types of Guyanese coastal zone are described (i.e., plantations, rural villages, and cities). For each type, issues such as land, population, capital, technology, markets, employment opportunities and power structure are reviewed. Author then details adaptive strategies of the major cultural groups within each type and analyzes these differential adaptations within the framework of the Guyanese plural society. One significant observation is that within each environment Africans and East Indians fill different niches and tend not to compete with each other on a daily basis for the same resources. Consequently, the author argues, one selective advantage of pluralism is the reduction of competition among culturally distinctive groups.	GUYANA.
491	Deren, Maya	1970	Divine Horsemen: Voodoo Gods of Haiti.	1970. Divine Horsemen: Voodoo Gods of Haiti. New York, NY: Chelsea House Publishers.	Privately printed in 1952, this well-known study of Haitian vodou reissued in 1970 includes sections on: 1) "The Trinity: Ies Morts, les Mystères, et les Marassa" 2) "Les Serviteurs" 3) "The Divine Horsemen" (e.g., Legba, Ghede, Damballah, Agwé, Ogoun, Erzulie, Loco and Ayizan) 4) "Houngan, Hierarchy and Hounfor" 5) "The Rites" 6) "Drums and Dance" and 7) "The White Darkness"	HAITI.
492	Derveld, F. E. R. and Herman Noordegraaf, eds.	1988	Winti-religie: een Afro-Surinaamse godsdienst in Nederland.	1988. Winti-religie: een Afro-Surinaamse godsdienst in Nederland [Winti -religion: an Afro- Surinamese religion in the Netherlands]. Amersfoort, The Netherlands: Horstink.	Although title of this edited volume implies that the 12 contributors concentrate on Winti in The Netherlands, more than half of the textual matter is devoted to the Winti religious phenomenon in Surinam itself.	SURINAM. NETHERLANDS.
493	Desmangles, Leslie G.	1990	The Maroon Republics and Religious Diversity in Colonial Haiti.	1990. The Maroon Republics and Religious Diversity in Colonial Haiti. Anthropos 85 (4-6)475-482.	Author argues that traditional African religious forms could not survive in Haiti given the ethnic diversity of Maroon groups throughout the island, a new environment, and a colonial sociopolitical situation which led inevitably to radical transformation of African religious practice. He also argues that contact between African religions and Catholicism in Haiti did not result in religious syncretism; rather there occured a "religious symbiosis, the juxtaposition of religious beliefs and practices from two different continents."	HAITI.
494	Despres, Leo A.	1967	Cultural Pluralism and Nationalist Politics in British Guiana	1967. Cultural Pluralism and Nationalist Politics in British Guiana. Chicago: Rand McNally.	Significant contribution to the pluralism argument as applied to the West Indies and to the understanding of contemporary Guyana. Utilizing a carefully delineated theoretical framework, author presents a picture of Guyanese society and its development during the last phase of Brltish colonial control. Building on M.G. Smith version of pluralism, Despres adds a concept of minimal and maximal cultural sections ("when institutional activities serve to maintain cultural differentiation between groups primarily at local levels, these groups may be identified as minimal or local cultural sections.... On the other hand, when institutional activities serve to integrate similar cultural groups and differentiate them from other cultural groups at the national level, such groups constitute maximal or national cultural sections") as well as concepts about local and broker institutions, organizational strategies, and cultural change. M.G. Smith provides a useful analytical foreword.	BRITISH GUIANA. GUYANA.
495	Despres, Leo A.	1973	Ethnicity and Ethnic Group Relations in Guyana	1973. Ethnicity and Ethnic Group Relations in Guyana. In The New Ethnicity: Perspectives from Ethnology: Proceedings, 127-147. Wrightsville Beach: American Ethnology Society.	Useful discussion on ethnicity in Guyana which concludes that, at the level of ideology, Guyanese declare themselves in support of a political institution that defines citizenship without reference to ethnicity and race. However, this ideal does not reflect reality. In fact, Guyanese governments have conceded corporate but equal entitlements to ethnic populations. Furthermore, between the overall structure and the level of individual encounters, a number of associations and groups exist which seek to promote the corporate interests of these populations. Finally, ethnic identities and status claims enter selectively into individual transactions. "In other words, such identities and claims tend to be asserted only in those situations which bring into focus the status inequalities that exist among ethnic populations." A number of suggestions for the proper context of ethnic research in Guyana are proposed.	GUYANA.
496	Desrosiers, Toussaint	1970	Haitian Voodoo.	1970. Haitian Voodoo. Américas 22 (2):35-38.	General description, with little systematic supporting data, of voodoo worship, including pantheon, ceremony and purpose, in Haiti. Concludes that voodoo "... provides a compensation impossible to find elsewhere as far as the needs of security, relaxation, forgetfulness and hope felt by those frustrated and repressed spirits called Haitian peasants" but that voodoo "... occasions great expenditures of money and of that energy so indispensable to useful work" and therefore should be abolished by correcting the persistent "causes that bring about and explain the attachment to voodoo."	HAITI.
497	Desruisseaux, Jacques	1975	La structure fonciére de la Martinique	1975. La structure fonciére de la Martinique. Montreal, Canada: Univ. of Montreal Center of Caribbean Research.	A study of land tenure in Martinique in which the author contends that ownership of large properties devoted to the production of export crops is concentrated among several powerful families. Within a century after settlement, large sugar plantations became the dominant form of land tenure. Small properties, while never entirely absent, emerged after emancipation as freedman settled on the marginal peripheries of the estate. The history of land tenure has oscillated between two poles depending on the economic cycle. In periods of prosperity there is consolidation of estates and in times of crisis a parceling of properties. Crises, however, have not changed the basic profile of the agrarian structure. Despite some increase of small properties they remain in marginal areas while the estates retain the best land, the most easily mechanized, with owners who possess the capital and technology for modernizing their economic activities.	MARTINIQUE.
498	Dévieux, Liliane	1984	Références ethniques dans les contes haïtiens.	1984. Références ethniques dans les contes haïtiens. Anthropologie et Sociétés 8 (2):139-159.	Analysis of racial or ethnic references in Haitian folktales.	HAITI.
499	Devonish, Hubert	1983	Creole Languages and the Process of Socioeconomic Domination in the Caribbean: A Historical Review.	1983. Creole Languages and the Process of Socioeconomic Domination in the Caribbean: A Historical Review. In Aspects of Caribbean Creoles. Pauline Christie, ed. Pp. 52-68. Kingston: West Indian Association for Commonwealth Literature and Language Studies.	Succinct historical review of Creole languages and development of patterns of social differentiation in the Caribbean. Consideration is given to the language situation within plantation slave society, in late 18th-century Haiti, in the immediate pre-emancipation and post-emancipation periods in other parts of the Caribbean, and the contemporary situation. Author concludes that the establishment of Creole as the official language in any Caribbean country is a vital ingredient of any attempt to achieve political or socioeconomic liberation.	CARIBBEAN.
500	Devonish, Hubert	1986	Language and Liberation: Creole Language Politics in the Caribbean.	1986. Language and Liberation: Creole Language Politics in the Caribbean. London: Karia Press.	Beginning with a broad, historical analysis of the language question within two contexts, the human society and the socialist transformation, author applies the concept of diglossia (differentiation in status and roles of the official and vernacular languages) to Creole languages in the Caribbean, analyzing how the question of language is linked to the question of national politics and national liberation. This work is "aimed at filling gaps in the approaches of: those who have a political and socioeconomic perspective on the question of national liberation in the Caribbean but lack an insight into the language question; and those involved in fields of language planning and language policy who lack a perspective which integrates the language question into the overall debate about the political and socioeconomic transformation of the Caribbean." Case studies provided dealing with Guyana, Nicaragua, and Grenada, along with non-socialist or non-independent polities in the Caribbean.	CARIBBEAN. GUYANA. NICARAGUA. GRENADA.
501	Dew, Edward	1978	The Difficult Flowering of Surinam: Ethnicity and Politics in a Plural Society.	1978. The Difficult Flowering of Surinam: Ethnicity and Politics in a Plural Society. The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff.	This political history details development and course of ethnic politics in Surinam from 1942 to the final struggle for independence in 1975. Author contends "that ethnic politics in a democratic plural society need not degenerate into dictatorship or anarchy." While this optimistic note does not ring true in light of recent events in Surinam, author's meticulous recording of key political events in that largely ignored territory over a period of three and a half decades — particularly in the elections of 1949, 1951, 1955, 1958, 1963, 1967, 1969, and 1973 — is a welcome and valuable addition to the Caribbean literature.	SURINAM.
502	Dew, Edward	1990	Suriname: Transcending Ethnic Politics.	1990. Suriname: Transcending Ethnic Politics. In Resistance and Rebellion in Suriname: Old and New, 189-212. Williamsburg: Department of Anthropology, College of William and Mary.	Author provides an informative chronicle of recent consociational politics practiced in the ethnically mobilized "very complex plural society" of Surinam.	SURINAM.
503	Di Paolo, Michael	1967	Nativism in Puerto Rico: The Independence Movement	1967. Nativism in Puerto Rico: The Independence Movement. Journal of Education 150(2):35-38.	Limited statement by a professional educator on the use of the concept of nativism, (a large scale reaction against any process that threatens to engulf the indigenous culture) as a way of understanding the "independence movement" in Puerto Rico.	PUERTO RICO.
504	Diederich, Bernard	1983	On the Nature of Zombie Existence: The Reality of a Voudou Ritual.	1983. On the Nature of Zombie Existence: The Reality of a Voudou Ritual. Caribbean Review 12 (3):14-17, 43-46.	Account of the appearance of three zombies in Haiti and of the work of that country’s leading psychiatrist and zombiologist.	HAITI.
505	Dijk, Frank Jan van.	1988	The Twelve Tribes of Israel: Rasta and the Middle Class	1988. The Twelve Tribes of Israel: Rasta and the Middle Class. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 62 (1-2):1-26	Author claims that the Twelve Tribes of Israel in Jamaica is the largest, best organized, and most disciplined of Rastafarian groups. It has a strong middle- and upper-class following as well as a theology that differs significantly from that of other Rastafarians. Aspects of its theology, organizational structure, membership, and activities are detailed.	JAMAICA.
506	Dirks, Robert	1979	The Evolution of a Playful Ritual: The Garifuna's John Canoe in Comparative Perspective.	1979. The Evolution of a Playful Ritual: The Garifuna's John Canoe in Comparative Perspective. In Forms of Play of Native North Americans. Edward Norbeck and Claire R. Farner, ed. Pp. 89-109. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing Co.	Comparison of John Canoe as practiced by Black Caribs in Belize with John Canoe in the West Indies and with English sword dance and mumming in Northern Ireland and Newfoundland. Study's objectives are to examine derivation and significance of this "playful ritual," motivating factors and reasons why its threats are delivered playfully rather than in earnest.	BELIZE. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. JAMAICA. NORTHERN IRELAND. NEWFOUNDLAND.
507	Dirks, Robert	1973	Ethnicity and Ethnic Group Relations in the British Virgin Islands	1973. Ethnicity and Ethnic Group Relations in the British Virgin Islands American Ethnological Society. In The New Ethnicity: Perspectives from Ethnology: Proceedings, 95-109. Wrightsville Beach: American Ethnology Society.	Description and analysis of what author terms a somewhat special case of ethnicity and ethnic relations, the case of the "Garots" (or Afro-West Indian people of the Antilles temporarily working in the Virgin Islands) and native Virgin Islanders. " . . . an ethnic identity is ascribed to an alien category of people on the basis of the belief that their behaviors and values originate from down-island native sources. In reality, the identity ascribed to aliens ignores both similarities and differences that emerge from traditional cultural backgrounds."	BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS. VIRGIN ISLANDS.
508	Dirks, Robert	1987	The Black Saturnalia: Conflict and its Ritual Expression on British West Indian Slave Plantations	1987. The Black Saturnalia: Conflict and its Ritual Expression on British West Indian Slave Plantations. Gainesville: University Press of Florida.	Author examines Christmas saturnalia as an aspect of the ecological systems of West Indian societies. Rather than veiled protest demonstrations, these extraordinary annual events are viewed as "an attestation not to the power of the lie but to the power of truth to find its way out even in the most repressive societies." As both context and substance to the argument, excellent descriptions are provided of the physical and technical environment of the plantation, the position of masters and slaves within the ecosystem, slave subsistence patterns, the intense competition for survival, and alliances and antagonisms. Recommended reading.	BRITISH WEST INDIES. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN.
509	Dirks, Robert	1972	Networks, Groups, and Adaptation in an Afro-Caribbean Community	1972. Networks, Groups, and Adaptation in an Afro-Caribbean Community. Man 7(4):565-585.	Relationship of personal networks and groups on Rum Bay, Tortola, a community which totally relies on these two forms of social ties for "its overall organisation". After a discussion of the literature on networks and groups, author presents a description of social relationships in Rum Bay and suggests that it has developed personal networks and group alignments as two adaptations to available resources with unlike characteristics. These adaptations maximize success in both regional markets and government domains. Furthermore, it is suggested that these two organizational forms are in coordinated flux and vary in communal importance in response to economic conditions.	VIRGIN ISLANDS. TORTOLA.
510	Dirks, Robert and Virginia Kerns	1976	Mating Patterns and Adaptive Change in Rum Bay, 1823-1970	1976. Mating Patterns and Adaptive Change in Rum Bay, 1823-1970. Social and Economic Studies 25(1):34-54.	Drawing on diachronic (socioeconomic, baptismal, and marriage records) from a rural community on Tortola, British Virgin Islands, authors test the hypothesis that the level of marriage and extra-legal unions found in Afro-Caribbean communities is a dynamic adjustment to economic environment. Their analysis indicates that during periods of economic insecurity and shortage of cash producing opportunities there is a relatively high proportion of extra-legal mating. Conversely, during periods of relatively high levels of cash producing opportunities there is a comparatively high proportion of marriage.	CARIBBEAN. BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS. TORTOLA.
511	Dobal, Carlos	1979	Herencia española en la cultura dominicana de hoy.	1979. Herencia española en la cultura dominicana de hoy. EME 8 (43):67-107.	Author argues the considerable impact of Spain, in terms of social institutions, culture, personality, and individuals, on the development of contemporary Dominican culture. A useful bibliography provided.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
512	Dobbin, Jay D.	1981	The Jombee Dance: Friendship and Ritual in Montserrat.	1981. The Jombee Dance: Friendship and Ritual in Montserrat. Caribbean Review 10 (4):28-31.	A description of Montserrat's jombee dance. In island's folk religion jombees are identified with the dead. Using Victor Turner's insights, author interprets ritual as social drama. Although dance focuses on afflictions and illnesses of one individual, these crises are not seen as purely personal and private but as focal points of intricate webs of relationships and histories and as solutions sought to here-and-now problems.	MONTSERRAT.
513	Dobbin, Jay D.	1986	The Jombee Dance of Montserrat: A Study of Trance Ritual in the West Indies.	1986. The Jombee Dance of Montserrat: A Study of Trance Ritual in the West Indies. Columbus: Ohio State University Press.	Full description and detailed analyses of the Jombee dance, a dying institution in Montserrat. Author provides materials on folk religion on the island, a case study of a dance and then a series of analyses which explore the dance as social drama, as liminal, and as African-derived. Very useful addition to the literature.	MONTSERRAT.
514	Dodd, David J.	1979	The Role of Law in Plantation Society: Reflections on the Development of a Caribbean Legal System.	1979. The Role of Law in Plantation Society: Reflections on the Development of a Caribbean Legal System. International Journal of the Sociology of Law 7:275-296.	Author traces continuities in role of law in Guyana from time of slave plantations to present and argues that kadi-justice was developed early for purposes of social control within the plantation. Purpose of plantation system was to mobilize large groups of laborers for routine tasks to be performed collectively in the cultivation of a single crop. No dramatic shift in the role of law accompanied emancipation of slaves and introduction of indenture system. In contemporary Guyana, a cooperative socialist polity, the law remains an instrument of state power that manipulates government's managers (judges, lawyers, etc.) into decisions and actions consistent with the government's position. As a result, legal and judicial systems are weak and ineffectual in guarding citizens from governmental excess.	GUYANA.
515	Dodd, David J.	1981	A Day in Babylon: Street Life in Guyana.	1981. A Day in Babylon: Street Life in Guyana. Caribbean Review 10 (4):24-27.	Excerpt from ethnographic and historical study of culture and social structure of the black proto-proletariat in Georgetown. Describes street-corner life of Babylon people (i.e., "lower class" in Guyana) in Georgetown's environs.	GUYANA.
516	Dodd, David J.	1982	Rule-Making and Rule-Enforcement in Plantation Society: The Ideological Development of Criminal Justice in Guyana.	1982. Rule-Making and Rule-Enforcement in Plantation Society: The Ideological Development of Criminal Justice in Guyana. Social and Economic Studies 31 (3):1-35.	In Guyana, there has never been a separation of powers and the criminal justice system, developing out of plantation "house rules" which protected dominant powers are now still indistinguishable from "house rules" which protect the interests of today's ruling party. The role of lower courts and the lawyers is explored in the context of the "inmate social system" of the "total institution" of plantation society.	GUYANA.
517	Dodge, Peter	1967	Comparative Racial Systems in the Greater Caribbean	1967. Comparative Racial Systems in the Greater Caribbean. Social and Economic Studies 16(3): 249-261.	Various explanations of differing patterns of race relations in Iberian-American, West European, Caribbean, and North American societies are examined. Considerable attention paid to H. Hoetink's analysis of the issue in his Two Variants in Caribbean Race Relations. Within this framework, author's personal position on the matter is presented.	CARIBBEAN.
518	Dodge, Peter	1966	Ethnic Fragmentation and Politics: The Case of Surinam	1966. Ethnic Fragmentation and Politics: The Case of Surinam. Political Science Quarterly 81(4):593-601.	Ethnic pluralism need not threaten social integration. In some cases, such as Surinam's, diversity may lead to the development of a political consensus based on the fragmentation of ethnic segments generated by competition for political clientele as well as on mutual fears of group domination.	SURINAM.
519	Domínguez, Virginia R	1975	From Neighbor to Stranger: The Dilemma of Caribbean Peoples in the United States	1975. From Neighbor to Stranger: The Dilemma of Caribbean Peoples in the United States. New Haven: Yale University Antilles Research Program (ARP).	Discussion of the phenomena of pluralism versus assimilation with reference to the various Caribbean immigrant populations in the United States. On some levels the various regional/national groups — British West Indians, Haitians, Dominicans, Puerto Ricans, and Cubans — must be considered separately in terms of language spoken, motivations for immigration, and legal and economic status in the United States. However, author contends that most Caribbean immigrants share physical and conceptual characteristics which link them in United States society (one that recognizes only two conceptual "racial" categories — white and black) with the black population. Considering themselves distinct from Afro-Americans, unable to rise within the white superstructure as have successive generations of former European "ethnic group" immigrants in American history, the Caribbean immigrants pose a unique case. "Pluralism is not the creation of Anglo-American educators, politicians, and administrators; rather it is an alternative formulated largely by minority group members who consider genuine assimilation improbable or impossible." The exception, and most assimilated among Caribbean immigrants, is the Cuban population. Author proposes that the relative ease with which the Cubans have assimilated is based not so much upon their generally higher educational and economic levels and the facility with which they attained legal immigrant status, rather she attributes their assimilation to the fact that many more Cubans than any other Caribbean immigrants are "white", rendering them more upwardly mobile in United States society. Thesis is supplemented by more than 50 statistical tables on demography, immigration and deportation figures, occupational, economic and educational characteristics of the various Caribbean immigrant populations.	CUBA. CARIBBEAN. UNITED STATES. BRITISH WEST INDIES. HAITI. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. PUERTO RICO.
520	Dore-Cabral, Carlos	1995	Migración, raza y etnia al interior de la periferia (o los haitianos en la República Dominicana): I. contexto teórico; II. evolucion del proceso migratorio de los trabajadores haitianos a la República Dominicana; III. perfil cuantitativo y analitico de lo	1995. Migración, raza y etnia al interior de la periferia (o los haitianos en la República Dominicana): I. contexto teórico; II. evolucion del proceso migratorio de los trabajadores haitianos a la República Dominicana; III. perfil cuantitativo y analitico de los dominicanos de ascendencia haitiana. Sciencia y Sociedad 20(3-4):235-292.	A three-part essay (published together in the same edition) on migration, race and ethnicity in peripheral zones of the modern world system with a specific focus on Haitians and Dominicans of Haitian descent in the Dominican Republic. The first part presents the theoretical context for the study (i.e., applicable theoretical positions found in "contemporary sociology"); the second deals with the evolution of the migratory process of Haitian workers to the Dominican Republic (initiation of the process, characteristics of the migratory flows, conditions of work and life of the migrants and their descendants, patterns of and adaptations to discrimination); and the third presents detailed quantitative description and analysis of the socioeconomic and cultural characteristics of resident Dominicans of Haitian ancestry.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. HAITI.
521	Dorsainvil, Justin Chrysostome	1975	Vodou et névros.	1975. Vodou et névros. Port-au-Prince: Editions Fardin.	Vodou and neurosis. Author stands by his assertions originally made in 1913 (this 1975 ed. is a reprint of a revision [Port-au-Prince, Imprimerie La Presse, 1931] not of the original 1913 work) that vodou possession is a phenomenon wholly explainable by psycho-biological factors.	HAITI.
522	Douany, Jorge	1994	Ethnicity, Identity, and Music: An Anthropological Analysis of the Dominican Merengue	1994. Ethnicity, Identity, and Music: An Anthropological Analysis of the Dominican Merengue. In Music and Black Ethnicity: The Caribbean and South America. Gerard H. Béhague, ed. Pp. 65-90. New Brunswick: Transaction Publishers.	The significance of the Afro-Caribbean merengue and its rise as the most popular music in the Dominican Republic is examined in light of ethnic relations and the emergence of Dominican identity. Author argues that merengue "synthesizes" many features of this identity and embodies Creole beliefs and customs in contrast to Haitian influences.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
523	Douglass, Lisa	1992	The Power of Sentiment: Love, Hierarchy, and the Jamaican Family Elite.	1992. The Power of Sentiment: Love, Hierarchy, and the Jamaican Family Elite. Boulder: Westview Press.	An interesting study of the dynamics and ideology of Jamaican upper class families, how they organize, practice, and invest meaning in family and kinship, and how these meanings and practices reflect and are articulated in Jamaican hierarchies of gender, race, and class.	JAMAICA.
524	Douyon, Emerson	1969	Alcoolisme et toxicomanie en Haïti	1969. Alcoolisme et toxicomanie en Haïti. Toxicomanies 2(1):31-38.	Voodoo trance in Haiti performs the same function as drugs and alcohol in other societies in providing a means of escaping the harassing conditions of daily living. The individual subject to possession shows a characteristic psychological profile and the voodoo experience provides a way of fleeing from reality. Author maintains that alcoholics, drug addicts and voodoo practitioners all suffer from addiction but in different ways.	HAITI.
525	Douyon, Emerson	1968	La délinquence juvénile en Haiti	1968. La délinquence juvénile en Haiti. Transcultural Psychiatric Research 5:75-77.	Short abstract of unpublished research on juvenile delinquency in Haiti. Author differentiates between three different types of antisocial acts: delinquent behavior perceived from the point of view of an outsider, as for example, exhibitionistic acts; behavior regarded as delinquent in Haitian society, such as vagrancy and begging, but tolerated through tradition; and delinquent behavior which demands legal sanctions for the sake of public safety, as in housebreaking and organized prostitution. Suggests that much of juvenile delinquency in Haiti is a cultural form of socioeconomic survival and that pathology of moral values is not the issue.	HAITI.
526	Douyon, Emerson	1968	L'éxamen au Rorschach des vaudouisants haïtiens	1968. L'éxamen au Rorschach des vaudouisants haïtiens. In Trance and Possession States. Raymond Prince, ed. Pp. 97-119. Montreal: R.M. Bucke Memorial Society.	Study goal is to determine whether there is a "possession personality" type. 44 female subjects were studied over a six year period using a battery of medical, neurological, nonverbal psychological tests and intensive interviews in Creole. Sample consisted of 25 females with history of trance (during or outside ritual) and 19 controls. All 44 were Catholic, illiterate, peasant women. Basic differences between the sub-samples are evident. In relation to levels of anxiety and impulse control, trance subjects were found to have more perturbed personalities. Author finds that personalities of the possessed are not reducible to a uniform personality profile such as hysteria. Diverse personality types manifest trance but with characteristic depressive tendencies.	HAITI.
527	Douyon, Emerson	1969	La transe vaudouesque: un syndrome de déviance psycho-culturelle	1969. La transe vaudouesque: un syndrome de déviance psycho-culturelle. Acta Criminologica 2:11-70.	Discussion of the literature on trance and the results of a study of a group of Haitian women on the nature and function of trance. The psychological profile of women subject to possession is that of a depressed individual who enters a trance state when subjected to strongly aggressive or angry emotions. Trance and the voodoo ceremony in general are seen as indirectly contributing to the low crime and suicide rate in Haiti. Résumés in English, Spanish, German, Russian.	HAITI.
528	Douyon, Emerson	1984	Crimes rituels et mort apparente en Haïti: vers une synthèse critique.	1984. Crimes rituels et mort apparente en Haïti: vers une synthèse critique. Anthropologie et Sociétés 8 (2):87-120.	Study of Haitian ritual crimes and deathlike comas in relation to parallel forms of justice. Author deals with ritual leaders and the making of zombies, the nature and personality of zombies, the perspectives of victims, the processes and stages of zombification, relevant ethnopharmacological research, and social reaction.	HAITI.
529	Douyon, Emerson ed.	1972	Culture et développement en Haïti	1972. Culture et développement en Haïti. Montreal: Editions Lemeac.	Papers of the 1970 Haiti symposium organized by the Department of Anthropology, University of Montreal and the Centre d'Etudes Haitiennes. Emerson Douyon - "Introduction" Georges Anglade - "La Signification du Fait de Population en Haiti" François Latortue - "Haiti et sa Main d'Oeuvre: Perspectives d'Avenir" Mireille Anglade - "Commentaire" Pierre Benoit - "Le Défi de Financer la Développement d'Haiti" Gérard R. Latortue - "Haïti et les Institutions Économiques Caraïbéennes" Fuat Andic - "Commentaïre" Gérard Pierre Charles - "Interprétation des Faits et Perspective du Développement Économique en Haïti" Rémy Bastien - "Idéologie. Recherche et Développement" Jean Casimir - "Commentaire" Marie Andrée Bertrand - "Haïti et les Difficultés de la Recherche Scientifique" Max Chancy - "Education et Développement en Haïti" Jean Casimir - "Commentaire: Education et Instruction en Haïti" Carlo Sterlin - "La Négritude" Ousmane Silla - "Commentaires: Point de Vue d'une Africain" Stanley Aleong - "Négritude et Développement" Nancy Proter - "Point de Vue de la Femme Noire aux Etats-Unis" Katherine Dunham - "L'Evasion par le Folklore" Emerson Douyon - "Sondage d'Opinion sur la Fuite des Cerveaux" Denis Lazure - "Les Pays Sous-Développés et Formation de leurs Cadres" Roger Bastide - "Adaptation des Haitiens en Pays Etranger" Jean Benoist - "Haiti: Réflexions pour l'Avenir" Emerson Douyon - "Epilogue"	HAITI.
530	Drayton, Kathleen B.	1997	White Man's Knowledge: Sex, Race and Class in Caribbean English Language Textbooks	1997. White Man's Knowledge: Sex, Race and Class in Caribbean English Language Textbooks. In Gender: A Caribbean Multi-Disciplinary Perspective. Elsa Leo-Rhynie, Barbara Bailey, and Christine Barrow, eds. Pp. 159-181. Kingston: Ian Randle Publishers.	Caribbean English language textbooks used in preparation for the Caribbean Examination are analyzed for gender bias, racial ideology, and references to class. Author concludes that the texts, reflecting the ideology of the dominant group, reproduce sexism and obscure them as driven structural predicates of class differentiation. Moreover, racism is seen as perpetuated by the omission of references to Black achievements.	ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN.
531	Dreher, M.C. and C.M. Rogers	1976	Getting High: Ganja Man and His Socioeconomic Milieu.	1976. Getting High: Ganja Man and His Socioeconomic Milieu. Caribbean Studies 16 (2):219-23.	Study compares and contrasts the kinds of behavior and the degrees of participation related to marijuana use among Rastafarians in an urban "yard" in Kingston and members of a Pentecostal revivalist sect in a rural mountain village of Jamaica. A detailed description of both groupings particularly with reference to their position on ganja (marijuana) is prefaced by a listing of their gross, or contextual, differences and similarities. Marked differences in ganja-related attitudes and behavior between Rastafarians and Pentecostals supports authors' hypothesis that patterns of ganja use vary and are dependent on specific social and economic pressures rather than on the pharmacological properties of the substance itself. Authors conclude that there is no single explanation for behavior centering on cannabis use.	JAMAICA.
532	Dreher, Melanie C.	1982	Marihuana and Work: Cannabis Smoking on a Jamaican Sugar Estate.	1982. Marihuana and Work: Cannabis Smoking on a Jamaican Sugar Estate. Human Organization 42 (1):1-8.	Informative examination of the "amotivational syndrome," often cited as one of the deleterious effects of long-term marihuana use. Drawing on field data from three farms of one sugar estate, author evaluates work performance in relation to marihuana use as well as the strategies employed by management to reinforce its own values as to use and productivity.	JAMAICA.
533	Dreher, Melanie C.	1986	Maternal-Child Health and Ganja in Jamaica.	1986. Maternal-Child Health and Ganja in Jamaica. In Health Care in the Caribbean and Central America. Frank McGlynn, ed. Pp. 55-67. Williamsburg, VA: Dept. of Anthropology, College of William and Mary.	Report of ongoing project on the effects of perinatal cannabis use. Research design combines clinical comparisons of 30 newborns of cannabis-using women to 30 newborns of non-cannabis-using women with ethnographic studies of three rural communities. Interesting descriptive sections on ganja use by women and ganja use during pregnancy.	JAMAICA.
534	Dreher, Melanie Creagan	1983	Marihuana and Work: Cannabis Smoking on a Jamaican Sugar Estate.	1983. Marihuana and Work: Cannabis Smoking on a Jamaican Sugar Estate. Human Organization 42 (1):1-8.	A systematic exploration of divergent claims about effect of marihuana use on work performance in Jamaica. Author bases analysis on data generated from estate payroll tabulations and from observations of different managerial strategies or styles on three sugar estate farms.	JAMAICA.
535	Dreher, Melanie Creagan	1982	Working Men and Ganja: Marihuana Use in Rural Jamaica.	1982. Working Men and Ganja: Marihuana Use in Rural Jamaica. Philadelphia: Institute for the Study of Human Issues.	A major study of marihuana-linked behavior and variations in marihuana use carried out in three rural Jamaican communities. Author argues that ganja use at community level is dependent on local socioeconomic factors and explores relationship of level of ganja use to position in the local stratification systems. Dissects contrasting claims about relationship of ganja to work performance by comparing ganja-using and nonusing sugar cane cutters.	JAMAICA.
536	Dressler, William W.	1986	Hypertension and Culture Change in the Caribbean.	1986. Hypertension and Culture Change in the Caribbean. In Health Care in the Caribbean and Central America. Frank McGlynn, ed. Pp. 69-93. Williamsburg, VA: Dept. of Anthropology, College of William and Mary.	With specific reference to St. Lucia, author argues that culture change and modernization in the Caribbean has led to increasing prevalence of hypertension and that this disease, already a significant public health hazard in St. Lucia, is as much a sociocultural as a biomedical phenomenon. Suggestions offered to promote prevention and achieve control.	CARIBBEAN. ST. LUCIA.
537	Dressler, William W.	1982	Hypertension and Culture Change: Acculturation and Disease in the West Indies.	1982. Hypertension and Culture Change: Acculturation and Disease in the West Indies. South Salem, NY: Redgrave Publishing Company.	Study of hypertension in Soufrière, St. Lucia. Author deals with sociocultural factors in disease's development (changing life styles; mating; family structure; psychological factors; etc.) and in response to it (Western medical system; ethnomedical beliefs; behaviors; stress; etc.). Emphasizes how changing socioeconomic environment affects health.	SAINT LUCIA.
538	Dressler, William W.	1980	Ethnomedical Beliefs and Patient Adherence to a Treatment Regimen: A St. Lucian Example.	1980. Ethnomedical Beliefs and Patient Adherence to a Treatment Regimen: A St. Lucian Example. Human Organization 39 (1):88-91.	Brief communication reports research on 40 hypertensive St. Lucians. Study designed to test hypothesis that within mixed medical setting the greater an individual's commitment to an ethnomedical belief system the less likely it is that the individual will adhere to treatment regimen prescribed within Western medical setting. Partial support for hypothesis was found in that the higher an individual's acceptance of personalistic beliefs (i.e., illness explained as the active aggression of some human, non-human, or supernatural agent), the lower their compliance.	ST. LUCIA.
539	Drewal, Henry John and John Mason	1998	Beads, Body, and Soul: Art and Light in the Yoruba Universe	1998. Beads, Body, and Soul: Art and Light in the Yoruba Universe. Los Angeles: UCLA Fowler Museum of Cultural History.	A beautifully illustrated publication linked to a major exhibition of Yoruba beadwork divided into two sections, Africa and The Americas. Of particular interest to Caribbeanists would be latter section, organized and written by John Mason, which includes sub-sections on beadwork in Cuba, the United States, and in Brazilian Candomblé..	CUBA. UNITED STATES. BRAZIL.
540	Dreyfus, Simone	1983	Historical and Political Anthropological Inter-Connections: The Multilinguistic Indigenous Polity of the "Carib" Islands and Mainland Coast from the 16th to the 18th Century	1983-1984. Historical and Political Anthropological Inter-Connections: The Multilinguistic Indigenous Polity of the "Carib" Islands and Mainland Coast from the 16th to the 18th Century. Antropológica 59-62:39-55.	An historical account of indigenous political organization at the time of European conquest and colonization. Author examines role of kinship and marriage, trade, and warfare in the development of "semi-hierarchical" political orders and argues that linguistic boundaries never marked political limits. She concludes with the hypothesis that the elimination of inter-group warfare transformed the region "into the egalitarian, atomized, and often closed small units of today."	CARIBBEAN. GUIANAS REGION.
541	Dreyfus, Simone	1992	Les reseaux politiques indigènes en Guyane occidentale et leur transformations aux XVIIe et XVIIIe siècles	1992. Les reseaux politiques indigènes en Guyane occidentale et leur transformations aux XVIIe et XVIIIe siècles. Homme, 32: (2-4): 75-98.	Old native political networks in western Guiana were used by early colonists particularly for trade and slaving. During 17th and 18th centuries these networks were profoundly altered and by the early 19th century were nearly destroyed. Author argues that while Americanists have long believed that Amazonian societies were small-scale, self-contained and isolated from each other, evidence of extensive political linkages in the past calls for reconsideration of this position.	GUIANAS.
542	Dridzo, A.D.	1966	K voprosu o chislennosti indeitsev Iamaiki pered nachalom kolonizatsii [The question of the number of Indians in Jamaica before the beginning of colonization]	1966. K voprosu o chislennosti indeitsev Iamaiki pered nachalom kolonizatsii [The question of the number of Indians in Jamaica before the beginning of colonization]. Sovetskaia Etnografiia 3:139-144.		JAMAICA.
543	Dridzo, A.D.	1967	Marun'i Iamaiki vo vtoroi polovine XVIII v. [Jamaican Maroons in the second half of the 18th century]	1967. Marun'i Iamaiki vo vtoroi polovine XVIII v. [Jamaican Maroons in the second half of the 18th century]. In Akademiia Nauk SSSR. Muzei Antropologii i Etnografii. Sbornik. Kul'tura i byt narodov Ameriki. Leningrad, Russia, 1967, p. 279-306.		JAMAICA. WEST INDIES.
544	Drori, Israel and Dennis J. Gayle	1990	Youth Employment Strategies in a Jamaican Sugar-Belt Area.	1990. Youth Employment Strategies in a Jamaican Sugar-Belt Area. Human Organization 49 (4):364-372.	Substantial gap between Jamaican youths' aspirations and capabilities and job availability leads to widespread frustration, idleness, voluntary unemployment, and, on occasion, resigned acceptance of residual job possibilities. This condition encourages labor underutilization and casual employment as well as "aggressive adaptive strategies" by youths who seek multiple occupations, labor exchanges, partnerships, and dependence on patrons and extended family, and/or opt for internal and international migration and circulation. Authors see little hope for any substantial change in these adaptive patterns within the foreseeable future.	JAMAICA.
545	Drori, Israel D.	1981	The Organization of Production Within an Agricultural Cooperative in Jamaica.	1981. The Organization of Production Within an Agricultural Cooperative in Jamaica. In Strategies for Organization of Small-Farm Agriculture in Jamaica. Harvey Blustain and Elsie LeFranc, ed. Pp. 113-139. Mona Jamaica: Institute of social and Economic Research, University of West Indies.	Author examines a strategy by which newly-recruited settlers to a cooperative settlement scheme can adapt to the cooperative structure as well as the viability of group farming as a way of overcoming the constraints traditionally faced by Jamaican small farmers.	JAMAICA.
546	Drummond, Lee	1977	Structure and Process in the Interpretation of South American Myth: The Arawak Dog Spirit People.	1977. Structure and Process in the Interpretation of South American Myth: The Arawak Dog Spirit People. American Anthropologist 79 (4):842-868.	Utilizing a synchronic clan origin myth collected from an Arawak of the upper Pomeroon River, Guyana, author elegantly explores complementarities and contradictions in the two major approaches to the study of symbolic systems — the structuralist and processual (also labeled contextual, performative, or interpretive). Objective is to demonstrate "the possibilities and impossibilities of bringing both approaches to bear on what seem to be fundamental issues at the present state of myth studies."	GUYANA.
547	Du Toit, Brian M.	2001	Ethnomedical (Folk) Healing in the Caribbean	2001. Ethnomedical (Folk) Healing in the Caribbean. In Healing Cultures: Art and Religion as Curative Practices in the Caribbean and its Diaspora. Margarite Fernandez Olmos and Elizabeth Paravisini-Gebert, eds. Pp. 19-28. New York: Palgrave.	Brief review of aspects of ethnopharmacology, faith healing, and culture specific illnesses from various parts of the Caribbean.	CARIBBEAN.
548	Duany, Jorge	1985	Ethnicity in the Spanish Caribbean: Notes on the Consolidation of Creole Identity in Cuba and Puerto Rico, 1762-1868.	1985. Ethnicity in the Spanish Caribbean: Notes on the Consolidation of Creole Identity in Cuba and Puerto Rico, 1762-1868. Ethnic Groups 6 (2-3):99-123.	A comparison of the incorporation of African and European immigrants to Cuba and Puerto Rico after the expansion of sugar plantations in late 18th century. Author argues that ethnicity must be viewed in relation to social class structure and that ethnic groups are conditioned by factors of production. This approach, it is claimed, offers an explanation of "the organization of cultural differences in Cuba and Puerto Rico during this period."	CUBA. PUERTO RICO.
549	Duany, Jorge	2000	Nation on the Move: The Construction of Cultural Identities in Puerto Rico and the Diaspora	2000. Nation on the Move: The Construction of Cultural Identities in Puerto Rico and the Diaspora. American Ethnologist 27(1):5-30.	Any possible reconceptualization of Puerto Rican identity must contain in its formula the Puerto Ricans of the diaspora as well as increasing importance of circulatory migration. This latter pattern, in particular, confounds conventional definitions of "the nation" based exclusively on notions of territory, language, and legalities.	PUERTO RICO. UNITED STATES.
550	Duany, Jorge	2000	Nation on the Move: the Construction of Cultural Identities in Puerto Rico and the Diaspora	2000. Nation on the Move: the Construction of Cultural Identities in Puerto Rico and the Diaspora. American Ethnologist 27(1):5-30.	Nicely argued, well-crafted monograph in which author approaches "the construction and representation of Puerto Rican identity as a hybrid, translocal, and postcolonial sense of peoplehood. Recommended reading.	PUERTO RICO. UNITED STATES.
551	Duany, Jorge	1997	The Creation of a Transnational Caribbean Identity: Dominican Immigrants in San Juan and New York City	1997. The Creation of a Transnational Caribbean Identity: Dominican Immigrants in San Juan and New York City. In Ethnicity, Race and Nationality in the Caribbean. Juan Manuel Carrión, ed. Pp. 195-232. San Juan: University of Puerto Rico, Institute of Caribbean Studies.	Findings from ethnographic field research in New York and San Juan indicate existence of transnational identity among Dominican migrants.	PUERTO RICO. UNITED STATES. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
552	Duany, Jorge	1996	Transnational Migration from the Dominican Republic: The Cultural Redefinition of Racial Identity	1996. Transnational Migration from the Dominican Republic: The Cultural Redefinition of Racial Identity. Caribbean Studies 29(2):253-282.	Analysis of racial identity among Dominican migrants in New York and Puerto Rico in which author argues that the Iberian-Caribbean three-tiered model (white-mulatto-black or white-black-other) held by migrants conflicts with two-tiered northwest European model. Each model has implications for racial attitudes and relations and the conflict between them is a challenge to migrants' adjustment.	PUERTO RICO. UNITED STATES. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
553	Dubelaar, C.N.	1970	Het Afaka-schrift in the Afrikanistiek	1970. Het Afaka-schrift in the Afrikanistiek. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 47(3):294-303.	Linguistic comparisons of Surinam script with African systems of notation.	SURINAM
554	Dubois, Laurent	2001	Vodou and History.	2001. Vodou and History. Comparative Studies in Society and History 43(1):92-100.	Review of four recent works that "make new contributions" to study of Vodou (by Donald Cosentino [ed], Sandra Barnes [ed], Margarite Fernandez Olmos and Elizabeth Paravisini-Gebert [eds} and Joan Dayan) suggests that although these books provide no particularly coherent strategy for Vodou studies they do move away from traditional approaches such as African retentions or cultural syncretisms and indicate the need for approaches that bridge anthropology, history and literary analysis.	HAITI.
555	Dubreuil, Guy	1965	La famille martiniquaise: analyse et dynamique.	1965. La famille martiniquaise: analyse et dynamique. Anthropologica 7 (1):103-129.	Analysis and dynamics of the Martiniquan family in the context of a rural community containing large sugar estate and small plots of land owned by peasant banana growers. Modes of inheritance and illegitimacy are seen as generative of economic inequalities and different family types. Author posits a developmental model which accounts for different "sub-types" of family being formed by different situations. "The whole context may be seen as a game where the mother tries to 'sell' her matri-nuclear unit (herself and her children) for sexual and economic cooperation, while the man tends to retain his two major assets, legal paternity and land ownership, until he has reached a certain economic security and selected the woman with whom he wishes to make the concubinage or marriage deal."	MARTINIQUE.
556	Duncan, Neville and Kenneth O'Brien	1983	Women and Politics in Barbados, 1948-1981.	1983. Women and Politics in Barbados, 1948-1981. Cave Hill, Barbados: Institute of Social and Economic Research, Eastern Caribbean, University of the West Indies.	This third volume of a research series on the role of women in the English-speaking Caribbean deals with Barbadian female participation in local politics and in formal legislative bodies, with female membership on statutory boards, commissions, and public corporations, with female partisan involvement, and with women and electoral politics.	BARBADOS.
557	Duncan, Ronald J.	1978	The People of Puerto Rico and the "Culturing System" Concept.	1978. The People of Puerto Rico and the "Culturing System" Concept. Revista/ Review Interamericana 8 (1):59-64.	A contribution to a symposium that reconsidered Julian Steward’s The People of Puerto Rico 25 years after its completion, this article rejects the evolutionism and typologizing of Steward as no longer adequate and proposes the "culturing system" concept as a new and potentially productive thrust (i.e., a concept of behavior that can incorporate innovative and generative dimensions into an overall ecology of behavior; the realization of behaviors by individuals based on their own experience and the influences of the physical and social environments). For other contributions on the subject, see items 775, 786, 791, 807 and 812.	PUERTO RICO.
558	Dunham, Katherine	1969	Island Possessed	1969. Island Possessed. Garden City: Doubleday.	Experiences in Haiti of the famous dancer, choreographer, and anthropologist. Cultural patterns, traditions. and religious practices of the rural folk are described as well as Dunham’s personal exploration of Vodou. “Author's experiences touch all social groups: she reminisces upon her relations with the Haitian elite with the same warmth with which she depicts her friendships with lower classes”.	HAITI.
559	Dunham, Katherine	1983	Dances of Haiti.	1983. Dances of Haiti. Los Angeles: Center for Afro-American Studies, University of California.	A revised English-language edition of earlier Spanish and English (1947) and French (1957) versions. This short but still valuable study emphasizes material aspects of the dance, organization of dance groups, functions of dances, and interrelation of form and function. This version includes Claude Lévi-Strauss's brief forward to the French edition and a glossary.	HAITI.
560	Dunham, Katherine	1971	Journey to Accompong	1971. Journey to Accompong. Westport: Negro Universities Press.	Originally published in 1946, this slim volume describes, almost in diary form, author's brief stay among the Maroons of Accompong, Jamaica. While not designed as an anthropological monograph, it does provide glimpses of the social and political organization, work patterns, folklore, and courtship practices of the descendants of a renown group of escaped slaves.	JAMAICA.
561	Durant-González, Victoria	1983	The Occupation of Higglering.	1983. The Occupation of Higglering. Jamaica Journal 16 (3):2-12.	A description of the occupation of higglering in Jamaica - its organization, skills, methods of recruitment, rewards and the options it offers women. Author does not theorize as to the existence of such informal economic systems nor as to their occurrence alongside the corporate capitalist economy.	JAMAICA.
562	Durbin, Mridula Adenwala	1973	Formal Changes in Trinidad Hindi as a Result of Language Adaptation	1973. La structure fonciére de la Martinique. American Anthropologist 75 (5):1290-1304.	Author contends that changes and directions of change in the structure of Trinidadian Hindi are best explained by sociocultural changes over time in the East Indian community of Trinidad. Five aspects of the sociocultural order are stressed: relationship between caste and language in India; the breaking down of caste structure among immigrants to Trinidad; development of a new network of communication; effect of this new network on the emerging code of Trinidadian East Indians; and, change in the functions of Hindic LANGUAGE AND ITS EFFECT ON THE EMERGING CODE.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
563	Ebanks, G. Edward	1985	Infant and Child Mortality and Fertility: Trinidad and Tobago, Guyana and Jamaica.	1985. Infant and Child Mortality and Fertility: Trinidad and Tobago, Guyana and Jamaica. Voorburg, The Netherlands: International Statistical Institute and London: World Fertility Survey.	A demographic study of infant mortality, child mortality, and fertility, and their interrelationships in three Anglophone countries. Of considerable value to anthropologists.	GUYANA. JAMAICA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
564	Eckardt, Ursula M. von.	1968	Dating, Sex, and Friendship Among Puerto Rican Adolescents.	1968. Dating, Sex, and Friendship Among Puerto Rican Adolescents. In Proceedings: The Family in the Caribbean. Conference on the Family in the Caribbean, I, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, 1968, 118-134. Río Piedras, PR: Univ. of Puerto Rico, Institute of Caribbean Studies.	Study of 20 Puerto Rican middle-class adolescents focused on how the young confront and cope with the rapid changes that have taken place on the island. Specially prepared Student Thematic Apperception Tests (TAT) employed as well as intensive open-ended and closed interviews by psychiatrists over three-year period. Part of a larger study, this article concentrates on dating behavior, chaperoning, sex and heterosexual relationships, and friendship patterns.	PUERTO RICO.
565	Edel, Matthew	1967	Jamaican Fishermen: Two Approaches in Economic Anthropology	1967. Jamaican Fishermen: Two Approaches in Economic Anthropology. Social and Economic Studies 16(4):432-439.	Primary aim of the author, an economist, is "to indicate an approach by which the insights of economics can more consistently be integrated with the analysis of anthropological data on the problem of innovation." In this context, he examines the anthropological studies of William Davenport and Lambros Comitas on fishing villages in Jamaica since both utilized economic elements to explain decisions made by fishermen.	JAMAICA.
566	Edmondson, Belinda	2003	Public spectacles: Caribbean women and the politics of public performance.	2003. Public spectacles: Caribbean women and the politics of public performance. Small Axe 13:1-16.	Interesting essay utilizing class discourse on conflicting ideologies surrounding contemporary black, brown, white and Asian women’s public performance, particularly in national and international beauty pageants, in calypso contests and other popular cultural forms prevailing in the Caribbean public sphere.	CARIBBEAN.
567	Edwards, Melvin R.	1980	Jamaican Higglers: Their Significance and Potential.	1980. Jamaican Higglers: Their Significance and Potential. Swansea, Wales: Centre for Development Studies, University College of Swansea.	A description of Jamaican higglers, or operators of the indigenous marketing system. The reasons for the existence of informal economic systems and of the unique cultural and social features in which they are imbedded, are not explored.	JAMAICA.
568	Edwards, W. and K. Gibson	1979	An Ethnohistory of Amerindians in Guyana.	1979. An Ethnohistory of Amerindians in Guyana. Ethnohistory 26 (2):161-175.	Using available sources, authors give historical account of Amerindian tribal migration into Guyana. They posit that the Warran arrived first, when still "marginals," followed by Arawaks from Orinoco-Río Negro area, and then by Carib from Xingú-Tapajoz area.	GUYANA.
569	Eguchi, Nobukiyo	1997	Ethnic Tourism and Reconstruction of the Caribs' Ethnic Identity	1997. Ethnic Tourism and Reconstruction of the Caribs' Ethnic Identity. In Ethnicity, Race and Nationality in the Caribbean. Juan Manuel Carrión, ed. Pp. 364-380. San Juan: University of Puerto Rico, Institute of Caribbean Studies.	A discussion of Carib ethnic identity within the context of tourism and nation-building in Dominica. Author contends that a number of aspects of that identity, particularly the "primitive," have been reconstructed as an adaptive strategy to attract tourists. Maintenance of a distinctive Carib identity, however, is not always consistent with the official nation-building efforts of Dominica.	DOMINICA.
570	Ehrensaft, Philip	1968	Authentic Planning or Afro-Asian Appalachia?	1968. Authentic Planning or Afro-Asian Appalachia? ABS, 12(2):53-59.	Open, orthodox model of development chosen by the People's National Movement of Trinidad and Tobago is not generating enough growth or structural changes to alleviate longrun economic pressures. Authentic planning is needed as a counter to economic stagnation and a repressive state mechanism.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
571	Ehrlich, Allen S.	1971	History, Ecology, and Demography in the British Caribbean: An Analysis of East Indian Ethnicity.	1971. History, Ecology, and Demography in the British Caribbean: An Analysis of East Indian Ethnicity. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 27 (2):166-180.	Unlike Trinidad and Guyana, field research indicates that no modified forms of traditional East Indian cultural patterns persist in Jamaica. Three factors offered as explanation: 1) the different level of development of the plantation system in each of the three territories; 2) differences in the natural environment and 3) the different adaptations of the emancipated Negro slaves. "In all three areas (Jamaica, Trinidad, and Guyana) the factors articulated with one another in quite distinct ways, and this led in time to the concentration or dispersal of East Indian indentured laborers. The degree of ethnic concentration during the indentureship period appears to be crucial for understanding East Indian cultural retention or loss."	GUYANA. JAMAICA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
572	Ehrlich, Allen S.	1974	Ecological Perception and Economic Adaptation in Jamaica	1974. Ecological Perception and Economic Adaptation in Jamaica. Human Organization 33(2):155-161.	Author deals with adaptational responses of East Indians in Jamaica to the sugar plantation system as they moved from status of indentured laborers to part-time peasantry and then to rural proletariat. For lengthy period of time, sugar estate owners and Indian cane workers in western Jamaica perceived an environment composed of two ecological niches: flat dry lands suited for cane production and wet morass lands for rice cultivation. Up to 1959, the Indian laborer could work for the estate for wages and rent land for rice cultivation. When sugar companies needed the wet lands for expansion of cane fields, East Indians were forced from part-time peasant status to that of full-time rural proletariat with deleterious social and economic effects.	JAMAICA.
573	Ehrlich, Allen S.	1982	The Interplay of Rice and Cane: East Indians in Rural Jamaica.	1982. The Interplay of Rice and Cane: East Indians in Rural Jamaica. In East Indians in the Caribbean: Colonialism and the Struggle for Identity, 141-157. Millwood, NY: Kraus International Publications.	In the past, East Indians in the Jamaican parish of Westmoreland derived a comfortable existence from the cultivation of two crops, sugar cane and rice. In the cultivation of cane they sold labor outright to estates, while in rice cultivation they labored for themselves. Forced conversion of rice lands to cane led to breakdown of dual crop pattern and to proletarianizing of population.	JAMAICA.
574	Ehrlich, Allen S.	1989	The Cultural Ecology of two East Indian Populations in Jamaica.	1989. The Cultural Ecology of two East Indian Populations in Jamaica. In Indenture & Exile: The Indo-Caribbean Experience, 79-90. Toronto, Canada: TSAR, Ontario Association for Studies in Indo-Caribbean Culture.l.	Ecological difference was responsible for quite different patterns of adaptation by East Indians located in the two largest sugar parishes of the island. Those in Westmoreland, estate laborers who were also able to cultivate rice for subsistence purposes, became "peasantized;" those in Clarendon, estate laborers who for ecological reasons could cultivate only sugarcane on their private holdings, became "proletarianized."	JAMAICA.
575	Elder, J.D.	1969	From Congo Drum to Steelband: A Socio-Historical Account of the Emergence and Evolution of the Trinidad Steel Orchestra	1969. From Congo Drum to Steelband: A Socio-Historical Account of the Emergence and Evolution of the Trinidad Steel Orchestra. St. Augustine: Univ. of the West Indies.	Description and analysis of steelband development placed in the context of folkloric and musical contributions over time of various ethnic elements of Trinidadian society.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
576	Elder, J.D.	1966	Kalinda: Song of the Battling Troubadours of Trinidad	1966. Kalinda: Song of the Battling Troubadours of Trinidad. Journal of the Folklore Institute 3(2):192-203.	Ethnographic description of the Trinidadian variety of Kalinda, a 19th-century form of stick-fighting and the songs related to the ritualized combat. Kalinda was a well-organized, occasionally lethal game, played by lower class Negroes, and it influenced the thematic and structural development of the calypso.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
577	Elder, J.D.	1968	The Male-Female Conflict in Calypso	1968. The Male-Female Conflict in Calypso. Caribbean Quarterly 14(3):23-41.	Utilizing the Cantometrics technique developed by Alan Lomax and associates, author systematically isolates the social attitude factor he calls Male/Female conflict, discussing its distribution and character as found in Trinidadian calypsos.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
578	Elder, J.D.	1970	The Yoruba Ancestor Cult in Gasparillo: Its Structure, Organization, and Social Function in Community Life.	1970. The Yoruba Ancestor Cult in Gasparillo: Its Structure, Organization, and Social Function in Community Life. Caribbean Quarterly 16 (3):5-20.	Description of an ancestor worship cult in Gasparillo, Trinidad. Author contrasts this cult, whose participants claim descendancy from the Yoruba, Hausa and Congo, with the Yoruba cults of Nigeria described by Bascom, and summarizes some of the practices associated with both. Parallels are drawn between the Trinidadian cult and the sib kinship organization of Gasparillo, in which the family head derives much of his authority from supernatural powers given him by his cultic deity. It is postulated that the internal cohesion demonstrated by Gasparillo and other communities with ancestor cults relates to the sense of continuity and community over time with generations of ancestors.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
579	Elder, J.D.	1988	African Survivals in Trinidad and Tobago.	1988. African Survivals in Trinidad and Tobago. London: Karia Press.	Skimpy treatment of African tribal origins, and of African survivals in language, religion, arts and crafts, and social organization, leads to an uneven conclusion focused on impact of Africa and Afro- Caribbean on social order of Trinidad and Tobago.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
580	Elder, Jacob D.	1965	Song Games from Trinidad and Tobago	1965. Song Games from Trinidad and Tobago. Philadelphia: American Folklore Society.	Collection of 30 song games from Trinidad and Tobago with music, lyrics and a description of how to play each game. Analysis deals with the diffusion, functions, classification and variations of the games.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
581	Elkins, W.F.	1975	The Black Princes of Jamaica.	1975. The Black Princes of Jamaica. Caribbean Studies 15 (1):117-122.	Author describes actions of two Jamaicans who spuriously claimed royal identities (Royal Prince Thomas Isaac Makarooroo of Ceylon and Shervington Mitcheline, Crown Prince and Heir Apparent of the Abyssinian Empire) during early decades of 20th century: "The Black Princes of Jamaica, like countless other persons of African descent, thought of Ethiopia as a nation of freedom and dignity. Biblical references to the ancient empire bolstered this image. Shervington seems to have utilized this popular conception mainly for self-advancement. But Makarooroo had broad social concerns. Through his efforts to revitalize black culture in Jamaica, he helped stimulate the growth of national consciousness, a prerequisite for independence."	JAMAICA.
582	Ellis, Pat, ed.	1986	Women of the Caribbean	1986. Women of the Caribbean. London: Zed Books.	A collection of writings on Caribbean women by 18 Caribbean women. Major topics addressed are: women and history; women and labor; women and the family; women and education; women and culture; and women and development. An excellent introduction by the editor deals with: images of Caribbean women; changing roles and responsibilities; women's economic role; the family, coping strategies; women in organizations; voluntary non-governmental organizations; political involvement of women; the Caribbean women's movement; and women and Caribbean development.	CARIBBEAN.
583	Elsa Leo-Rhynie, Barbara Bailey and Christine Barrow	1997	Gender: A Caribbean Multi-Disciplinary Perspective	1997. Gender: A Caribbean Multi-Disciplinary Perspective. Elsa Leo-Rhynie, Barbara Bailey and Christine Barrow, eds. Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers.	Of considerable interest to anthropologists, this first publication of the Centre for Gender and Development Studies of the University of the West Indies includes articles organized into six sections: research and policy; engendering justice; gender perspectives in education; gender in language, poetry and prose; gender and health; and, gender issues in agriculture.	CARIBBEAN. COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. ANGLOPHONE CARIBBEAN.
584	Elst, Dirk H. van der	1975	The Coppename Kwinti: Notes of an Afro-American Tribe in Surinam	1975. The Coppename Kwinti: Notes of an Afro-American Tribe in Surinam. New West Indian Guide/ Nieuwe West Indische Gids 50(1):7-17.	First part of an ethnographic report on the Kwinti, smallest and least known of Surinam's Bush Negro tribes. Based on field data collected during ten-week pilot study in 1973, this part deals primarily with the history and development of the Kwinti. Particular attention paid to the several Kwinti theories of tribal origins and settlement, to present-day population size, to language and language similarities with Sranan, and to the relativity of tribal isolation and obscurity in Surinam.	SURINAM.
585	Emmer, P.C.	1985	The Great Escape: The Migration of Female Indentured Servants from British India to Surinam, 1873-1916.	1985. The Great Escape: The Migration of Female Indentured Servants from British India to Surinam, 1873-1916. In Abolition and Its Aftermath: The Historical Context, 1790-1916. David Richardson, ed. Pp. 245-266. London: Frank Cass.	Author opposes view that East Indian emigration provided only material improvement for some emigrants involved in a "new system of slavery." Argues that emigrants, particularly women, created their own social and cultural environment in the New World which permitted greater social freedom and provided higher income than that possible at home. The indentured labor system was suppressed not because of intrinsic faults but because "it was an affront to both European liberals and Indian nationalists (including Gandhi)."	SURINAM.
586	Epple, George M.	1977	Technological Change in a Grenada W.I. Fishery, 1950-70.	1977. Technological Change in a Grenada W.I. Fishery, 1950-70. In Those Who Live From the Sea. Estellie M. Smith, ed. Pp. 173-193. St. Paul: West Publishing Co.	Examination of impact of change from oar-and sail-powered to inboard engine fishing craft on other dimensions of a fishery near Grenville, Grenada. Demographic, economic, technological, social, and organizational changes were noted, all of which created the "take-off" conditions that led to the formation of a fishermen's marketing cooperative. Analysis is based on an ecological perspective which views the fishery as a system consisting of natural resources, physical environment, and a human-cultural component.	GRENADA.
587	Epstein, Erwin H.	1967	La enseñanza del idioma y el status político de Puerto Rico: una nueva evaluación	1967. La enseñanza del idioma y el status político de Puerto Rico: una nueva evaluación. Revista de Ciencias Sociales 11(3):293-314.	Drawing on published materials, author analyses the relationship between Puerto Rico's political status and instruction in English in the schools. The ambiguity of Puerto Rico's relationship to the United States has made it difficult for English to become the predominant language of instruction or to be reduced to strictly a position of a second language.	PUERTO RICO.
588	Ericksen, Thomas Hylland	1992	Us and Them in Modern Societies: Ethnicity and Nationalism in Trinidad, Mauritius and Beyond	1992. Us and Them in Modern Societies: Ethnicity and Nationalism in Trinidad, Mauritius and Beyond. Oslo: Scandinavian University Press.	Making use of considerable Trinidadian and Mauritian ethnographic data, author's explores, in interdisciplinary context, the theoretical perspectives impinging on ethnicity, nationalism, and modernity . Difficulties of employing these concepts on modern situations are thoroughly discussed (for example, ethnicities and nations are seen as beset by a dual process of globalization and localization, by simultaneous cultural homogenization and differentiation).	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
589	Eriksen, Thomas Hylland	n.d.	Multiple Traditions and the Question of Cultural Integration	n.d. Multiple Traditions and the Question of Cultural Integration. Ethnos 57(1-2):5-29.	Based on data drawn primarily from East Indians in Trinidad, essay explores an important issue in social anthropology - "the relationship between agency and structure or between holist and individualist orientations in social analysis." In this theoretical and epistemological context, author argues that the identity of Indo-Trinidadians is created mainly through "abstract mediating structures" and not primarily through face-to-face relations.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
590	Evans, Percy C.C. and R.B. Le Page	1967	The Education of West Indian Immigrant Children	1967. The Education of West Indian Immigrant Children. London: National Committee for Commonwealth Immigrants, 1967.	Booklet designed to provide information about the cultural background of West Indian immigrant children in Great Britain as well as to deal with some of the educational difficulties they face in the host society. Evans deals with West Indian social structure (family, religious attitudes, school, and children's activities), and educational problems in English schools; Le Page with linguistic problems.	COMMONWEALTH CARIBBEAN. UNITED KINGDOM.
591	Farmer, Paul	1988	Bad Blood, Spoiled Milk: Bodily Fluids as Moral Barometers in Haiti	1988. Bad Blood, Spoiled Milk: Bodily Fluids as Moral Barometers in Haiti. American Ethnologist 15(1): 62-83.	Description and analysis of case materials dealing with move san, "a somatically experienced disorder caused by emotional distress" found to be widespread among rural Haitian women especially those pregnant or nursing.	HAITI.
592	Fernández Olmos, Margarite and Elizabeth Paravisini-Gebert, eds.	1997	Sacred Possessions: Vodou, Santería, Obeah, and the Caribbean	1997. Sacred Possessions: Vodou, Santería, Obeah, and the Caribbean. Margarite Fernández Olmos and Elizabeth Paravisini-Gebert, eds. New Brunswick, New Jersey: Rutgers University Press.	Interesting collection of chapters, written from several disciplinary perspectives, on various aspects of Afro-Caribbean religions. The single anthropological contribution is "La Regla de Ocha: the religious system of Santería," by Miguel Barnet who stresses the importance of family and kinship bonds in the practice of Santeria as he delineates the history, system, and major divinities of this religion with particular reference to Cuba.	CUBA.
593	Fewkes, Jesse Walter	1970	The Aborigines of Porto Rico and Neighboring Islands.	1970. The Aborigines of Porto Rico and Neighboring Islands. New York: Johnson Reprint Corp.	Commissioned in 1902 by the Bureau of American Ethnology to visit Puerto Rico "which had lately come into the possession of the United States", author published in 1907 one of the first comprehensive accounts of the prehistory of Puerto Rico and adjoining islands. Now reprinted, it contains archaeological data supplemented by historical and ethnological accounts of the time. Sections are devoted to pre-Columbian population, present descendants, race and kinship; bodily, mental, and moral characteristics, government, political divisions, house types, secular customs, religion, archaeological sites, and archaeological objects. After weighing evidence and various arguments, author accepts the theory of the South American origin of West Indian islanders.	PUERTO RICO.
594	Figueroa, Peter M.E. and Ganga Persuad eds.	1976	Sociology of Education: A Caribbean Reader.	1976. Sociology of Education: A Caribbean Reader. Oxford: Oxford University Press.	Given current anthropological interest in problems of Caribbean education, this collection of 14 articles (9 previously printed and 5 for first time) should prove a valuable research source: Peter M.E. Figueroa and Ganga Persuad's "Sociology, Education and Change;" George L. Beckford's "Plantation Society: Toward a General Theory of Caribbean Society;" Errol Miller's "Education and Society in Jamaica;" Samuel Bowles' "Cuban Education and the Revolutionary Ideology;" Ganga Pesuad's "The Hidden Curriculum in Teacher Education and Schooling;" and "School Authority Pattern and Students' Social Development in Jamaican Primary Schools;" Sherry Keith's "Socialization in the Jamaican Primary School: a Study of Teacher Evaluation and Student Participation;" Peter M.E. Figueroa's "Values and Academic Achievement among High School Boys in Kingston, Jamaica;" Ahamad Baksh's "The Mobility of Degree Level Graduates of the University of Guyana;" Malcolm Cross and Allan M. Schwartzbaum's "Social Mobility and Secondary School Selection in Trinidad and Tobago;" P.B. Dyer's "The Effect of the Home on the School in Trinidad;" L.H.E. Reid's "School and Environmental Factors in Jamaica;" Edward P.G. Seaga's "Parent Teacher Relationships in a Jamaican Village;" and Martin Carnoy's "Is Compensatory Education Possible?".	CARIBBEAN. CUBA. JAMAICA. GUYANA. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
595	Fischer, Michael M.J.	1976	Value Assertion and Stratification: Religion and Marriage in Rural Jamaica, pt. 1	1976. Value Assertion and Stratification: Religion and Marriage in Rural Jamaica, pt. 1. Caribbean Studies 14(1):7-37.	First of a two part article on the role of religion (and marriage) in a rural community in St. Thomas Parish, Jamaica with focus as to how religion is used to separate as well as bind people. This first part describes location of the community (or economic and geographic ecology) as context for the argument followed by a description and analysis of communal social stratification (the majority of the population being "lumpenproletariat" and "working class" with a limited number of lower middle class clerks, teachers, etc. and one or two others "who have managed to move upwards"). Concluding section of this first part begins to delineate two religious styles in the community.	JAMAICA.
596	Fisher, Lawrence E.	1976	Dropping Remarks and the Barbadian Audience	1976. Dropping Remarks and the Barbadian Audience. American Ethnologist 392):227-242.	Sociolinguistic analysis of "fighting with words" in Barbados but with general applicability to the English-speaking Caribbean. As author puts it, article deals with "an organized and typically clever routine used by Barbadians to goad an opponent during an intermediate stage of dispute. In a prevalent form the speaker makes a comment ostensibly for one hearer, though the intention is to demean an overhearer who recognizes the speaker's intention to insult." Focus is on the "deliberate creation and propagation of interpersonal strife through manipulation of these transparently ambiguous messages." Sections on the strategy of dropping remarks, speaker, audience, and overhearer, participation in speech events, indirect versus direct discourse, frame disputes or framed disputes, and dropping remarks and signifying. Of considerable value to field anthropologists.	BARBADOS.
597	Fisher, Lawrence E.	1985	Colonial Madness: Mental Health in the Barbadian Social Order.	1985. Colonial Madness: Mental Health in the Barbadian Social Order. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.	The author provides a comprehensive anthropological overview of Barbadian culture through the filter of a detailed ethnographic analysis of Barbadian views of 'madness' in the 1970s. His unique but not exclusive objective is to explore the colonial realities of present-day Barbados through the orientations of madness of lower-class villagers and mental patients. He does so by moving backward and forward through time to bring his study of the madhouse within the context of everyday life between the Barbadian Mental Hospital and the village. His is a substantial contribution to our understanding of West Indian life.	BARBADOS.
598	Fitzherbert, Katrin	1967	West Indian Children in London	1967. West Indian Children in London. London: Bell.	Anthropologist’s description and analysis of West Indian children in London divided into three substantive sections: the first, utilizing published sources, deals with family system in the West Indies; the second reports on 150 case histories of West Indian or half-West Indian children in London under care, and the third reviews six months' field work as a child care officer who put into practice special methods deemed relevant in West Indian family crises.	UNITED KINGDOM.
599	Fjellman, Stephen M. and Hugh Gladwin	1985	Haitian Family Patterns of Migration to South Florida.	1985. Haitian Family Patterns of Migration to South Florida. Human Organization 44 (4):301-312.	The Haitian household, it is argued, is not a bounded household, it can function as an extended network. Given the fact that the meaning of family for Haitians includes a wide range of real and fictive kinship ties which can be mobilized for support even when members live far apart makes it possible for extended Haitian families to survive and even prosper under difficult circumstances. Evidence generated from Haitian migrants in Florida.	HAITI. UNITED STATES.
600	Fletcher, L.P.	1972	The Decline of Friendly Societies in Grenada: Some Economic Aspects.	1972. The Decline of Friendly Societies in Grenada: Some Economic Aspects. Caribbean Studies 12(2):99-111.	History of the friendly society movement in Grenada from the first decade of the 20th century to the late 1960s. Author defends the proposition that the decline of the movement was due primarily to "inappropriate responses by friendly societies to inflationary conditions and rising real wages;" and argues that this valuable institution will not survive unless government reverses its policy of neglect and upgrades and modifies its educational system.	GRENADA.
601	Fluehr-Lobban, Carolyn	2000	Anténor Firmin: Haitian Pioneer of Anthropology	2000. Anténor Firmin: Haitian Pioneer of Anthropology American Anthropologist 102(3):449-466.	A recognition of the scholarly significance of a remarkable 19th Century Haitian intellectual and his pioneering work in anthropology. Firmin's massive opus, The Equality of the Races, published in French in 1885, systematically and brilliantly challenges De Gobineau on race and the race question. What is also remarkable is that Firmin and his work are virtually unknown to contemporary anthropology.	HAITI. CARIBBEAN.
602	Foner, Nancy	1987	West Indians in New York City and London: A Comparative Analysis	1987. West Indians in New York City and London: A Comparative Analysis. In Caribbean Life in New York City: Sociocultural Dimensions. Constance R. Sutton and Elsa M. Chaney, eds. Pp. 117-130. Staten Island: Center for Migration Studies.	A discussion of how and why West Indians in the United States fare better occupationally than West Indians in Great Britain.	CARIBBEAN. UNITED STATES. GREAT BRITAIN.
603	Foner, Nancy	1972	Competition, Conflict, and Education in Rural Jamaica	1972. Competition, Conflict, and Education in Rural Jamaica. Human Organization 31(4): 395-402.	Analysis of the effects of improved educational opportunities on the community level. As education is now considered a prime mechanism for success in Jamaica, competition for secondary education "has become dominant theme in local disputes. These disputes arise because villagers are sensitive to the slightest indication of superior status from kin or status equals whose children are successful in school. These disputes thus reflect the contradiction between the norms of the local social system and the norms of individual achievement in the wider society". A tentative conclusion reached is that local disputes and conflicts may have integrative functions for Jamaican society as a whole as they are alternatives to questioning the values of the total society, to "challenging the legitimacy of the institutions which provide only limited channels of mobility".	JAMAICA.
604	Foner, Nancy	1973	Status and Power in Rural Jamaica: A Study of Educational and Political Change	1973. Status and Power in Rural Jamaica: A Study of Educational and Political Change. New York: Columbia Univ., Teachers College Press.	Based on field work in 1968-69, author explores changes among residents of a community in St. Ann Parish engendered by constitutional reform and the independence of Jamaica. Monograph is organized into three parts: the first offers a description of the community and an analysis of the local status system (ranking by community members, bases of stratification, occupation and land ownership, life style, leadership, color and education, residence, subjective ranking, local and national status systems); the second deals primarily with education (history in Jamaica, mobility in the past, past avenues for occupational mobility, recent developments), education and status aspirations (attitudes toward education, changing patterns, child-centeredness), correlates of educational attainment (occupation, education, marital status, family environment, church affiliation, sex role differentiation), and disputes and educational mobility (disputes focused on education are seen by the author as a medium for the expression of status envy among villagers and a major outlet for the expression of general discontent); the third part deals with politics and political organization (modern political parties, local political organization, patronage), and politics and interpersonal relations. Conclusions relate to development and modernization in new states.	JAMAICA.
605	Foner, Nancy	1973	Party Politics in a Jamaican Community	1973. Party Politics in a Jamaican Community. Caribbean Studies 13(2):51-64.	Although modern two-party politics are operating in Jamaica and local party branches exist in rural town, author's research indicates that the PNP and JLP do not provide rural Jamaicans with opportunities to achieve prestige, power, or any significant economic gain. Local political office leads neither to power nor prestige; political conflict on the village level is minimal; and rewards distributed locally by the parties do not permit occupational mobility. It is suggested that these conditions may well have implications for the future. "For if modern political institutions do not provide the means for rural villagers to express their aspirations or achieve desired goals, does this suggest that when they act politically they will do so outside of the formal political institutions of the society?"	JAMAICA.
606	Foner, Nancy	1978	Jamaica Farewell: Jamaican Migrants in London.	1978. Jamaica Farewell: Jamaican Migrants in London. Berkeley: University of California Press.	Based on data generated from a structured interview administered to a non-random sample of 110 Jamaican migrants in London in 1973, this book examines how various types of status change affect the lives of these transplanted West Indians. The study "explores how Jamaicans' mobility experiences, or the structural aspects of status change, affect their reactions to life in London. It also examines the cultural aspects of status change — how Jamaican migrants perceive their own and others' social position, and how they perceive changes in their own position in England. What the analysis of these perceptions shows is that the symbolic meaning of various status criteria seems to have shifted in the move to England — indeed, a new set of cultural values is beginning to emerge."	JAMAICA. UNITED KINGDOM.
607	Foner, Nancy	1987	The Jamaicans: Race and Ethnicity Among Migrants in New York City	1987. The Jamaicans: Race and Ethnicity Among Migrants in New York City. In New immigrants in New York. Nancy Foner, ed. Pp. 195-217. New York: Columbia University Press.	The meaning of race and ethnicity for Jamaican migrants is explored as well as how this migration influences the nature of race and ethnic relations in New York City. Author concludes that while a heightened sense of race provides Jamaicans with potential bonds to black Americans, ethnicity serves to separate and divide.	UNITED STATES. JAMAICA.
608	Fontaine, Pierre-Michel	1981	Language, Society and Development: Dialectic of French and Creole use in Haiti.	1981. Language, Society and Development: Dialectic of French and Creole use in Haiti. Latin American Perspectives 8 (1):28-46.	Exploration by author of profoundly social and political nature of linguistic problem in Haiti who views it primarily as the manifestation of imperial or neoimperial domination and thus linked to class, political power, and social status. He discusses how domination is manifested in relationship between French and Creole.	HAITI.
609	Forsythe, Dennis	1983	Rastafari, for the Healing of the Nation.	1983. Rastafari, for the Healing of the Nation. Kingston: Zaika Publications.	A report of the personal "discovery" of Rastafari by a Jamaican sociologist. Author regards his experience "as a mystical journey and a modern manifestation of the ancient mystery Religious tradition." He provides Interesting, idiosyncratic sections on Rastafari roots, concepts, the ganja controversy, Rastas and the Chakras, and West Indian culture through Rasta eyes.	JAMAICA.
610	Forte, Janette	1988	Los pueblos indígenas de Guyana	1988. Los pueblos indígenas de Guyana. América Indígena 48 (2):323-352.	Summary ethnographic accounts are provided of the nine surviving Arawak and Carib tribes and the Warrau in Guyana with emphasis on the steady acculturation pressure over time and changes induced by substantial cultural and economic change.	GUYANA.
611	Forte, Janette	1999	Karikuri: the Evolving Relationship of the Karinya People of Guyana to Gold Mining	1999. Karikuri: the Evolving Relationship of the Karinya People of Guyana to Gold Mining. New West Indian Guide/Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 73(1-2):59-82.	Account of the historical and contemporary importance of gold prospecting and mining in the life and culture of the Karinya, a Carib speaking people of the North West District of Guyana.	GUYANA.
612	Foster, Byron	1981	Body, Social and Social Structure at the Garifuna Dugu.	1981. Body, Social and Social Structure at the Garifuna Dugu. Belizean Studies 9 (4):1-11.	Author explores the meaning and socioeconomic aspects of dugu, the ultimate rite of a sequence related to Garifuna ancestors.	BELIZE.
613	Foster, Byron	1982	Spirit Possession in Southern Belize.	1982. Spirit Possession in Southern Belize. Belizean Studies 10 (2):18-23.	Functional explanation of women's behavior under possession during dugu, a Garifuna curing rite. At dugu, a female, possessed by ancestors, is able to extract cash from close male kin. Dugu ritual helps women make matrifocality and consanguineal household viable institutions.	BELIZE.
614	Foster, Byron	1986	Heart Drum: Spirit Possession in the Garifuna Communities of Belize	1986. Heart Drum: Spirit Possession in the Garifuna Communities of Belize Belize: Cubola Productions.	An analysis of Garifuna dugu ritual in Belize that considers the nature of illness and healing, ritual group recruitment, and symbolic significance of the ritual itself. Interesting examination of the "sequences of possession" which contrasts an "afflicted" woman with an "afflicted" man using genealogies and informant accounts.	BELIZE.
615	Foster, Byron	1988	Estructura familiar garífuna: un análisis comparativo	1988. Estructura familiar garífuna: un análisis comparativo. América Indígena 48(2):233-281.	Garifuna household composition is often classified as matrifocal, a "somewhat misleading category" according to author. Discounting conventional arguments accounting for this condition, he stresses that they fail to account for the generational shallowness of female -headed Garifuna households which he suggests stems from "the accumulation of groups of matrilateral kin in male- headed households" triggered by the economic non-viability of three generation female-headed households and by social cohabitation.	CENTRAL AMERICA.
616	Foster, Byron	1987	Celebrating Autonomy: The Development of Garifuna Ritual on St. Vincent	1987. Celebrating Autonomy: The Development of Garifuna Ritual on St. Vincent. Caribbean Quarterly 33(3-4):75-83.	An account of the history of the Garifuna on St. Vincent and of the Afro-Carib/Island Carib rift serves as a backdrop for an examination of the dugu ritual. Elements of this hybrid form are compared to Island Carib mortuary rites and West African celebrations of death. Relationship of dugu to fertility is explored and author probes reasons for why and when the ritual flourished.	ST. VINCENT
617	Fouchard, Jean	1972	Langue et littérature des aborigenes d'Ayti	1972. Langue et littérature des aborigenes d'Ayti. Paris: Editions de l'Ecole.	Utilizing diverse archival and historical materials, author attempts a general review of the problems of illuminating language and oral literature of Haitian aboriginals.	HAITI.
618	Fouchard, Jean	1981	The Haitian Maroons: Liberty or Death.	1981. The Haitian Maroons: Liberty or Death. New York: Edward W. Blyden Press.	An English language translation of rich, massively detailed 1972 French publication on Haitian Maroons and maroonage, based on materials culled from Saint-Domingue newspapers. C.L.R. James' preface claims that the author "establishes that the Haitian nation, the result of the only successful slave revolt in history, was formed, organized and maintained by the Maroons, the slaves who had run away from the slave society organized by the Metropolitan forces and made a place for themselves in the inaccessible hills."	HAITI.
619	Fouché, Franck	1976	Voudou et théâtre.	1976. Voudou et théâtre. Montréal, Canada: Les Editions Nouvelles Optique.	Haitian author explores the vodun phenomenon as pre-theatre and theatre. If vodun is indeed pre-theatre with myth, ritual, and symbolism, as author believes, it can also be considered theatre, or what he refers to as théatre-histoire, a kind of living theatre of Haitian history. As such, he attributes to vodun another role, revolutionary theatre, in which art and politics are merged into a popular form of expression which will serve the Haitian people towards a definition of their cultural identity and in their struggle against neocolonialism.	HAITI.
620	Fouron, Georges E. and Nina Glick Schiller	1997	Haitian Identities at the Juncture Between Diaspora and Homeland	1997. Haitian Identities at the Juncture Between Diaspora and Homeland. In Caribbean Circuits: New Directions in the Study of Caribbean Migration, 127-159. New York: Center for Migration Studies.	The Lavalas movement, inspired by President Aristide, and its importance in the construction of a transnational state is described and analyzed. The institutionalization of this new form is dealt with in sections on the nature of the Haitian diaspora, the role of family ties, hometown associations in the diaspora, and the impact of the media. Authors conclude that the popular Lavalas movement has had success in bringing the Haitian diaspora into the nation-state building project and they are not at all sure that the movement can be stopped.	HAITI.
621	Fox, Curtis A., Delores Smith, Colwick Wilson	2003	The status of adolescent self-image in Trinidad and Tobago: a cross cultural perspective	2003. The status of adolescent self-image in Trinidad and Tobago: a cross cultural perspective. Journal of Caribbean Studies 17(3):179-200.	Based on a sample of 465 students, authors use a multidimensional conceptualization of self-image "to assess how Trinidad and Tobago adolescent females and males appraise their socioemotional functioning." Somewhat surprisingly, subjects in the study were found to be well adjusted in relation to all the significant aspects of personality adjustment. In sum, subjects reported positive evaluations of the self and very much appear to have good socioemotional adjustment.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
622	Franke, Richard	1971	Economic Circuits in a Surinam Village	1971. Economic Circuits in a Surinam Village. Nieuwe West-Indische Gids 48(2-3):158-172.	Exploration of the influence of the external market on the economy of a Creole village in the east-west center of Surinam.	SURINAM.
623	Fraser, Thomas M. ed.	1973	Windward Road: Contributions to the Anthropology of St. Vincent	1973. Windward Road: Contributions to the Anthropology of St. Vincent. Amherst: Univ. ov Massachusetts, Dept. of Anthropology.	Collection of student papers based on field research in St. Vincent sponsored by the Univ. of Massachusetts field-training course in cultural anthropology during the summer of 1970 and 1971. Includes the following articles: Robert Ciski - "Settlement and Land Use Patterns: Villo Point" Michael A. Krasnow - "Fishing in Calliaqua" John J. Hourihan - "Youth Employment: Stubbs" Susan D. Marks - "Occupational Alternatives: the Hotel Staff" Deborah Laufer - "The Population Problem on St. Vincent" Carey D. Toran - "Education in St. Vincent: Biabou" Grace E. Morth - "Commess: Traditional and Official Forms of Social Control" Phillip S. Katz - "Some Aspects of Gossip: Villo Point" Susan C. Linsey - "The Handicapped Person in Colonarie" F. David Mulcahy - "A Sketch of Vincentian-Portuguese Fold Botany and Medicine" Paul E. Carlson - "Cognition and Social Function in the West Indian Dialect" Linda S. Stone - "East Indian Adaptations on St. Vincent: Richland Park"	ST. VINCENT.
624	Fraser, Thomas M., Jr.	1975	Class and the Changing Bases of Elite Support in St. Vincent, West Indies	1975. Class and the Changing Bases of Elite Support in St. Vincent, West Indies. Ethnology 14(2):197-209.	Analysis of changes taking place in social ranking, mobility, and the validation of status with specific reference to elites in St. Vincent. Author distinguishes a traditional elite, a political elite, and an emerging intellectual elite.	ST. VINCENT.
625	Fredrich, Barbara E.	1981	Research Note: A Prospective St. Lucian Folk Medicine Survey.	1981. Research Note: A Prospective St. Lucian Folk Medicine Survey. Social Science and Medicine 15D (4):435-437.	Author reports on the steps being taken to preserve and further document St. Lucian medicinal plant usage through a program sponsored by the Folk Research Centre on the island and author's own field research.	SAINT LUCIA.
626	Freeman, Carla	Rein	Reinventing Higglering Across Transnational Zones: Barbadian Women Juggle the Triple Shift	Reinventing Higglering Across Transnational Zones: Barbadian Women Juggle the Triple Shift. In Daughters of Caliban: Caribbean Women in the Twentieth Century. Consuelo López Springfield, ed. Pp. 18-38. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.	Barbadian women fashion new feminine identities through the triple shift (a skillful combination of wage work, informal craftmanship, and domestic labor). Three cases are presented of women employed by international data entry firms in Barbados who combine steady income-generating work with a variety of extra jobs. Author discusses the economic, creative, and psychological aspects of a triple shift rooted in local culture but played out on a transnational scene.	BARBADOS.
627	Freeman, Carla	1998	Island-Hopping Body Shopping in Barbados: Localising the Gendering of Transnational Workers	1998. Island-Hopping Body Shopping in Barbados: Localising the Gendering of Transnational Workers. In Caribbean Portraits: Essays on Gender Ideologies and Identities. Christine Barrow, ed. Pp. 14-27. Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers.	Utilizing the new informatics industry (off-shore data entry operations) as basis, author explores notions about gender, work, and identity in the Barbadian context as well as unexpected paradoxes in the beliefs held by both managers and workers about archetypes ideal female workers.	BARBADOS.
628	Freilich, Morris	1968	Sex, Secrets and Systems.	1968. Sex, Secrets and Systems. In Proceedings: The Family in the Caribbean. Conference on the Family in the Caribbean, I, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, 1968, 47-62. Río Piedras, PR: Univ. of Puerto Rico, Institute of Caribbean Studies.	Analysis in systemic terms of sexual life of Negro peasants in a farming community in eastern Trinidad. The "sex-fame game," or sexual involvement with daughters and wives of neighbors, is described and interpreted through the examination of persons involved, time orientation, beliefs, goals of males, goals of females, community information, strategies, and sentiments associated with sexual escapades. Elaborates function of secrets for actors and systems.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
629	Freilich, Morris	1970	Mohawk Heroes and Trinidadian Peasants.	1970. Mohawk Heroes and Trinidadian Peasants. In Marginal Natives: Anthropologists at Work. Freilich, Morris, ed. Pp. 185-250. New York, NY: Harper and Row.	Comparison of approach and results of the author's field work among the Mohawk Indians of New York City and Trinidadian peasants.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. UNITED STATES.
630	Freilich, Morris and Lewis A. Coser	1972	Structured Imbalances of Gratification: The Case of the Caribbean Mating System	1972. Structured Imbalances of Gratification: The Case of the Caribbean Mating System. British Journal of Sociology 23(1):1-19.	Description and analysis of sex life (the "sex-fame game") of Negro peasants based on data collected in 1957-58 in an eastern Trinidadian community located "at an elevation of approximately 5000 feet" which, given the island's topography, would literally place the settlement in the clouds. Authors argue that "a social system... based on complementarity between sexual partners nevertheless presents such asymmetry that its equilibrium is extremely precarious". Ethnographic detail is preceded by a discussion of equilibrium, disequilibrium, and asymmetrical relationships based on Pareto, Merton, Marx, and Alvin Gouldner.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
631	Frucht, Richard ed.	1971	Black Society in the New World.	1971. Black Society in the New World. New York, NY: Random House.	Anthology on aspects of social life among Black populations of the New World. Articles or selections from books of interest to Caribbeanists reprinted in this collection include: Eric Williams "The Origin of Negro Slavery" Mary Reckord "The Jamaica Slave Rebellion" Richard Frucht "A Caribbean Social Type: Neither 'Peasant' nor 'Proletarian'" R.T. Smith "Economic Features of the Household Group" "Culture and Social Structures in the Caribbean: Some Recent Work on Family and Kinship Studies" Gordon K. Lewis "Color and Society in Puerto Rico" Daniel Gúerin "Racial Prejudice and the Failure of the Middle Classes in the West Indies" "The Dawning of Social Consciousness" Rémy Bastien "Voudoun and Politics in Haiti" Vittorio Lanternari "Religious Movements in Jamaica" J.D. Elder "Color, Music, and Conflict: A Study of Aggression in Trinidad with Reference to the Role of Traditional Music" C.L.R. James "From Toussaint L'Ouverture to Fidel Castro."	CARIBBEAN. CUBA. HAITI. JAMAICA. NEVIS. PUERTO RICO. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
632	Frucht, Richard.	1967	A Caribbean Social Type: Neither "Peasant" nor "Proletarian".	1967. A Caribbean Social Type: Neither "Peasant" nor "Proletarian". Social and Economic Studies 16(3): 295-300.	Utilizing data from Nevis, author develops the thesis that categorically Nevitians are neither peasants nor proletarians but that their means of production are peasant-like while the relations of production are proletarian. This seemingly disparate combination is seen as an adaptation to the vicissitudes of a marginal economy.	NEVIS.
633	Frucht, Richard.	1968	Emigration, Remittances and Social Change: Aspects of the Social Field on Nevis, West Indies	1968. Emigration, Remittances and Social Change: Aspects of the Social Field on Nevis, West Indies. Anthropologica n.s., 10(2): 193-208.		NEVIS.
634	Gabriel, Mesmin	1976	Conscience-de-soi du negre dans la culture, vol. 2.	1976. Conscience-de-soi du negre dans la culture, vol. 2. Port-au-Prince: Imprimerie des Antilles.	In a series of articles on black consciousness (originally published in the 1950s in Haitian newspapers), author attempts to integrate the nature-culture perspectives in black thought. Asserting that "political, economic and social problems (of modern civilization) are only a facade which masks the true problem, which is spiritual," Gabriel criticizes white interpretations of African history and culture, discusses the heterogeneous elements in black culture and consciousness, and calls for a philosophical reorientation in modern society. This reorientation, following the order of black consciousness, would reverse the "modern" supremacy of science over human consciousness and wisdom and would, according to the author, result in true humanism and harmony.	HAITI.
635	García Franco, Marco Darío	1994	Antropología de lo sagrado en el Caribe: culto obeah en Jamaica	1994. Antropología de lo sagrado en el Caribe: culto obeah en Jamaica. Boletin de Antropología Americana 38:135-142.	Essay on the function of the Obeah Man in Jamaican peasant society and his role as mediator between the spiritual and material worlds. Data drawn primarily from Martha Beckwith's 1929 Black Roads and a 1961 article on Jamaican duppy lore by Macedward Leach.	JAMAICA.
636	García Herrera, Rosalía	1972	Observaciones etnológicas de dos sectas religiosas afrocubanas en una comunidad lajera, La Guinea	1972. Observaciones etnológicas de dos sectas religiosas afrocubanas en una comunidad lajera, La Guinea. Islas 43:143-181.	Ethnological observations of two Afro-Cuban religious sects in a Lajera community, La Guinea. The Guinea area of Cuba is known for its largely black population, descendants of slaves from the Terry plantation. Author discusses Africanisms and acculturation in two religious societies, the Unión Lajera and the Sociedad Africana Casino San Antonio.	CUBA.
637	Gardner, Richard E. and Aaron M. Podolefsky.	1977	Some Further Considerations on West Indian Conjugal Patterns.	1977. Some Further Considerations on West Indian Conjugal Patterns. Ethnology 16 (3):299-308.	Based on random sample of 337 male household heads from within and around Portsmouth, Dominica, authors critically examine M.G. Smith's contention that marriage occupies a different position in the life cycle of West Indian peasants and proletariats. After comparing sub-samples of individuals classified as peasants and as proletariats, they find that marriage for both categories is often delayed until the middle to later years of life. "As such, the findings do not support Smith's contention that West Indian peasants and proletariats are characterized by a lack of common regard for Christian marriage."	DOMINICA.
638	Gardner, Richard E. and Jane E. Tinkler	1977	Some Normative Aspects of Friendship in Dominica, West Indies: A Preliminary Analysis.	1977. Some Normative Aspects of Friendship in Dominica, West Indies: A Preliminary Analysis. Anthropology 1(2):147-155.	Study of the behaviors and sentiments Dominican males find rewarding in close or "bosom" friendship. Based on textual analysis of 86 interviews constructed to elicit how respondents construe their world of friendship, authors find that the instrumental aspects and the emotional or affective aspects of close friendship are inextricably bound together. Conclude that the fundamental categories for an understanding of friendship are concern and caring.	DOMINICA.
639	Garrison, Vivian and Carol I. Weiss	Domi	Dominican Family Networks and United States Immigration Policy: A Case Study	Dominican Family Networks and United States Immigration Policy: A Case Study. In Caribbean Life in New York City: Sociocultural Dimensions. Constance R. Sutton and Elsa M. Chaney, eds. Pp. 235-254. Staten Island: Center for Migration Studies.	A detailed case study of one "characteristic" Dominican family in order to examine how extended families adapt to United States immigration policy and the implications of these adaptations for traditional Dominican family structure.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC UNITED STATES.
640	Gaspar, David Barry	1979	Runaways in Seventeenth-Century Antigua, West Indies.	1979. Runaways in Seventeenth-Century Antigua, West Indies. Boletín de Estudios Latinoamericanos 16:3-13.	Examination of maroonage before 1700 on the small and relatively flat sugar island of Antigua. Before and after passage of the 1680 comprehensive act concerning runaway slaves, many slaves temporarily absconded from their plantations in "a form of slave resistance which has been called petit maroonage." Author deals primarily with those involved in grand maroonage, slaves who absconded with no intention of returning. Despite scanty data, author offers interesting example of slave resistance under very unfavorable geographical and ecological conditions.	ANTIGUA.
641	Geijskes, D.C.	1970	Documentary Information About the Surinam Wama or Akurio Indians.	1970. Documentary Information About the Surinam Wama or Akurio Indians. New West Indian Guide/ Nieuwe West Indische Gids 47 (3): 248-259.	Description of Wama or Akurio tribe of Surinam compiled from reports of contacts from 1938 to present. Data on this little-known nomadic group include remarks on language and name of tribe, food patterns, shelters, tools, plants and animals utilized along with some information on family life.	SURINAM.
642	Georges, Eugenia	1992	Gender, Class, and Migration in the Dominican Republic.	1992. Gender, Class, and Migration in the Dominican Republic. In Towards a Transnational Perspective on Migration: Race, Class, Ethnicity, and Nationalism Reconsidered, 81-99. New York: New York Academy of Sciences.	Anthropologist studies the sexual division of labor in a La Sierra village firmly tied to global economy. After three decades of transnational migration between this village in the Dominican Republic and New York City, patterns of gender subordination have not fundamentally changed and traditional gender ideologies apparently have played a significant role in channeling social and economic changes that have taken place.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.
643	Georges, Eugenia	1987	A Comment on Dominican Ethnic Associations	1987. A Comment on Dominican Ethnic Associations. In Caribbean Life in New York City: Sociocultural Dimensions. Constance R. Sutton and Elsa M. Chaney, eds. Pp. 297-302. Staten Island: Center for Migration Studies.	Author argues that more recent research on Dominican voluntary organizations in New York City indicates that the Sassen-Koob thesis (see item 1399), based on a comparison of Colombian and Dominican associations in the city, requires amendment and clarification.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. UNITED STATES.
644	Georges, Eugenia	1990	The Making of a Transnational Community: Migration, Development, and Cultural Change in the Dominican Republic.	1990. The Making of a Transnational Community: Migration, Development, and Cultural Change in the Dominican Republic. New York: Columbia University Press.	This methodologically and theoretically sophisticated study examines the causes, processes, and impact of international labor migration on a highland community in Santiago Province, Dominican Republic. Data from village on changes in economy, household organization, social networks, and local class formation and class segments are assessed in light of Dominican governmental policies and the more diffuse pressures of world system. A substantial contribution to the anthropological understanding of the Dominican Republic and to the study of migration.	DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. UNITED STATES.
645	Gerber, Stanford N.	1974	Reflections on the Concept of Matrifocality	1974. Reflections on the Concept of Matrifocality. Journal of Belizean Affairs 3:24-29.	Brief review of aspects of the literature on the West Indian family. Argument posed is that little evidence exists to support the generalization that the matrifocal family is representative or characteristic in the West Indies and that matrifocality is an "aberrant" structure that does not permit "proper" socialization of the child.	CARIBBEAN.
646	Gerber, Stanford N. and Knud Rasmussen	1981	St. John, Virgin Islands: A Note on Immigration and "Paradise Lost".	1981-1982. St. John, Virgin Islands: A Note on Immigration and "Paradise Lost". Revista/Review Interamericana 11 (4):477-501.	As a result of large-scale immigration, class relations come to St. John, Virgin Islands.	ST. JOHN, U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS.
647	Gerber, Stanford N. ed.	1968	Proceedings: The Family in the Caribbean.	1968. Proceedings: The Family in the Caribbean. Conference on the Family in the Caribbean, I, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, 1968. Río Piedras, PR: Univ. of Puerto Rico, Institute of Caribbean Studies.	Proceedings of a 1968 conference on family in the Caribbean held in St. Thomas.	CARIBBEAN.
648	Gerber, Stanford N., ed.	1973	The Family in the Caribbean: Proceedings	1973. The Family in the Caribbean: Proceedings. Conference on the Family in the Caribbean, 11, Aruba, Netherlands Antilles, 1969. Río Piedras: Univ. of Puerto Rico, Institute of Caribbean Studies.	The two primary objectives of the 1969 Conference on the Family in the Caribbean were to rethink prevalent concepts and notions concerning Caribbean households, domestic groups and family relationships and to suggest new modes of theoretical analysis for dealing with Caribbean-generated data. Collection includes the following articles: Stanford N. Gerber - "Introduction" Vera Green - "Methodological Problems Involved in the Study of the Aruban Family" Sidney M. Greenfield - "Dominance, Focality and the Characterization of Domestic Groups: Some Reflections on 'Matrifocality' in the Caribbean" Anselme Remy - "Some Reflections on Caribbean Anthropology with Special Reference to the Family" Roy Simon Bryce-Laporte - "Family, Household and Intergenerational Relations in a 'Jamaican' Village in Limón, Costa Rica" Helen Icken Safa - "Progress and Poverty: A Study of Relocated Shanty Town Families in Puerto Rico" Annemarie De Waal Malefijt and Marcia Hellerman - "Aruban Mating Patterns" David Stea and James M. Blaut - "Some Preliminary Observations on Spatial Learning in Puerto Rican School Children" Stanford N. Gerber and Howard R. Stanton - "Ethnic Structure and Social Change in the U.S. Virgin Islands" Helen Icken Safa - "Assimilation vs. Pluralism: Two Models for the Integration of Ethnic Groups in the Americas"	CARIBBEAN. ARUBA. COSTA RICA. PUERTO RICO. VIRGIN ISLANDS.
649	Ghani, Ashraf	1998	Routes to the Caribbean: Interview with Sidney Mintz	1998. Routes to the Caribbean: Interview with Sidney Mintz. Plantation Society in the Americas 5(1):103-134.	From the perspective of fifty years of concentration on Caribbean issues and in the context of the history and development of Caribbean anthropology and social science, Sidney Mintz's commentary about his professional evolution.	CARIBBEAN.
650	Gibson, Margaret A.	1983	Ethnicity and Schooling: West Indian Immigrants in the United States Virgin Islands.	1983. Ethnicity and Schooling: West Indian Immigrants in the United States Virgin Islands. Ethnic Groups 5 (3):73-19.	Comparisons between native Cruzians and Down Islanders (immigrants from other islands to the Virgin Islands) suggest the dynamic relationship between ethnicity, schooling, sex role, economic opportunity and adult success, in a case where social class, race and cultural distinctions are minimal. Denied access to employment niches which birthplace and kinship offer to native Cruzians, Down Islanders, both boys and girls, performed better than their Cruzian classmates.	ETHNIC GROUPS AND ETHNICITY — VIRGIN ISLANDS.
651	Gill, Margaret and Joycelin Massiah	1984	Women, Work and Development.	1984. Women, Work and Development. Cave Hill, Barbados: Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of the West Indies.	This sixth volume of a research series on the role of women in the English-speaking Caribbean provides two substantive papers: Margaret Gill treatment of women, work and development in Barbados, 1946-1970, in which economic structures and cultural patterns are explored; and, Joycelin Massiah on indicators of women in development, an article which offers a model for assessing the well-being of women in Caribbean societies.	BARBADOS. CARIBBEAN.
652	Gilloire, Augustin et al.	1978	Reproduction des hierarchies sociales et action de l'ètat: le cas des Antilles Françaises.	1978. Reproduction des hierarchies sociales et action de l'ètat: le cas des Antilles Françaises. Paris: Commissariat General du Plan, Groupe de Recherches sur l'Organisation et le Milieu des Sociétés de la Caraïbe.	Study of perpetuation of social class structure in the French Antilles, particularly Martinique. It is noted that Martinique's failure to industrialize, rather than being a cultural or ecological problem as often held, is actually due to the social structure of the island, since large-scale agriculture (and hence economic power) has always been in the hands of a dominant few. Authors briefly analyze the history of Martinican society and the "departmental" status of the French Antilles. Development policy and the economic role played by the "Grands Blancs" are then explored. Examples of social strategies and intra-class alliances within the dominant group, and evidence of this group's links with the state administration are presented. Finally, an attempt is made to describe the Beke group, and its position in the class structure and the changing economic situation.	FRENCH ANTILLES. MARTINIQUE.
653	Giraud, Michel	1994	Dialectics of Descent and Phenotypes in Racial Classification in Martinique	1994. Dialectics of Descent and Phenotypes in Racial Classification in Martinique. In French and West Indian: Martinique, Guadeloupe, and French Guiana Today. Richard D. E. Burton and Fred Reno, eds. Pp. 75-85. Charlottesville: University Press of London.	Discussion of racial typologies in which author identifies several principles by which racial classifications in Martinique are made: descent (one has the race of one's ancestors), inequality (categories are hierarchical), and stereotypes. Problems implicit in these principles as well as recent changes in their operation are also explored.	MARTINIQUE.
654	Giraud, Michel and Jean-Luc Jamard	1985	Travail et servitude dans l'imaginaire antillais: une littérature oral en question.	1985. Travail et servitude dans l'imaginaire antillais: une littérature oral en question. Revue française d'anthropologie 25 (4[96]):77-96.	Using six folktales, authors link the persistent references to slavery in these texts to the historical context in which the notion of "labor" developed in Guadeloupe and Martinique. They suggest that human populations characterize themselves with reference to the particular problems with which they are confronted and stress the need for cross-cultural study of the representations of labor and their genesis.	GUADELOUPE. MARTINIQUE.
655	Girvan, Norman	1975	Aspects of the Political Economy of Race in the Caribbean and the Americas: A Preliminary Interpretation.	1975. Aspects of the Political Economy of Race in the Caribbean and the Americas: A Preliminary Interpretation. Kingston, Jamaica: University of the West Indies, Institute of Social and Economic Research (ISER).	Essay on the historical development of the Americas with specific reference to the major racial categories involved as context for observations about the political economy of racial exploitation and the nature of the resistance this provoked. Short sections are provided dealing with the colonial period, the 19th century, and contemporary developments.	CARIBBEAN.
656	Glasgow, Roy Arthur	1970	Guyana: Race and Politics Among Africans and East Indians	1970. Guyana: Race and Politics Among Africans and East Indians. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.	Utilizing plural society concept, author attempts to deal with the "social illness of Guyana" and the distinct ideologies that have shaped patterns of social behavior and politics.	GUYANA.
657	Glazier, Stephen D.	1978	Bibliografía del medium espiritista y la posesión: pt. 2.	1978. Bibliografía del medium espiritista y la posesión: pt. 2. Boletín del Museo del Hombre Dominicano 7 (9):137-159.	Part 2 (M-Z) of an unannotated bibliography on the spiritualist medium and possession. While it contains a number of Caribbean-specific references, it's main focus is topical rather than geographic.	CARIBBEAN.
658	Glazier, Stephen D.	1985	Caribbean Ethnicity Revisited: Editor's Introduction.	1985. Caribbean Ethnicity Revisited: Editor's Introduction. Ethnic Groups 6(2-3):85-97.	Introduction to an issue of Ethnic Groups devoted to Caribbean ethnicity in which the author/editor stresses the complexity of the topic and indicates that context and behavior as well as age, sex, wealth, and social mobility must be taken into consideration.	CARIBBEAN.
659	Glazier, Stephen D.	1985	Religion and Social Justice: Caribbean Perspectives.	1985. Religion and Social Justice: Caribbean Perspectives. Phylon 46 (4):283-285.	The introduction to a set of published papers first given at a symposium on religion and justice in honor of the eminent Caribbeanist George Eaton Simpson.	CARIBBEAN.
660	Glazier, Stephen D.	1995	New Religious Movements in the Caribbean: Identity and Resistance	1995. New Religious Movements in the Caribbean: Identity and Resistance. In Born Out of Resistance: On Caribbean Cultural Creativity. Wim Hoogbergen, ed. Pp. 253-262. Utrecht: ISOR-Publications.	Broad survey of Caribbean syncretic religious movements in support of argument that such movements should not be considered simply as expressions of protest or as products of deprivation. Rather, they may have accomodationist aspects and other features that would be overlooked in an approach based solely on resistance or deprivation.	CARIBBEAN.
661	Glazier, Stephen D.	1999	The Noise of Astonishment: Spiritual Baptist Music in Context	1999. The Noise of Astonishment: Spiritual Baptist Music in Context. In Religion, Diaspora, and Cultural Identity: A Reader in the Anglophone Caribbean. John W. Pulis, ed. Pp. 277-294. Amsterdam: Overseas Publishers Association.	Author identifies various elements from Asian, African, and European musical repertoires that continues to impact other musical forms in the Caribbean.	CARIBBEAN. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
662	Glazier, Stephen D.	1982	An Annotated Ethnographic Bibliography of Trinidad.	1982. An Annotated Ethnographic Bibliography of Trinidad. Behavior Science Research 17: (1-2):31-58.	A slightly dated bibliography of articles, books, Ph.D. dissertations, and Masters theses dealing with Trinidad.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
663	Glazier, Stephen D.	1983	Marchin' The Pilgrims Home: Leadership and Decision-Making in an Afro-Caribbean Faith.	1983. Marchin' The Pilgrims Home: Leadership and Decision-Making in an Afro-Caribbean Faith. Westport, CN: Greenwood Press.	An ethnographic study of Spiritual Baptists in Trinidad which focuses on leadership decisions and how these play a critical role in "almost every aspect of church life." The belief system is described as are major church rituals, leadership roles as they relate to change, church organization and its dynamics, and the leader's impact on church economics.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
664	Glazier, Stephen D.	1993	Spiritual Baptists, Shango, and Others: African Derived Religions in the Caribbean	1993. Spiritual Baptists, Shango, and Others: African Derived Religions in the Caribbean. Caribbean Quarterly 39(3-4):v-129.	Special double issue of Caribbean Quarterly contains ten articles, most of these by anthropologists: Stephen Glazier on funerals and mourning in the Spiritual Baptist and Shango traditions; Angelina Pollak-Eltz on the Shango cult and other African rituals in Trinidad, Grenada, and Carriacou; Father Ian A. Taylor on the rite of mourning in the Spiritual Baptist Church; James Houk on the role of the Kabbalah in the Trinidadian Afro-American religious complex; Roland Littlewood on appropriation and reinterpretation in Spiritual Baptist visions; Patrick J. Polk on African religion and Christianity in Grenada; Manfred Kremser on St. Lucian Djine in communion with their African kin; Donald J. Consention on Voudou Vatican or a prolegomenon for understanding authority in a syncretic religion; Maureen Warner-Lewis on African continuities in the Rastafari belief system; and, Carole Yawney's comments on the Spiritual Baptist and Shango papers.	TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. GRENADA. CARRIACOU. ST. LUCIA. JAMAICA. HAITI.
665	Glazier, Stephen D., ed.	1980	Perspectives on Pentecostalism: Case Studies From the Caribbean and Latin America.	1980. Perspectives on Pentecostalism: Case Studies From the Caribbean and Latin America. Washington: University Press of America, Inc.	A volume recording papers presented at a session of an American Anthropological Association meeting in 1977 on the growth of Pentecostalism. The following papers are of direct interest to Caribbeanists: Frederick J. Conway - "Pentecostalism in Haiti: Healing and Hierarchy" William Wedenoja -"Modernization and the Pentecostal Movement in Jamaica" Anthony L. LaRuffa -Pentecostalism in Puerto Rican Society" Stephen D. Glazier -"Pentecostal Exorcism and Modernization in Trinidad, West Indies" Donna Birdwell-Pheasant - “The Power of Pentecostalism in a Belizean Village" Thomas J. Chordas - "Catholic Pentecostalism: a New Word in a New World."	CARIBBEAN. HAITI. JAMAICA. PUERTO RICO. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. BELIZE.
666	Glick, Leonard B.	1985	Epilogue: The Meanings of Ethnicity in the Caribbean.	1985. Epilogue: The Meanings of Ethnicity in the Caribbean. Ethnic Groups 6 (2-3):233-248.	Author provides a general statement on Caribbean ethnicity concluding that the region is experiencing significant social change, "and that ethnicity, with its diverse potential meanings, may provide much of the foundation for Caribbean societies of the future."	CARIBBEAN.
667	Gmelch, George	1987	Work, Innovation, and Investment: The Impact of Return Migrants in Barbados.	1987. Work, Innovation, and Investment: The Impact of Return Migrants in Barbados. Human Organization 46 (2):131-140.	Contrary to the majority opinion that return migrants contribute little to the development of their countries, author argues, from a sample of 135 return Barbadian migrants drawn from both rural and urban settings, that student migrants return to professional and other white-collar positions and do, in fact, contribute significantly with new ideas and techniques. On the other hand, return worker migrants contribute much less in that they are generally employed in jobs that do not make use of overseas experience. Concludes that, on a whole, return migration, through transfer of ideas, attitudes, work skills and capital, is of direct benefit to Barbadian development.	BARBADOS.
668	Gmelch, George	1992	Learning Culture: The Education of American students in Caribbean Villages	1992. Learning Culture: The Education of American students in Caribbean Villages. Human Organization 51(3):245-252.	Discussion of the impact of ten weeks of field work in Barbadian rural villages on white American undergraduates. Author/field director contends that students gained new awareness of race and social class, learnt what it meant to be a minority, experienced rural life, gained knowledge of another culture, all of which allowed them to gain "a more critical perspective on their own culture." In addition, author believes, without benefit o